S-8

As Filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 30, 2003

Registration No. 333-________

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

Form S-8

REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

FIRST BANCORP

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

PUERTO RICO
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

66-0561882
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

1519 Ponce de León Avenue, Santurce, Puerto Rico 00908
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)

FirstBank 401(k) Retirement Plan for Residents of Puerto Rico
(Full title of the plan)

Annie Astor-Carbonell
1519 Ponce de León Avenue
Santurce, Puerto Rico 00908
(Name and address of agent for service)

(787) 729-8200
(Telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

TABLE OF CONTENTS

EX-4.3 PLAN DOCUMENT FOR RESIDENTS OF PUERTO RICO

EX-4.4 ADOPTION AGREEMENT

EX-5 OPINION REGARDING ERISA

EX-23.1 CONSENTS OF PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

				Proposed
	Amount	Proposed		maximum
Title of each	to be	maximum		aggregate		Amount of
class of securities	registered	offering price		offering		registration
to be registered	(1)	per share(2)		price(2)		fee
Common Stock, par value of $1.00 per share	250,000 shares	$	27.95	$	6,987,500.00	$	566.30

(1)  This registration statement also covers an indeterminate number of shares of common stock that may be issued by First BanCorp from time to time by virtue of stock splits, stock dividends or similar transactions in accordance with Rule 416(a) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). In addition, pursuant to Rule 416(c) under the Securities Act, this registration statement also covers an indeterminate amount of interests to be offered and sold pursuant to the employee benefit plan described herein.

(2)  Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rules 457(c) and 457(h)(1) under the Securities Act. Based on the average of the high and low prices ($28.49 and $27.40, respectively) of First BanCorp’s common stock reported on the New York Stock Exchange on June 24, 2003.

Part I Information Required in the Section 10(a) Prospectus

Pursuant to the Note to Part I of Form S-8, the documents containing the information specified by Part I of Form S-8 (including the statement of availability of information required by Item 2 of Part I of Form S-8) will be sent or given to employees as specified by Rule 428(b)(1) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). Such documents are not required to be and are not filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission either as part of this registration statement or as prospectuses or prospectus supplements pursuant to Rule 424 under the Securities Act.

Part II Information Required in the Registration Statement

Item 3. Incorporation of Documents by Reference.

The following documents filed with the Commission by First BanCorp, are hereby incorporated by reference:

(a) First BanCorp’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the Fiscal Year ended December 31, 2002;

(b)	The Annual Report on Form 11-K for the Fiscal Year ended December 31, 2002 for the FirstBank 401(k) Retirement Plan for Residents of Puerto Rico;
(c)	First BanCorp’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2003;
(d)	First BanCorp’s Current Reports on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on January 17, 2003, April 4, 2003 and May 21, 2003;
(e)	The description of First BanCorp’s Common Stock set forth in First BanCorp’s Registration Statement on Form 8-A, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 28, 1999 (which in turn incorporated such description from the sections titled “Differences in Stockholder Rights” on pages 29 to 31 and “Description of First BanCorp’s Capital Stock” on pages 40 to 42 of the Proxy Prospectus of the Registrant filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 24, 1998 as part of First BanCorp’s Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 (file 333-08460).

All documents filed by the Company and the Plan pursuant to Sections 13(a), 13(c), 14 and 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), subsequent to the date of this Registration Statement and prior to the filing of a post-effective amendment which indicates that all securities offered have been sold or which deregisters all securities then remaining unsold shall be deemed to be incorporated by reference in this Registration Statement and to be a part hereof from the date of filing of such documents. Any statement contained in a document incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference herein shall be deemed to be modified or superseded for purposes of this Registration Statement to the extent that a statement contained herein or in any other subsequently filed document which also is or is deemed to be incorporated by reference herein modifies or supersedes such statement. Any such statement so modified or superseded shall not be deemed, except as so modified or superseded, to constitute a part of this Registration Statement.

Item 4. Description of Securities.

Not applicable. First BanCorp’s Common Stock is registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act.

Item 5. Interests of Named Experts and Counsel.

Not applicable.

Item 6. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

Article NINTH of the Articles of Incorporation of First BanCorp (the “Corporation”) provides the following:

(1)     The Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation) by reason of the fact that he is or was a

director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the written request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorney’s fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if it is formally determined by the Board of Directors, or other committee or entity empowered to make such determination, that he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

(2)     The Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the written request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorney’s fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with the defense of settlement of such action or suit if it is formally determined by the Board of Directors, or other committee or entity empowered to make such determination, that he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable for negligence or misconduct in the performance of his duty to the Corporation unless and only to the extent that the court in which such action was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which such court shall deem proper.

(3)     To the extent that a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in a paragraph 1 or 2 of this Article NINTH, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, he shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorney’s fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection therewith.

(4)     Any indemnification under paragraph 1 or 2 of this Article NINTH (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the director, officer, employee or agent is proper in the circumstances because he has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth therein. Such determination shall be made (a) by the Board of Directors by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors

who were not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, or (b) if such a quorum is not obtainable, or, even if obtainable a quorum of disinterested directors so directs, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (c) by the stockholders.

(5)     Expenses incurred in defending a civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding as authorized by the Board of Directors in the specific case upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the director, officer, employee or agent to repay such amount unless it shall ultimately be determined that he is entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation as authorized in this Article NINTH.

(6)     The indemnification provided by this Article NINTH shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification may be entitled under any statute, by-law, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in his official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, and shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

(7)     By action of its Board of Directors, notwithstanding any interest of the directors in the action, the Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance, in such amounts as the Board of Directors deems appropriate, on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the written request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against any liability asserted against him and incurred by him in any such capacity, or arising out of his status as such.

(8)     Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, no indemnification may be made by the Corporation to any person if it relates to the imposition of a fine for an infraction or violation of any provision of the law.

Section 2652 of Title 14, Laws of Puerto Rico Annotated, provides the following:

     Every corporation created under the provisions of this subtitle shall have the power to —

     ***     (n) Reimburse to all directors and officers or former directors and officers, or any person who, at the request of the corporation, has rendered services as a director or officer of another corporation of which the corporation is a stockholder or creditor, the expenses which necessarily or in fact were incurred with respect to the defense in any action, suit or proceeding in which such persons, or any of them, are included as a party or parties for having been directors or officers of one or another corporation, pursuant to the provisions of § 2728 of this title.

     Section 2728 of Title 14, Laws of Puerto Rico Annotated, provides the following:

     (a)  A corporation may compensate any person who is, has been a party, or is under threat of becoming a party to any imminent, pending or resolved civil, criminal,

administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding (except an action initiated by the corporation or initiated to protect the interests of the corporation), because the person has been or is a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or had been or is functioning at the request of the corporation as director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or any other enterprise. The compensation may include the expenses incurred in a reasonable manner, including attorneys’ fees, adjudication or judgments, fines and amounts paid upon settling such action, suit or proceeding, if the person acted in good faith and in a manner which the person reasonably deemed consistent with the best interests of the corporation and not opposed thereto, and that with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, the person did not have reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

     (b)  A corporation may compensate any person who is, has been a party, or is under threat of becoming a party to any imminent, pending or resolved action, suit or proceeding initiated by the corporation or initiated to protect the interests of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor because the person is or has been a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or has been in office at the request of the corporation as director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or any other enterprise. The compensation may include the expenses incurred in a reasonable manner, including attorneys’ fees, with respect to the defense or settlement of such action or suit, if the person acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably deemed consistent with the best interests of the corporation and not opposed thereto.

     ***     (f) The compensation and advance of expenses provided in this section shall not be deemed to exclude any other right which those seeking the compensation or advance may have, pursuant to any bylaws, agreement, vote of uninvolved stockholders or directors, or otherwise, with regard to their actions, both in their official capacity or otherwise.

     In addition, the Company maintains a directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policy.

Item 7. Exemption from Registration Claimed.

Not applicable.

Item 8. Exhibits.

Exhibit Number	Description
4.1	Articles of Incorporation of First BanCorp, incorporated by reference to Amendment No. 2 to the Form S-4 Registration Statement (Reg. No. 333-08640), filed by First BanCorp. with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 15, 1998.

4.2	By-Laws of First BanCorp, incorporated by reference to Amendment No. 2 to the Form S-4 Registration Statement (Reg. No. 333-08640), filed by First BanCorp. with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 24, 1998.
4.3	The Plan Document for the FirstBank 401(k) Retirement Plan for Residents of Puerto Rico
4.4	The Adoption Agreement for the FirstBank 401(k) Retirement Plan for Residents of Puerto Rico
5	Opinion regarding ERISA compliance of Fiddler Gonzalez & Rodriguez, PSC
23.1	Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
23.2	Consent of Fiddler Gonzalez & Rodriguez, PSC (included in the opinion of counsel filed as Exhibit 5 hereto)
24	Power of Attorney (included in page 9 hereof)

Item 9. Undertakings.

(a)  The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:

     (1)  To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

(i)	To include any prospectus required by section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;
(ii)	To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement; and
(iii)	To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement;

provided, however, that paragraphs (a)(1)(i) and (a)(1)(ii) of this section do not apply if the information required to be included in a post-effective amendment by those paragraphs is contained in periodic reports filed with or furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission by the registrant pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the

Securities Exchange Act of 1934 that are incorporated by reference in the registration statement.

     (2)  That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

     (3)  To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.

     (b)  The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that, for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each filing of the registrant’s annual report pursuant to Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (and each filing of an employee benefit plan’s annual report pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) that is incorporated by reference in the registration statement shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

     (c)  Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person against the registrant in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

Signatures

The Registrant. Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form S-8 and has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of San Juan, Puerto Rico, on this 26th day of June, 2003.

First BanCorp

By /s/ Annie Astor-Carbonell
     _____________________________________________

Name: Annie Astor-Carbonell

Title: Senior Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, Director

POWER OF ATTORNEY

     Each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Angel Alvarez Pérez and Annie Astor-Carbonell and each of them acting singly, each with full power to act without the other, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, each with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this Registration Statement, and any registration statement relating to the same offering as this Registration Statement that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto each of said attorneys-in-fact and agents full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each of said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or his or her substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the date indicated.

By /s/ Angel Alvarez Pérez
     _____________________________________________

Name: Angel Alvarez Pérez

Title: President, Chief Executive Officer, Chairman of the Board of Directors

Date: June 26, 2003

By /s/ Annie Astor-Carbonell
     _____________________________________________

Name: Annie Astor-Carbonell

Title: Senior Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, Director

Date: June 26, 2003

By  /s/ José Teixidor
      _____________________________________________

Name: José Teixidor

Title: Director

Date: June 26, 2003

By  /s/ José Julián Alvarez-Bracero
      _____________________________________________

Name: José Julián Alvarez-Bracero

Title: Director

Date: June 26, 2003

By  /s/ Jorge L. Díaz
      _____________________________________________

Name: Jorge L. Díaz

Title: Director

Date: June 26, 2003

By  /s/ Juan Acosta-Reboyras
      _____________________________________________

Name: Juan Acosta-Reboyras

Title: Director

Date: June 26, 2003

By  /s/ Laura Villarino Tur
      _____________________________________________

Name: Laura Villarino Tur

Title: Controller, Senior Vice President

Date: June 26, 2003

The Plan. Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the trustees (or other persons who administer the employee benefit plan) have duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of San Juan, Puerto Rico on this 26th day of June, 2003.

The FirstBank 401(k) Retirement Plan for Residents of Puerto Rico.

By /s/ Annie Astor-Carbonell
      _____________________________________________

Name: Annie Astor-Carbonell

Title: Authorized Representative

Date: June 26, 2003

By /s/ Aida M. García
      _____________________________________________

Name: Aida M. García

Title: Authorized Representative

Date: June 26, 2003

EXHIBIT INDEX

4.1	Articles of Incorporation of First BanCorp, incorporated by reference to Amendment No. 2 to the Form S-4 Registration Statement (Reg. No. 333-08640), filed by First BanCorp. with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 15, 1998.
4.2	By-Laws of First BanCorp, incorporated by reference to Amendment No. 2 to the Form S-4 Registration Statement (Reg. No. 333-08640), filed by First BanCorp. with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 24, 1998.
4.3	The Plan Document for the FirstBank 401(k) Retirement Plan for Residents of Puerto Rico
4.4	The Adoption Agreement for the FirstBank 401(k) Retirement Plan for Residents of Puerto Rico
5	Opinion regarding ERISA compliance of Fiddler Gonzáaez & Rodriguez, PSC
23.1	Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
23.2	Consent of Fiddler Gonzalez & Rodriguez, PSC (included in the opinion of counsel filed as Exhibit 5 hereto)
24	Power of Attorney (included in page 9 hereof)

EX-4.3 3 g83562exv4w3.txt EX-4.3 PLAN DOCUMENT FOR RESIDENTS OF PUERTO RICO EXHIBIT 4.3 FIRSTBANK 401(K) RETIREMENT PLAN FOR RESIDENTS OF PUERTO RICO PLAN SPECIFICATIONS The following plan specifications are provided merely to assist in the preparation of the legal document necessary for the establishment of the savings and investment plan. While counsel should feel free to make any changes he considers appropriate, certain provisions have been included in these plan specifications to comply with .the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, the Puerto Rico Internal Revenue Code of 1994 and the Income Tax Regulations issued thereunder. THE FIRSTBANK 401(K) RETIREMENT PLAN FOR RESIDENTS OF PUERTO RICO STATEMENT OF PURPOSE The First Federal Savings Bank has had in effect since May 15, 1965 The First Federal Savings Bank 401(k) Retirement Plan (Puerto Rico), to which it made contributions for the purpose of sharing its profits with its employees in order to provide for the accumulation of funds for the benefit of eligible employees and their beneficiaries in the manner and to the extent set forth in such plan. The plan document, hereinafter set forth, and its related trust agreement, constitutes an amendment in its entirety to said plan which is continued effective as of January 1, 2000 with respect to employees and participants who had not yet retired, terminated employment or died as of such date. The rights of anyone covered under the plan prior to January 1, 2000, who retired, terminated employment or died before that date, shall be determined in accordance with the terms and provisions of the plan in effect on the date of such retirement, termination of employment or death, except as otherwise specifically provided herein. This Plan, together with the Trust Agreement, is intended to meet the application requirements of the following Statutes: the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 ("ERISA "); and the Puerto Rico Internal Revenue Code of 1994 (the "Code") and the Income Tax Regulation ("I.T.R"). This Plan shall be amended from time to time to conform to the requirements of ERISA, the Code and the I.T.R. In adopting this Plan, the Adopting Company elects per Section 1O22(i) of ERISA, not to be covered under Title II of ERISA. ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS For purposes of the Plan, the following words and phrases shall have the following meanings unless a different meaning is plainly required by the context. Wherever used, the masculine pronoun shall include the feminine pronoun, the feminine pronoun shall include the masculine, the singular shall include the plural, and the plural shall include the singular. 1.01 " Account" The interest of a Participant in the Trust Fund as represented by his accounts as designated below. (a) "Elective Deferral Contribution Account" -Portion of Trust Fund attributable to a Participant's Elective Deferral Contributions in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.01 and the provisions of the Plan in effect prior to the Supplemental Effective Date. (b) "401 (k) Matching Contribution Account" -Portion of Trust Fund attributable to the Company's Matching Contributions in accordance with the provisions of Subsection 3.03(a) and with the provisions of the Plan in effect prior to the Supplemental Effective Date. (c) "401 (a) Matching Contribution Account" -Portion of Trust Fund attributable to the Company's Matching Contributions in accordance with the provisions of Subsection 3.03(b) and with the provisions of the Plan in effect prior to the Supplemental Effective Date. (d) "Rollover Account" -Portion of Trust Fund attributable to funds rolled over from another qualified plan in accordance with Section 3.07. (e) "Transfer Account" -Portion of Trust Fund attributable to the profit sharing plan am] defined benefit plan assets transferred or existing prior to September 1, 1991. (f) "Voluntary Contribution Account" -Portion of Trust Fund attributable to a Participant's Voluntary Contributions in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.04 and the provisions of the Plan in effect prior to the Supplemental Effective Date. (g) "Qualified Matching Contribution Account" -Portion of Trust Fund attributable to the Company's Qualified Matching accordance with the provisions of Subsection 3.03(b). (h) "Qualifiied Nonelective Contribution Account" -Portion of Trust Fund attributable to the Company's Qualified Nonelective Contributions In accordance with the provisions of Subsection 3.03(c). 1.02 "Anniversary Date" Each January 1. 1.03 "Annuity Starting Date" The first day of the first period for which an amount is payable as an annuity. If a benefit is not payable in the form of an annuity, the first day on which all events have occurred which entitle the Participant to such benefit. 1.04 "Applicable Computation Period" (a) For purposes of Hours of Employment for eligibility in accordance with Section 2.01, an Eligible Employee's first Applicable Computation Period shall be the 12-month period beginning as of the date a person first completed an Hour of Employment with an Employer. Thereafter, such Eligible Employee's Applicable Computation Period shall be each Plan Year, commencing with the Plan Year which begins after the date he first completed an Hour of Employment. (b) For all other purposes, Applicable Computation Period shall be a Plan Year. 1.05 "Beneficiary" The person designated to receive benefits payable under the Plan in the event of death. In the event a Beneficiary is not designated, the Participant's surviving spouse shall be deemed his Beneficiary or in the absence of a surviving spouse, the benefits shall be paid to the Participant's estate. 1.06 "Board of Directors" The Board of Directors of FirstBank of Puerto Rico (formerly known as The First Federal Savings Bank). 1.07 "Committee" The persons appointed in accordance with Section 8.01 to administer the Plan. In the absence of such designation, the Company shall serve as the Committee and in such case, all references herein to the Committee shall be deemed a reference to the Company. 1.08 "Company" (a) FirstBank of Puerto Rico (formerly known as The First Federal Savings Bank and any successor which shall maintain this Plan; and (b) any other business entity which duly adopts the Plan with the approval of the Board of Directors. 1.09 "Compensation" The Participant's wages for the Plan Year paid by the Employer of the type reported on Form 499R-2W-2PR, reduced by (a) any wages in excess of $200,000; (b) non-qualified deferred compensation payments; (c) for purposes of Sections 3.01/ 3.03 and 3.04,. the amount paid before an Eligible Employee was eligible to become a Participant in accordance with Section 2.01; (d) welfare benefits, fringe benefits (cash and non-cash), reimbursements or other expense allowances, moving expenses and deferred compensation; and (e) for purposes of Section 3.01 only, third party insurance payments. 1.10 "Controlled Group" Such groups of corporations or partnerships as defined in Section 1028 of the Code. 1.11 "Disability" Any physical ,or mental condition which may reasonably be expected to be permanent and which renders the Participant incapable of continuing as an Eligible Employee for his customary Hours of Employment. 1.12 "Effective Date" May 15, 1965, the date as of which the Plan was established "Supplemental Effective Date" January 1, 2000, the last date as of which the Plan was amended in its entirety. 1.13 "Election Period" The period commencing 90 days before the Annuity Starting Date or distribution date, as selected by the Committee, and ending on such date. 1.14 "Employee" Any person in the employ of the Company, but excluding individuals who do not meet the definition of an Employee pursuant to I. T.R. Section 116S-8(h)(I). "Eligible Employee" An Employee of the Employer who is a resident of Puerto Rico excluding (a) temporary employees, (b) independent contractors and (c) persons under the jurisdiction of a collective bargaining unit (i) having a pension or profit-sharing plan to which the Company is required to contribute under the terms of the collective bargaining agreement or (ii) for whom retirement benefits were the subject of good faith. The Plan shall also exclude individuals who are or have been treated by the Employer as part-time employees or contract employees (whether hired by the Employer or by temporary-service companies). If such individuals or the individuals cited in Subsection (a) or (b) are later reclassified by a court or government, they shall still be excluded from the Plan for the period prior to such reclassification. 1.15 "Employer" The Company and any other business entity in a Controlled or Affiliated Service Group which includes the Company. 1.16 "Highly Compensated Employee" Any Employee who, for any Plan Year, receives Compensation higher than that received by two-thirds of the Eligible Employees during such Plan Year. 1.17 "Nonhighly Compensated Employee" An Employee who is not a Highly Compensated Employee. 1.18 "Internal Revenue Code" or "Code" The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, and any amendments thereto. 1.19 " Participant" (a) An Eligible Employee who participates under the Plan in accordance with Section 2.01. (b) Each other Eligible Employee or former Eligible Employee for whom an Account is maintained. 1.20 "Plan" The plan of the Company, as herein set forth and as from time to time supplemented and amended, which Plan is intended to be a profit sharing plan for purposes of I.T.R. Sections 1165-1(a)(2)(ii) and (b)(1)(ii). 1.21 "Plan Year" A period of 12 consecutive months commencing on the Effective Date and each Anniversary Date thereof. 1.22 "Protected Spouse" The spouse to whom the Participant had been legally married on the date of the Participant's death. 1.23 "Qualified Domestic Relations Order" A domestic relations order as defined in Section 8.09 in accordance with ERISA Section 206(d)(3) and any other requirements of ERISA and the PR Code. 1.24 "Retirement" The termination of employment of a Participant on his Normal or Deferred Retirement Date. 1.25 "Retirement Dates" (a) "Normal Retirement Date" The date on which the Participant attains age 65. (b) "Deferred Retirement Date" -The first day of any month subsequent to the Participant's Normal Retirement Date. 1.26 "Service" (a) All Hours of Employment with the Employer during an Applicable Computation Period. (b) "Break-in-Service" -An Applicable Computation Period during which an Employee fails to receive credit for 501 Hours of Employment. If, commencing on or after January 1, 1985, an Employee is absent by reason of (i) the pregnancy of the Employee, (ii) the birth of a child of the Employee, (iii) the placement of a child with the Employee in connection with an adoption of such child by such Employee, or (iv) caring for such child immediately following such birth or placement, .such Employee will be credited with the number of Hours of Employment which would normally have been credited but for such absence, or, in any case in which the Committee is unable to determine such hours normally credited, eight Hours of Employment per day. The Hours of Employment required to be credited for such absence shall not exceed 501. Hours of Employment shall be credited for the Plan Year in which the absence from work begins, only if credit is necessary to prevent the Employee from incurring a Break-in-Service, or, in any other case, in the immediately following Plan Year. (c) "Year of Service" -An Applicable Computation Period during which the Employee receives credit for at least 1,000 Hours of Employment. (d) "Hour of Employment" (i) Each hour during an Applicable Computation Period for which the person is directly or indirectly paid or entitled to payment for the performance of duties or for the period of time when no duties are performed, Irrespective of whether the employment relationship has terminated, such as vacation, holiday, lay-off, jury duty or approved Leave of Absence. As used herein and Section 3.03, Leave of Absence shall mean a leave granted for pregnancy, Disability, illness, death or any other family obligation or status; personal or family hardship or special business circumstances; educational purposes; and/or civic, charitable or governmental services, provided that all Employees under similar circumstances shall be treated in a similar manner. No more than 501 Hours of Employment are required to be credited to an Employee on account of any single continuous period during which the Employee performs no duties (whether or not such period occurs in a single computation period). (ii) A person shall receive an Hour of Employment for each hour for which back pay has been awarded or agreed to irrespective of mitigation of damages, provided that each such hour shall be credited to the Applicable Computation Period to which it pertains, rather than the Applicable Computation Period in which the award or agreement is made, and further provided that no such award or agreement shall have the effect of crediting an Hour of Employment for any hour for which the person previously received credit under (i) above. (iii) Notwithstanding the foregoing, Hours of Employment shall be computed and credited in accordance with Department of labor Regulation 2530.200b-2, Subparagraphs (b) and (c). (e) An Employee shall receive credit for the period of his employment with another business entity to which he had been transferred by the Company solely for purposes of determining his vested interest in accordance with Section 6.04. 1.27 "Statutes" The plan shall be governed by the following statutes: (a) "ERISA" shall mean the Employee Retirement Security Income Act of 1974, as amended, and any successful statute of similar import. (b) "ITR" shall mean the Puerto Rico Internal Revenue Code Regulations. (c) "PR Code" shall mean the Puerto Rico Internal Revenue Code of 1994, as amended. (d) "US Code" shall mean the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. 1.28 "Trust Agreement" The instrument executed by the Company and the Trustee fixing the rights and liabilities of each with respect to holding and administering the Trust Fund, which instrument shall be incorporated by reference into this Plan. 1.29 "Trustee" The Trustee or arty successor Trustee, appointed by the Board of Directors, acting in accordance with the terms of the Trust Agreement. 1.30 "Trust Fund" All assets held by the Trustee for the purposes of the Plan in accordance with the terms of the Trust Agreement. 1.31 "Valuation Date" Each business day of the Plan Year as determined by the New York Stock Exchange. ARTICLE 2 ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION 2.01 Eligibility for Participation An Eligible Employee may become a Participant upon satisfaction of the following Requirements, provided he elects to contribute in accordance with Section 3.01. (a) Each Eligible Employee on the Supplemental Effective Date who was a Participant of the Plan shall continue as a Participant as of the Supplemental Effective' Date. (b) Each other Eligible Employee shall become a Participant as of the Supplemental Effective Date or as of the first day of the month coincident with or next following the date he completes one Year of Service. (c) If a former Participant is reemployed, he shall be eligible to resume his participation as of the first day of any month following the date of his reemployment. 2.02 Change in Employment Status (a) In the event a Participant ceases to be an Eligible Employee as the result of becoming part of an excluded class, only Compensation up to the date he ceased to be an Eligible Employee shall be considered for purposes of contributions in accordance with Article 3. Such Employee shall remain a Participant but shall not be permitted to contribute in accordance with Article 3 or share in any Company contributions' allocated in accordance with Article 3 for the period beyond the date he ceased to be an Eligible Employee. In the event such Participant returns to an eligible class and again becomes an Eligible Employee, he shall be permitted to share in Company contributions allocated in accordance with Article 3 as of the date he again became .In Eligible Employee and may elect to comply with the provisions of Section 3.01 as of such date or the first of any subsequent month. Only Compensation from the date he again became an Eligible Employee shall be considered for purposes of such contributions. (b) If a person otherwise satisfied the eligibility requirements of Section 2.01 and subsequently becomes an Eligible Employee, he shall be eligible to become a Participant as of the date he became an Eligible Employee. (c) In the event a collective bargaining agreement is entered into between the Company and a representative for any class of Employees in the employ of the Company subsequent to the Supplemental Effective Date, eligibility for participation in the Plan by such Employees who are not Participants shall not be extended beyond the effective date of the collective bargaining agreement unless the agreement extends participation in the plan to such Employees. The provisions of Subsection (a) shall apply to those Employees who are currently Participants. ARTICLE 3 CONTRIBUTIONS 3.01 Elective Deferral Contributions A Participant may, when first eligible or as of any January 1, April 1, July 1, or October 1, elect to save, through pay reduction each payroll period, no less than 1% nor more than 10%, in whole percentages, of that portion of his Compensation attributable to such payroll period, subject to the limitations on Elective Deferral Contributions under Sections 4.01 and 4.02. Elective Deferral Contributions may not be made form third pay insurance payments; but, a Participant's full savings election may be made from net salary payments from the Company. Such contributions shall take the form of before tax contributions (hereinafter known as "Elective Deferral Contributions") and shall be deemed to be Company contributions. (a) An initial written election must be made by an Eligible Employee and submitted to the Committee at least 30 days (or such other period as the Committee may fix from time to time) prior to the first date the Eligible Employee would be eligible to become a Participant of the Plan in accordance with Section 2.01. (b) An election, once made, shall remain in effect until subsequently changed by the Eligitlle Employee in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.05 or 3.06. 3.02 Reduction of Excess Elective Deferral Contributions If Elective Deferral Contributions under Section 3.01 are projected to exceed the limitations of Sections 4.01 or 4.02 at any time during a Plan Year, the Committee, in a good faith effort to comply with such limitations, retains the right to reduce the rate of elective deferrals made by Highly Compensated Employees. Such reduction shall be made in the sole discretion of the Committee. 3.03 Matching Contributions The Company shall contribute the following amounts: (a) 401(k) Matching Contributions -Unless the Board of Directors determines, by resolution, a different rate of match, the rate will be 25% of that portion of each Participant's Elective Deferral Contributions each month which does not exceed 4% of the Participant's Compensation for such month. Only Elective Deferral Contributions which are not limited under Sections 3.02 or 4.01 shall be matched. If as a result of the provisions of Section 3.02, 4.01 or 4.02 or the .last paragraph of Section 1.09, the Participant's Elective Deferral Contributions are reduced or discontinued during a Plan Year, Elective Deferral Contributions made prior to the date of such reduction or discontinuance shall be deemed to be made in proportion to Compensation throughout the Plan Year of reference for purposes of determining the Participant's Matching Contribution. (b) 401 (a) Matching Contributions - Except with respect to any Participants who are employed by First Federal Finance, d.b.a. Money Express, for any Plan Year, the Company may contribute such additional amounts as it shall determine equal to a designated percentage rate of each Participant's Elective Deferral Contributions with respect to Elective Deferral Contributions which are not limited under Sections 3.02 or 4.01. Such Matching Contributions shall be allocated to Participants in the employ of the Company on the last business day of such Plan Year. Such percentage rate shall be determined by the Company and announced to the Eligible Employees after the end of the Plan Year of reference. Qualified Matching Contributions -For any Plan Year, the Company may contribute such additional amounts as it shall determine. Such Qualified Matching Contributions shall be allocated to those Participants who are Nonhighly Compensated Employees, in the same proportion that the Elective Deferral Contributions of each such Participant for such Plan Year bears to the aggregate Elective Deferral Contributions of all such Participants for such Plan Year. Such contributions shall be subject to I.T.R. Section 1165-8(b)(3). If as a result of the provisions of Section 3.02, 4.01 or 4.02 or the last paragraph of Section 1.09, the Participant's Elective Deferral Contributions are reduced or discontinued during a Plan Year, Elective Deferral Contributions made prior to the date of such reduction or discontinuance shall be deemed to be made in proportion to Compensation throughout the Plan Year of reference for purposes of determining the Participant's Matching Contribution. (c) Qualified Nonelective Contributions - Such amount as the Company shall determine for any Plan Year, which shall be allocated. (i) to those Participants who are Nonhighly Compensated Employees in the same proportion that his Compensation bears to the aggregate Compensation of all such Participants for such Plan Year, which amount shall be credited at the end of the Plan Year; or (ii) to Participants who are Nonhighly Compensated Employees starting Nith the Nonhighly Compensated Employee with the lowest Compensation until the requirements of Section 4.02 are met. Such contributions shall be subject to I.T.R. Section 1165(B)(b)(3). For purposes of this Subsection, Participant shall also include any Eligible Employee who would otherwise be eligible for the Plan but who declined to make contributions required under the Plan in accordance with Sections 3.01 or 3.04 at any time. 3.04 Voluntary Contributions (a) Each Participant may, as of any January 1, April 1, July 1, or October 1, elect to contribute for each Plan Year, through payroll deductions each pay period, any amount from 1 % to 8%, in whole percentages, of that portion of Compensation, as defined in Subsection 1.09(c) attributable to such pay period. (b) The Committee may also, solely at its discretion, permit a Participant to contribute to his Voluntary Contribution Account the difference between (i) 10% of such Participant's Compensation and (ii) the sum of all previous' Voluntary Contributions actually made by the Participant. If implemented, the Committee shall promulgate such specific rules and regulations as may be required with respect to the implementation and operation of this provision. 3.05 Contribution Changes A Participant may, subject to the minimum and maximum percentages as specified in Sections 3.01 or 3.04, increase or reduce the percentage rate of his Elective Deferral Contributions and/or, if applicable, his Voluntary Contributions four times during a Plan Year, as of any January 1, April 1, July 1, or October 1 (or as of such other dates as the Committee may fix from time to time), by notification as soon as possible prior to the effective date of such change. 3.06 Discontinuance of Contributions (a) A Participant may discontinue his Elective Deferral Contributions and/or, if applicable, his Voluntary Contributions at any time during a Plan Year by notification to the Committee as soon as possible prior to the effective date of such discontinuance. (b) A Participant may resume his Elective Deferral Contributions and/or, if applicable, his Voluntary Contributions as of any subsequent January 1, April 1, July 1, or October 1 (or such other dates as the Committee may fix from time to time) by notification to the Committee as soon as possible prior to the effective date of such resumption. (c) The discontinuance of Elective Deferral Contributions will automatically include a discontinuance of the Matching Contributions. A discontinuance only of ,the Participant's Voluntary Contributions will not affect contributions to the Participant's other accounts. 3.07 Rollover Contributions from Other Qualified Plans (a) Any Eligible Employee upon commencement of employment may make a rollover contribution to the Trust Fund of all or any portion of the entire amount including money or any other property acceptable to the Committee and Trustee) which is an eligible rollover distribution, as defined in I.T.R. Section 1165-6(g), provided such rollover contribution is either (i) a direct transfer from another qualified plan or (ii) received on or before the 60th day immediately following the date the Employee received such distribution from a qualified plan or conduit Individual Retirement Account or Annuity. (b) The Committee shall credit the fair market value of any rollover contribution and investment earnings attributable thereto to the Participant's Rollover Account. (c) An Eligible Employee who becomes a Participant by virtue of the acceptance of such rot/over contribution, but who is not otherwise eligible for participation in accordance with Section 2.01, shall not be entitled to make contributions or share in any Company contribution allocated in accordance with this Article 3. (d) The Committee may promulgate specific rules and regulations governing all aspects of this Section. 3.08 Transfer of Assets from Other Qualified Plans (a) The Committee may accept the direct transfer to the Trust Fund from another qualified trust fund of those assets (including money or any other property acceptable to the Committee and Trustee) attributable to a Participant's participation in any qualified plan to which such trust relates. (b) The amount transferred shall be credited to the Participant's Accounts as determined by the Committee, taking into "account the applicable vesting schedules, amounts subject to special tax treatment and withdrawal rules. Additional Transfer Accounts will be established, "if required, to accommodate these objectives. (c) An Eligible Employee who becomes a Participant by virtue of a transfer of assets, but who is not otherwise eligible for participation in accordance with Section 2.01, shall not be entitled to make contributions or share in any Company contribution allocated in accordance with this Article 3. (d) The Committee may promulgate specific rules and regulations governing all aspects of this Section but until promulgated, all other provisions of the Plan shall be applicable based on the Account to which such assets were transferred. 3.09 Deposit of Contributions The Company shall deliver all contributions to the Trustee. 3.10 Payment of Expenses In addition to its contributions, the Company may elect to pay all the administrative expenses of-the Plan and all fees and retainers of the Plan's Trustee, accountant, counsel, consultant, administrator or other specialist so long as the Plan or Trust Fund remains in effect. If the Company does not pay all or part of such expenses, the Trustee shall pay these expenses from the Trust Fund. All expenses relating directly to the investments of the Trust Fund, including taxes, brokerage commissions and registration charges, must be paid from the Trust Fund. ARTICLE 4 CONTRIBUTION LIMITATIONS 4.01 Limitation on elective Deferral Contributions Each Participant's Elective Deferral Contributions under Section 3.01, when added to any additional elective deferrals, shall be limited to the lower of the following amounts: (a) ten (10) percent of the Participant's Compensation or (b) $8,000 during any calendar year or such other amount as specified in PR Code Section 1165(e)(7). In the case that the employer additionally makes contributions to an individual retirement account under the provision of PR Code Section 1169, the maximum amount of the contributions under PR Code Section 1165(e) may not exceed the difference, if any, between the maximum amount allowable as contribution up to the limit of $8,000 and the contribution under the provisions of said PR Code Section 1169 excluding the contribution to an individual retirement account attributable to the spouse of a married tax payer living with his spouse. To the extent a Participant's Elective Deferral Contributions exceed the above limitations such excess amount shall be included in the gross income of the Participant for the year of deferral. Investment experience will be determined in accordance with the second paragraph of Section 4.02(b) below. 4.02 Limitation on Elective Deferral Contributions (a) The Actual Deferral Percentage of Highly Compensated Employees in the Testing Group for any Plan Year shall be limited to the greater of (i) the Actual Deferral Percentage for the Nonhighly Compensated Employees in the Testing Group for such Plan Year multiplied by 1.25; or (ii) the Actual Deferral Percentage for the Nonhighly Compensated Employees in the Testing Group for such Plan Year multiplied by 2.00, provided, however, that the Actual Deferral Percentage for the Highly Compensated Employees in the Testing Group for the Plan Year may not exceed the Actual Deferral Percentage for such Plan Year for such Nonhighly Compensated Employees by more than two percentage points. If the Actual Deferral Percentage for any Plan Year must be limited due to the restrictions described in this Subsection (a), such limitation shall be applied to the Highly Compensated Employee's deferral percentages beginning with the highest of such percentages until the limitations are met. (b) Any excess Elective Deferral Contributions that result from the above limitations shall be refunded to such Highly Compensated Employees with investment experience, no later than the last day of the Plan Year subsequent to the Plan Year to which the excess relates. Investment experience shall be the income or loss allocable to the Participant's Elective Deferral Contribution Account. for the Plan Year multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is such Participant's excess Elective Deferral Contributions for the year and the denominator is the sum of (i) the Participant's Elective Deferral Contribution Account balance as of the beginning of the Plan Year and (ii) the Participant's Elective Deferral Contributions for the Plan Year. (c) Definitions and Special Rules (i) The Actual Deferral Percentage for the Highly Compensated Employees and Nonhighly Compensated Employees for a Plan Year shall be the average of the ratios (calculated separately for each such Ernployee in the Testing Group) of (A) the amount of contributions credited to the Elective Deferral Contribution Account on behalf of each such Employee in the Testing Group during such Plan Year, to (B) the Compensation of each such Employee in the Testing Group for such Plan Year. For purposes of the above, Qualified Matching Contributions and Qualified Nonelective Contributions may be taken into account in determining the Actual Deferral Percentage for each Employee in the Testing Group for such Plan Year provided such amounts comply with the provisions of I. T .R. Section 1165-8(b)(3). (ii) Testing Group shall mean the group of all Eligible Employees eligible for participation in accordance with Section 2.01. (iii) All Eligible Employees in the Testing Group will be included in determining the Actual Deferral Percentages. The ratio averaged into the respective percentages will be zero for any Eligible Employee in the Testing Group if the otherwise applicable numerator ls zero. (iv) All such ratios and the average of such ratios shall be calculated to the nearest one-hundredth of one percent. ARTICLE 5 MAINTENANCE OF ACCOUNTS AND VALUATION OF THE TRUST FUND 5.01 Maintenance of Accounts The Committee shall establish and maintain a separate accounting in the name of each Participant to which it shall credit all amounts contributed in accordance with Article 3. 5.02 Valuation of Trust Fund (a) The Trust Fund shall be valued by the Trustee as of each Valuation Date on the basis of its fair market value. (b) The Trust Fund may also be valued by the Trustee as of any other date as the Committee may authorize for any reason the Committee deems appropriate. 5.03 Allocation of Investment Earnings and Expenses On the basis of the valuation as of a Valuation Date, the Accounts of all Participants shall be (a) proportionately adjusted to reflect expenses in accordance with Section 3.10 and investment earnings, other than those credited to a specific Account; and (b) directly adjusted to reflect all other applicable transactions during the Plan Year attributable to such Accounts including, but not limited to, any contributions or distributions. 5.04 Investment Election Each Participant shall designate one or more of the investment funds established in accordance with regulations promulgated by the Committee as it deems necessary or appropriate to govern all aspects of investment direction by the Participant of the Participant's Accounts. 5.05 Investment Funds The Trust Fund shall be divided into such investment funds as designated by the Committee and approved by the Trustee for the investment of all Accounts, which shall be administered as a unit. ARTICLE 6 BENEFITS PAYABLE UPON TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT 6.01 Upon Retirement A Participant shall be 100% vested in his Account at all times after first becoming eligible for Retirement. A Participant shall be eligible to retire on his Normal or Deferred Retirement Date. In the event a Participant does not retire on his Normal Retirement Date, he shall continue to be credited with contributions in accordance with Article 3 until his actual retiremerlt. 6.02 Upon Disability (a) A Participant who incurs a Disability prior to termination of employment shall be "100% vested in his Account. (b) In determining the existence of a Participant's Disability, the Committee may select a physician to examine such Participant and render a medical opinion. The final determination shall be made by the Committee on the basis of the evidence requested and made available. (c) If such Participant returns to the employ of the Company, he shall resume his participation as of the date of his return. The Participant's vested interest in that portion of his Account attributable to Service from the date of his last reemployment shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of Article 6, without regard to his prior Disability. 6.03 Upon Death (a) A Participant who dies prior to termination of employment shall be 100% vested in his Account. (b) Upon the death of a Participant, his Beneficiary shall be entitled to 100% of such Participant's vested Account. (c) Each Participant, upon becoming eligible for participation in the Plan, may designate a primary Beneficiary to receive the benefits payable in the event of his death and may designate a secondary Beneficiary to receive any benefits payable in the event of the death of the primary Beneficiary. If a Participant designates a primary Beneficiary but not a secondary Beneficiary or if any such secondary Beneficiary dies, the Beneficiary last in receipt of or entitled to any benefit shall have the right to designate a successor Beneficiary to receive any benefits payable in the event of his death. In the absence of any such designation, benefits payable upon the death of the last living Beneficiary shall be paid in a lump sum to such Beneficiary's estate. A Participant may change his Beneficiary designation at any time. All Beneficiary designations and changes shall be made on an appropriate form and filed with the Committee. If the primary Beneficiary designated by the Participant is anyone other than the Participant's Protected Spouse, such designation must include the written acknowledgment and consent of such spouse and be witnessed by a Plan representative or a notary public, to the extent required by law and the Committee. Such consent will be limited to a specific alternate Beneficiary and any change in such alternate Beneficiary will require a new spousal. consent. 6.04 Upon Other Determination of Employment (a) Upon a Participant's termination of employment for reasons other than Retirement, Disability or death, the following provisions shall be applicable: (i) Such Participant shall have a 100% vested interest in his Elective Deferral Contribution, Voluntary Contribution, Rollover, Transfer, 401 (k) Matching Contribution, Qualified Matching Contribution and Qualified Nonelective Contribution Accounts. (ii) Such Participant's vested interest in his contributions to his 401 (a) Matching Contribution Account shall, subject to Subsection 6.05(a), be determined in accordance with the following schedule on the basis of such Participant's Years of Service.

Number of Years Percentage of Account Less than 5 years 0% 5 or more years 100%

(b) The portion of a Participant's Account which is not vested shall be forfeited on the earlier of the date on which the Participant receives a distribution of his vested benefits or the date on which such Participant incurs five consecutive Breaks-in-Service. If a Participant does not have a vested interest in his Account, he shall be deemed to have received an immediate distribution as of the first day after the Valuation Date next following the date on which such Participant terminated employment. That portion of the Participant's Account which is not vested shall be used to reduce the Company's contributions in accordance with Section 3.03 or to pay Plan administrative expenses (including fees and charges imposed under any group annuity contract funding the Plan). 6.05 Reemployment and Repayment of Benefits (a) If a Participant is reemployed by the Employer prior to incurring five consecutive Breaks-in-Service, the dollar amount which was subject to forfeiture in accordance with Subsection 6.04(b) will be restored to the Participant's Account if the Participant repays the amount distributed, if any, from EIective Deferral Contribution, 401 (k) Matching Contribution, 401 (a) Matching Contribution, Qualified Matching Contribution and Qualified Nonelective Contribution Accounts. Such amounts must be repaid to the Trust Fund in a lump sum within five years from the date such Participant resumes his employment with the Employer. If a Participant who is deemed to receive a distribution pursuant to Subsection 6.04(b) is reemployed by the Employer prior to incurring five consecutive Breaks-in-Service, the dollar amount which was subject to forfeiture in accordance with such Subsection will be restored to the Participant's Account. The funds required for the restoration of such Account may be paid by the Company or may, as determined by the Committee, be paid from forfeitures. Such repaid amounts shall be credited to the Participant's Accounts as determined by the Committee, taking into account the applicable vesting schedules, amounts subject to special tax treatment and withdrawal rules. Additional Accounts will be established, if required, to accommodate these objectives. Amounts repaid and restored in accordance with this Subsection will not be treated as annual additions for purposes of Section 4.03. (b) Notwithstanding the above, no restoration shall be made to a Participant's Account and no repayment will be permitted with respect to funds accumulated prior to reemployment in the case of (i) any Participant who was fully vested, or (ii) any Participant who is reemployed after incurring five consecutive Breaks-in-Service, (iii) any Participant who incurred a one year Break-in-Service prior to January 1, 1985 and reemployment, or (iv) any Participant who did not incur a one year Break-in-Service prior to reemployment by January 1, 1983 but failed to repay the amount distributed within two years of reemployment. ARTICLE 7 DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS 7.01 Claim Procedure For Benefits (a) Claims For Benefits Claims for benefits under the Plan must be made in writing to the Committee. For the purposes of this procedure, "claim" means a request for a Plan benefit by a Participant or a Beneficiary of the Participant. If the basis of the claim includes documentation not a part of the records of the Plan or of the Employer, all such documentation must be included with the claim. (b) Notice of Denial of Claim If a claim is wholly or partially denied, the Committee shall notify the claimant of the denial of the claim within a reasonable period of time. Such notice of denial shall (i) be in writing, (ii) be written in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant, and (iii) contain (A) the specific reason or reasons for denial of the claim, (B) a specific reference to the pertinent Plan provisions upon which. the denial is based, (C) a description of any additional material or information necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim, along with an explanation why such material or information is necessary, and (D) an explanation of the Plan claim review procedure. Unless special circumstances require an extension of time for processing the claim, the Committee shall notify the claimant of the claim denial no later than 90 days after the committee's receipt of the claim. If such an extension is required, written notice of the extension shall be furnished to the claimant prior to the termination of the 90-day period. In no event shall such extension exceed a period of 90 days from the end of such initial period. The extension notice shall indicate the special circumstances requiring the extension of time and the date by which the Committee expects to render the final decision. (c) Request For Review of Denial of Claim Within 120 days of the receipt of the denial of the claim or if the claim has Not been granted within a reasonable period of time, the claimant may file a written request with the Committee to conduct a full and fair review of the denial of the claimant's claim for benefits. In connection with the claimant's appeal of the denial of his/her benefit, the claimant may review pertinent documents and may submit issues and comments in writing. (d) Decision on Review of Denial of Claim The Committee shall deliver to the claimant a written decision on the claim promptly', but no later than 60 days, after the receipt of the claimant's request for review, except that if there are no special circumstances which require an extension of time for processing, the aforesaid 60-day period may be extended to 120 days by written notice delivered to the claimant prior to the expiration of the initial 60-day period. Such decision shall (i) be written in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant, (ii) include specific reasons for the decision, and (iii) contain specific references to the pertinent Plan provisions upon which the decision is based. The Committee shall have discretion in fulfilling its fiduciary responsibilities and making determinations under the Plan as it sees fit on a consistent and nondiscriminatory basis and as he believes a prudent person acting in like capacity and familiar with such matters would do. Such determinations shall be final and shall bind all parties. The decision of the Committee will become final and binding and will not be subject to review unless determined to be arbitrary or capricious. If the claimant does not submit an appeal in accordance to the procedure discussed above, he/she will lose his/her right to have a court review the decision of the Committee. If claimant decides to file a case to request the court to review the decision of the Committee, such case must be filed no later than two years of the date of the decision of the Committee denying the claim. 7.02 Commencement of Benefits The following provisions shall be applicable for determining when distribution of benefits shall be made. (a) Unless otherwise provided in Subsection (c) in the event of termination of employment, benefits which total $5,000 ($3,500 for Plan Years beginning before January 1, 1998 or less will commence as soon as administratively feasible following the Valuation Date next subsequent to such termination. (b) Unless otherwise provided in this Section, in the event of termination of employment, benefits which total more than $5,000 ($3,500 for Plan Years beginning before January 1, 1998) will commence as soon as administratively feasible following the Valuation Date next subsequent to such termination, provided that, if the Participant has not attained his Normal Retirement Date, the Participant consents to such distribution within his Election Period. Notwithstanding the above, no consent to a distribution prior to the date the Participant attained his Normal Retirement Date shall be valid until after written notification of the right to defer is received by the Participant. Except as provided in Section 7.10, the Committee shall provide such written notification of the right to defer any benefit payable no less than 30 days nor more than 90 days before the Annuity Starting Date or intended distribution date, as applicable. If a Participant does not consent to the distribution at the time specified above and fails to elect deferral in accordance with Subsection (d), benefits will commence as of the 60th day following the last day of the Plan Year during which the Participant's Normal Retirement Date occurs. (c) The amount of any benefit payable will be determined as of the Valuation Date such transaction is processed. If the amount of any payment under this Section would adversely affect the Trust Fund by forcing the premature liquidation of assets, such payment may be delayed until the timely and orderly liquidation of investments can be accomplished, but in no event later than the 60th day following the last day of the Plan Year during which occurs the latest of (i) the date a Participant attains the earlier of his Normal Retirement Date or age 65; (ii) the tenth anniversary of the year during which the Participant commenced participation in the Plan; or (iii) the date the Participant terminates his employment. If the amount of any payment under this Section would adversely affect the Trust Fund by permitting former Participants to enter into direct competition with the Company, such payment will be delayed until the 60th day after the end of the Plan Year during which the Participant's Normal Retirement Date occurs. If the amount of any payment under this Section cannot be ascertained by the applicable commencement date, payment shall be made no later than 60 days after the earliest date on which the amount of such payment can be ascertained. (d) If the designated Beneficiary is, (i) the Participant's spouse, benefit payments will commence in accordance with Subsection (b). If such spouse dies prior to the commencement of benefits, and if the distribution of any death benefit payable to the spouse's Beneficiary is made in a form that may extend beyond the December 31 of the calendar year during which the fifth anniversary of such spouse's death occurs, such distribution must commence no later than the December 31 of the calendar year immediately following the date of such spouse's death or such later date as may be promulgated by the Internal Revenue Service. (ii) other than the Participant's spouse, and the death benefit payable is made in a form that may extend beyond the December 31 of the calendar year during which the fifth anniversary of such Participant's death occurs, such distribution must commence no later than the December 31 of the calendar year immediately following the date of such Participant's death or such later date as may be promulgated by the Internal Revenue Service. (e) If a Participant is in receipt of benefits from the Company's insured long-term disability' program, if applicable, payment of the Participant's Elective Deferral Contribution, 401 (k) Matching Contribution, 401 (a) Matching Contribution, Transfer, Qualified Matching Contribution and Qualified Nonelective Contribution Accounts shall be deferred to the first day of the month in which such Participant is no longer eligible to receive such benefits or, if earlier, the 60th day following the last day of the Plan Year during which the Participant's Normal Retirement Date occurs, provided the benefits payable under the long-term disability program would otherwise be reduced by the benefits payable under the Plan. 7.03 Method and Form of Payment of Benefits The following provisions shall be applicable for determining the method and form of payment of all benefits. (a) Subject to Section 7.02, all benefits will be distributed in a lump sum. (b) Any benefits payable under this Article may be paid in cash, securities, or such other assets of the Trust Fund as the Committee may direct. The distribution of a lump sum payment to the Participant or his Beneficiary will constitute the complete discharge of all obligations of the Plan. 7.04 Disposition of Unclaimed Benefits In the event that any check or notice with respect to the payment of benefits under the Plan remains outstanding at the expiration of six months from the date of mailing of such check to the last known address of the payee, the Committee shall notify the Trustee to stop payment of all such outstanding checks and to suspend the issuance of any further checks, if any, to such payee. If, during the three-year period (or such other period as specified in the Trust Agreement) from the date of mailing of the first such check or of notice that a benefit is due under the Plan, the Committee cannot establish contact with the payee by taking such action as it deems appropriate and the payee does not make contact with the Committee, the remaining benefits shall be forfeited and used to reduce the Company's contributions in accordance with Section 3.03. In the event the payee is located subsequent to the date the benefits were forfeited, the dollar amount of such benefits shall be restored in accordance with the provisions of Article 6. 7.05 Non-Assignability (a) No benefit under the Plan shall be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance or charge, and any such action shall be void for all purposes of the Plan. No benefit shall in any manner be subject to the debts, contracts, liabilities, engagements or torts of any person, nor shall it be subject to attachments or other legal process for or against any person. (b) The provisions of Subsection (a) do not apply to any (i) amount that must be withheld because of the tax withholding provisions of the PR Code or a state's income tax act or amounts payable pursuant to a Qualified Domestic Relations Order or in such other instances and to such extent as may be required by law or except as provided in Article 13. (ii) offset of a Participant's benefits against an amount that the Participant is ordered or required to pay under a judgment or conviction for a crime involving the Plan, under a civil judgment (including a consent order or decree) entered by a court in an action brought in connection with a violation (or alleged violation) of Part 4 of Subtitle B of Title I of ERISA, or pursuant to a settlement agreement between the Secretary of Labor and the Participant in connection with a violation (or alleged violation) of Part 4 of such Subtitle by a fiduciary or any other person, on or after January 1, 1998. Notwithstanding the above, the judgment, order, decree or settlement agreement must expressly provide for the offset of all or part of the amount ordered or required' to be paid to the Plan against the Participant's Plan benefits. 7.06 Substitute Payee If a Participant or Beneficiary entitled to receive any benefits hereunder is in his minority or is,. in the judgment of the Committee, legally, physically, or mentally incapable of personally receiving and receipting any distribution, the Committee may instruct the Trustee to make distributions to his legally appointed guardian. 7.07 Satisfaction of Liability After all benefits have been distributed in full to a Participant or to his Beneficiary, all liability to such Participant or to his Beneficiary shall cease. 7.08 Direct Rollover to Eligible Retirement Plans (a) Notwithstanding any provisions of the Plan to the contrary that would otherwise limit a Distributee's election under this Section, a Distributee may elect, at the time and in the manner prescribed by the Committee, to have any portion of an Eligible Rollover Distribution paid directly to an Eligible Retirement Plan specified by the Distributee in a Direct Rollover. (b) Definitions (i) Eligible Rollover Distribution An Eligible Rollover Distribution is any distribution of all or any portion of the balance to the credit of the Distributee (ii) Eligible Retirement Plan An Eligible Retirement Plan is an individual retirement account described in Article 1169 of the Puerto Rico Treasury Regulations, an individual retirement annuity described in Article 1169 of the Puerto Rico Treasury Regulation, or a qualified trust described in Article 1165 of the Puerto Rico Treasury Regulation, that accepts the Distributee's Eligible Rollover Distribution. (iii) Distributee A Distributee includes an Employee or former Employee. (iv) Direct Rollover A Direct Rollover is a payment by the Plan to the Eligible Retirement Plan specified by the Distributee. 7.09 Waiver of 30 Day Notice Requirement Notwithstanding any provisions of the Plan to the contrary, if a distribution is one to which Section!; 401 (a)(11) and 417 of the US Code does not apply, such distribution may commence less than 30 days after the notice required under Section" .411 (a)-11 (c) of the Treasury Regulations is given, provided that: (a) the Committee clearly informs the Participant that the Participant has a right to a period of at least 30 days after receiving the notice to consider the decision of whether or not to elect a distribution (and, if applicable, a particular distribution option), and (b) the Participant, after receiving the notice, affirmatively elects a distribution. ARTICLE 8 ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN 8.01 Assignment of Administrative Authority The Board of Directors shall appoint a Committee to administer the Plan which shall be the "named fiduciary." The Committee may consist of directors, officers, Employees, or any other individuals, who, upon acceptance of such appointment, shall serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors. Any member may resign by delivering his written resignation to the Board of Directors and to the Committee. Vacancies in the Committee arising from resignation, death or removal shall be filled by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors shall also appoint the Trustee and may appoint an investment manager. 8.02 Organization and Operation of the Committee (a) The Committee shall act, in carrying out its duties and responsibilities, in the interest of the Participants and Beneficiaries with the care, skill, prudence, and diligence under the circumstances then prevailing that a prudent man, acting in a like capacity and familiar with such matters, would use in the conduct of an enterprise of like character and aims. (b) The Committee shall act by a majority of its members unless unanimous consent is required by the Plan or by unanimous approval of its members if there are two or less members in office at the time. In the event of a Committee deadlock, the Committee shall determine the method for resolving such deadlock. If there are two or more Committee members, no member shall act upon any question pertaining solely to himself, and the other member or members shall make any determination required by the Plan in respect thereof. (c) If, at any time, a majority of the individuals serving on such Committee and eligible to vote are unable to agree, any action required of the Committee shall be taken by the Board of Directors and its decision shall be final. (d) An individual serving on such Committee who is a Participant shall not vote or act on any matter relating solely to himself. (e) The Committee may authorize anyone or more of its members to execute documents on behalf of the Committee and shall notify the Trustee in writing of such action and the name or names of the member or members so designated. (f) The Committee may, by unanimous consent, delegate specific authority and responsibilities to one or more of its members. The member or members so designated shall be solely liable, jointly and severally, for their acts or omissions with respect to such delegated authority and responsibilities. Members not so designated, except as provided under Subsection 8.06(b), shall be relieved from liability for any act or omission resulting from such delegation. (g) The Committee shall endeavor not to engage in any prohibited transactions, as specified in the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, or any successor act. However, any member of the Committee who is a Participant or Beneficiary shall not be precluded from receiving benefits payable under the Plan. 8.03 Authority and Responsibility The Committee and its delegates shall have full discretionary authority and responsibility for administration of the Plan. Such authority and responsibility shall include, but shall not be limited to, the following areas. (a) Appointment of qualified accountants, consultants, administrators, counselor other persons it deems necessary or advisable, who shall serve the Committee as advisors only and shall not exercise any discretionary authority, responsibility or control with respect to the management or administration of the Plan. Any action of the Committee on the basis of advice, opinion, reports, etc. furnished by such qualified accountants, consultants, administrators and counsel shall be the sole responsibility of the Committee. Members of the Committee shall not be precluded from serving the Committee in any other capacity, provided any compensation paid for such services is reasonable. (b) Determination of eligibility to participate and all benefits, and resolution of all questions arising from the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan, including the determination of the validity of any Qualified Domestic Relations Order in accordance with Section 8.09. (c) Notification to the Trustee of all benefits payable under the Plan and the manner in which such benefits are to be paid. (e) Adoption of forms and regulations for the administration of the Plan. (d) Remedy of any inequity resulting from incorrect information received or communicated, or of administrative error. (f) Assurance that its members, the Trustee and other persons who handle funds or other property of the Trust Fund are bonded as required by law. (g) Settlement or compromise of any claims or debts arising from the operation of the plan and the commencement of any legal actions or administrative proceeding. (h) Direction to the Trustee as to specific investments which, under the terms of the Trust Agreement, may be made only upon written direction of the Committee or which are made in accordance with specific provisions of the Plan, such as annuity or group investment contracts, loans to Participants, or earmarked investments selected by Participants. (i) Action as agent for the service of legal process. (j) Communication regarding the liquidity needs of the Plan so that investment discretion can be exercised to effect specific objectives. 8.04 Records and Reports (a) The Committee shall keep a record of its proceedings and acts and shall keep books of account, records and other data necessary for the proper administration of the Plan. (b) The Committee shall make its records available for examination by the Employer, or any Participant or Beneficiary during business hours at the principal place of business of the Company. However, a Participant or Beneficiary may examine only records pertaining exclusively to himself and such other records specified by law. (c) The Committee shall make available to any Participant or Beneficiary any material required by law without cost. The Committee may, upon written request by any Participant or Beneficiary, provide copies of such material as it deems appropriate and shall furnish copies of such material required by law. The Participant or Beneficiary may be required to pay the reasonable cost as determined by the Committee of preparing and furnishing such material or the cost as prescribed by law. 8.05 Required Information The Company and Participants or Beneficiaries entitled to benefits shall furnish forms, including but not limited to annuity applications, and any information or evidence, as requested by the Committee for the proper administration of the Plan. Failure on the part of any Participant or Beneficiary to comply with such request within a reasonable period of time shall be sufficient grounds for delay in the payment of benefits until the information or evidence requested is received. 8.06 Fiduciary Liability (a) A member of the Committee who breaches the responsibilities, obligations, or duties imposed by law shall be liable to the Plan for any losses resulting from such breach, (b) A member of the Committee shall be liable for a breach of fiduciary responsibility by another Committee member or Trustee, with respect to the Plan or Trust Fund, under the following circumstances. (i) The member knowingly participates in or undertakes to conceal an act or omission of another member of the Committee or Trustee, with knowledge that the act or omission is such a breach. (ii) If the member's failure to comply with Subsection 8.02(a) has enabled another member or Trustee to commit such a breach. (iii) The member has knowledge of such a breach by another member or Trustee and does not make reasonable efforts under the circumstances to remedy the breach. 8.07 Payment of Expenses Those members of the Committee who are full-time paid employees of the Company shall serve without compensation. The expenses of the Committee, including reasonable compensation as may be agreed upon in writing between the Company and the Committee for members of the Committee who are not full-time employees of the Company, shall be deemed administrative expenses payable in accordance with Article 3. 8.08 Indemnification The Company shall indemnify members of the Committee against personal financial loss resulting from liability incurred in the administration of the Plan, unless such liability and loss were caused by such individual's gross negligence or willful misconduct. 8.09 Qualified Domestic Relations Orders (a) Qualified Domestic Relations Order (i) A Qualified Domestic Relations Order (hereinafter referred to as "QDRO") is a Domestic Relations Order which creates or recognizes the existence of an Alternate Payee's right to, or assigns to an Alternate Payee the right to, receive all or a portion of the benefits payable with respect to a Participant under the Plan, and which the Committee has determined meets the requirements of Paragraphs (ii) and (iii). (ii) A Domestic Relations Order meets the requirements of a QDRO only if the order clearly specifies (A) the name and the last known mailing address (if any) of the Participant and the name and mailing address of each Alternate Payee covered by the order; (B) the amount or percentage of the Participant's benefits to be paid by the Plan to each such Alternate Payee, or the manner in which such amount or percentage is to be determined; (C) the number of payments or period to which such order applies; and (D) that the order applies to this Plan. (iii) A Domestic Relations Order meets the requirements of a QDRO only if the order (A) does not require the Plan to provide any type or form of benefits, or any option, not otherwise provided under the Plan; (B) does not require the Plan to provide increased benefits (determined on the basis of actuarial value); and (C) does not require the payment of benefits to an Alternate Payee which are required to be paid to another Alternate Payee under another Domestic Relations Order previously determined to be a QDRO. (iv) In. the case of any payment before a Participant has separated from service, a QDRO shall not be treated as failing to meet the requirements of Paragraph (iii)(A) above solely because the order requires the payment of benefits to an Alternate Payee (A) on or after the date on which the Participant attains (or would have attained) the Earliest Retirement Age; (B) as if the Participant had retired on the date such payment is to begin under such order; and (C) in any form in which such benefits may be paid under the Plan to the Participant (other than in the form of a joint and survivor annuity with respect to his or her subsequent spouse). (v) For purposes of Paragraph (iv), Earliest Retirement Age means the earlier of (A) the date on which the Participant is entitled to a distribution under the Plan; or (B) the later of (1) the date the Participant attains age 50 or (2) the earliest date on which the Participant could begin receiving benefits under the Plan if such Participant separated from service. Notwithstanding any provisions of the Plan to the contrary, for purposes of Subparagraph (A) above, a distribution to an Alternate Payee may be made prior to the date on which the Participant is entitled to a distribution under Section 7.02 or Article 12 if requested by the Alternate Payee to the extent such distribution is permitted under the QDRO. Nothing in this provision shall permit the Participant to receive a distribution at a date otherwise not permitted under Section 7.02 or Article 12 nor shall it permit the Alternate Payee to receive a form of payment not permitted in Section 7.03. ARTICLE 9 AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION 9.01 Amendment (a) The Plan may be amended or otherwise modified by the Board of Directors, or the Committee to the extent authorized in accordance with Subsection (c). Copies of any such amendment or modification shall be sent to the governing body of each Company. It shall be deemed each Company consented to such amendment or modification unless its governing body delivers written notice to the contrary to the Board of Directors, the Committee and the Trustee within 30 days of its receipt of such amendment or modification. (b) No amendment or modification shall (i) permit any part of the Trust Fund, other than such part as is required to pay taxes, administrative expenses and expenses incurred in effectuating such changes, to be used for or diverted to purposes other than the exclusive benefit of the Participants or Beneficiaries and/or persons entitled to benefits under the Plan or permit any portion of the Trust Fund to revert to or become the property of the Company; (ii) have the effect of reducing the Account of any Participant as of the date of such amendment or deprive any Participant or Beneficiary of a benefit accrued and payable; or (iii) eliminate any option which constitutes a valuable right available to a Participant with respect to benefits previously accrued to the extent the Participant satisfied, either before or after the amendment, the conditions for the form of payment except as otherwise permitted by applicable law and regulations. (c) The Committee may amend or modify the Plan in order to bring the Plan into compliance with applicable law or regulations, provided said amendment or modification does not have a material effect on the estimated cost of maintaining the Plan and does not create a new class of benefits or entitlements. 9.02 Termination While the Plan and Trust Fund are intended to be permanent, they may be terminated at the discretion of the Board of Directors. Written notification of such action shall be given to each Company, the Trustee and the Committee. Thereafter, no further contributions shall be made to the Trust Fund. 9.03 Vesting Upon Termination Upon the complete discontinuance of Company contributions or the termination or partial termination of the Plan and Trust Fund, the Account of each affected Participant shall become fully vested and shall not be reduced except (a) for adjustments resulting from a valuation in accordance with Article 5, which valuation shall also reflect the expenses incurred for administration of the Plan and/or Trust Fund after such discontinuance or termination date, and all expenses incurred in effectuating the complete discontinuance of Company contributions or termination or partial termination of the Plan and Trust Fund, such as the fees and retainers of the Plan's Trustee, accountant, custodian, administrator, consultant, counsel and other specialists if such expenses are not paid by the Company; (b) for distributions of benefits by the Trustee to the Participant in accordance with the Plan and at the written direction of the Committee; and (c) as provided in Section 13.01. 9.04 Distribution of Benefits After Termination As soon as administratively feasible following the termination of the Plan and Trust Fund, the Trustee, as authorized and directed by the Committee, shall distribute each Account, after adjustment in accordance with Subsection 9.03(a), in a manner consistent with the provisions of Article 7. ARTICLE 10 PARTICIPATING COMPANIES 10.01 Adoption by Other Entities Any corporation or other business entity may, by resolution of its own governing body, and with the approval of the Board of Directors, adopt the Plan and thereby become a Company. Notwithstanding the adoption of the Plan by other entities, the Plan will be' administered as a single plan and all Plan assets will be available to pay benefits to .ill Participants under the Plan. 10.02 Alternative Provisions No Company may adopt alternative provisions as to itself or its Employees. Upon request of the governing body of a Company, the Board of Directors may amend the Plan with respect to the Employees of such Company provided that any change will only apply if any inequity resulting from such changed Plan provisions is not found to be discriminatory on behalf of Highly Compensated Employees. 10.03 Right to Withdraw (Plan Spinoff) Each Company having adopted the Plan shall have the right as of the last day of any month to withdraw from the Plan and/or Trust Agreement by delivering to the Board of Directors, the Committee and the Trustee written notification from its own governing body of such action and setting forth the date as of which the withdrawal shall be effective. The date specified in such written notice shall be deemed a Valuation Date. 10.04 Procedure Upon Withdrawal (a) If a Company withdraws from the Plan and Trust Agreement as the result of its adoption of a different plan, the Trustee shall segregate the portion of the Trust Fund attributable to the Accounts of Participants employed solely by such Company. As soon as administratively feasible, the Trustee shall transfer the segregated assets to the insurance carrier or fiduciary designated by the Company as the agency through which the benefits of such successor plan are to be disbursed. (b) If a Company withdraws from the Plan and Trust Agreement as the result of its adoption of a resolution to terminate its participation in the Plan and to distribute assets to its Employees who are Participants, the Trustee shall segregate the portion of the Trust Fund attributable to the Accounts of the Participants who are employed solely by such Company, and the termination provisions of Section 9.03 and 9.04 shall apply with respect to such segregated assets. ARTICLE 11 WITHDRAWAL OF FUNDS 11.01 Withdrawals from all Accounts Subject to the general withdrawal rules below, a Participant may withdraw up to 100% of any Account in which he has a 100% vested interest after attaining age 70-1/2. 11.02 Withdrawals from Elective Deferral Contribution Account Subject to the general withdrawal rules below, a Participant may withdraw up to (a) 100% of his Elective Deferral Contribution Account after attaining age 59-1/2 or (b) 50% of his Elective Deferral Contribution Account before attaining age 59-1/2, provided such withdrawal meets the Financial Hardship Rules below. 11.03 Withdrawals from 401 (k) Matching Account Subject to the general withdrawal rules below, a Participant may withdraw up to 100% of his 401 (k) Matching Contribution Account after attaining age 59-1/2. 11.04 Withdrawals from 401 (a) Matching Account Subject to Section 11.01, no withdrawals shall be permitted from a Participant's 401 (a) Matching Contribution Account. 11.05 Withdrawals from Rollover Account Subject to the general withdrawal rules below and Section 11.01, a Participant may elect to withdrawal up to 100% of his Rollover Account provided the withdrawal is for health, education or welfare. 11.06 Withdrawals from Transfer Account Subject to the general withdrawal rules below and Section 11.01, a Participant may elect to withdraw-up to 100% of his Transfer Account provided the withdrawal is for health, education, or welfare. 11.0.7 Withdrawals from Voluntary Contribution Account Subject to the general withdrawal rules below, a Participant may elect to withdraw up to 100% of his Voluntary Contribution Account. 11.08 Withdrawals from Qualified Matching Contribution and Qualified Nonelective Contribution Accounts Subject to the general withdrawal rules below, a Participant who has attained age 59-1/2 may withdraw up to 100% of his Qualified Matching Contribution and Qualified Nonelective Contribution Accounts. 11.09 Financial Hardship Rules (a) For purposes of this Article, a Financial Hardship withdrawal may be made only if i1: is on account of an immediate and heavy financial need of the Participant and is necessary to satisfy such financial need. (b) The following needs shall be recognized ,as immediate and heavy financial needs: (i) medical expenses, as described in Section 213(d) of the US Code, previously incurred by the Participant, the Participant's spouse or the Participant's dependents; or funds necessary for these persons to obtain medical care described in Section 213(d) of the US Code, (ii) purchase of a principal residence for the Participant, (iii) tuition payments, related educational fees and room and board expenses for the next 12 months of post-secondary education for the Participant or the Participant's spouse, children or other dependents, (iv) the need to prevent eviction from or foreclosure on the mortgage of the Participant's principal residence, and (v) an}' other financial need as may be promulgated by the Internal Revenue Service. (c) The following requirements will be applicable: (i) The Participant must have obtained all other distributions and loans available under all plans maintained by the Employer. (ii) Elective Deferral Contributions and any other Employee contributions under all plans maintained by the Employer will be suspended for 12 months following the receipt of the Financial Hardship withdrawal. The Participant's Elective Deferral Contributions under Section 3.01 will automatically be resumed following the required period of suspension, unless the Participant elects otherwise. (iii) The limitation of Section 4.01 which is imposed on a Participant's Elective Deferral Contributions for the calendar year immediately following the calendar year of the Financial Hardship withdrawal will be reduced by the amount of such contributions and/or deferrals for the calendar year of such withdrawal. (d) The amount of such Financial Hardship withdrawal may not exceed the amount required to meet the specified need plus any amounts necessary to pay any federal, state or local income taxes or penalties reasonably anticipated to result from the withdrawal. In addition, effective for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1988, the amount of such withdrawal from a Participant's Elective Deferral Contribution Account shall be limited to the sum of the Participant's Elective Deferral Contributions made, plus the income credited to such Account as of the last Valuation Date in 1988. (e) A Financial Hardship withdrawal from a Participant's Elective Deferral Contribution Account will be available only after the total amount available from all other Accounts has been withdrawn. 11.10 General Withdrawal Rules Any withdrawal shall be subject to the following requirements: (a) A request for a withdrawal must be submitted to the Committee prior to the withdrawal date. Withdrawals will be taken from the investment funds proportionately. (b) A withdrawal may be requested at any time. Such withdrawals will be processed as soon as administratively feasible following notification by the Committee that the withdrawal is approved. ARTICLE 12 LOANS 12.01 Activation of loan Provisions The Committee, solely in its discretion and in accordance with the provisions of this Article, may permit Participants to borrow from the Trust Fund. 12.02 Amount of Loan sand Terms of Repayment At such time as loans are permitted, the Committee shall promulgate any additional specific rules and regulations governing all aspects of this Article as it deems necessary. The following general rules shall serve as the basis for any specific rules and regulations: (a) Upon application on forms provided by the Committee, the Committee may grant a loan to a Participant, except terminated Participants other than a "party in interest" as defined in ERISA Section 3(14) and shareholder employees or owner employees as referred to in Section 497S(d) of the US Code. (b) In no event shall a loan exceed the lesser of (i) $50,000, reduced by the highest outstanding loan balance during the one year period ending on the day before the date on which any new loan is to be granted minus the outstanding loan balance on the date such new loan is granted, or (ii) 50% of the amount to which the Participant is vested under this Plan on the date the loan is granted. Such maximum loan amount shall be adjusted for any defaulted loans, plus interest thereon. ARTICLE 13 GENERAL PROVISIONS 13.01 Exclusiveness of Benefits The Plan has been created for the exclusive benefit of the Participants and their Beneficiaries. No part of the Trust Fund shall ever revert to the Company nor shall such Trust Fund ever be used other than for the exclusive benefit of the Participants and their Beneficiaries, except as provided in Sections 3.10 and 9.03 and Subsection 4.03(d) provided, however, that contributions made by the Company by mistake of fact or which are not deductible under Section 404 of the US Code, may be returned to the Company within one year of the mistaken payment of the contribution or the date of disallowance of the deduction, as the case may be. All contributions made by the Company shall be conditional upon their deductibility under Section 404 of the US Code. No person shall have any interest in or right to any part of the Trust Fund, or any equitable right under the Trust Agreement, except to the extent expressly provided in the Plan or Trust Agreement. 13.02 Limitation of Rights Neither the establishment of the Plan, nor any modification thereof, nor the creation of any fund, trust or account, nor the purchase of any policy, nor the payment of any benefits shall be construed as giving any Participant, Beneficiary, or any other person whomsoever, any legal or equitable right against the Company, the Committee, or the Trustee, unless such right shall be specifically provided for in the Plan or conferred by affirmative action of the Committee or the Company in accordance with the terms and provisions of the Plan; or as giving any Participant or any other employee of the Company the right to be retained in the service of the Company and all Participants and other employees shall remain subject to discharge to the same extent as if the Plan had never been adopted. 13.03 Limitation of Liability and Legal Actions In any action or proceeding involving the Trust Fund, or any part thereof, or the administration thereof, the Company, the Committee, and the Trustee shall be the only necessary parties. Any final judgment entered in any such action or proceeding, which is not appealed or appealable, shall be binding and conclusive on the parties thereto, and all persons having or claiming to have an interest in the Trust Fund or under the Plan. 13.04 Construction of Agreement The Plan shall be construed according to the laws of the State in which the Company named under Article I has its principal place of business, and all provisions hereof shall be administered according to, and its validity shall be determined under, the laws of such State except where pre-empted by Federal law. 13.05 Title to Assets No Participant, Beneficiary or any other person shall have any legal or equitable right or interest in the funds set aside by the Company, or otherwise received or held under the Plan, or in any assets of the Trust Fund, except as expressly provided in the Plan, and no Participant, Beneficiary or any other person shall be deemed to possess a right 1:0 any assets except as herein provided. 13.06 Severability Should any provision of the Plan or any regulations adopted thereunder be deemed or held to be unlawful or invalid for any reason, such fact shall not adversely affect the other provisions or regulations unless such invalidity shall render impossible or impractical the functioning of the Plan and, in such case, the appropriate parties shall immediately adopt a new provision or regulation to take the place of the one held illegal or invalid. 13.07 Titles and Headings The titles and headings of the Sections in this instrument are for convenience of reference only and, in the event of any conflict, the text rather than such titles or headings shall control. 13.08 Counterparts as Original The Plan has been prepared in counterparts, each of which so prepared shall be construed an original. 13.09 Merger of Plans Upon the merger or consolidation of any other plan with this Plan or the transfer of assets or liabilities from this Plan to any other plan, all Participants of this Plan shall be entitled to a benefit immediately after the merger, consolidation or transfer (if the merged, consolidated or transferee plan had then been terminated) at least equal to the benefit they would have been entitled to immediately prior to such merger, consolidation or transfer (if the Plan had then terminated). EX-4.4 4 g83562exv4w4.txt EX-4.4 ADOPTION AGREEMENT AGREEMENT ADOPTION FOR STATE MUTUAL OF AMERICA GROUP PROTOTYPE 401(k) PROFIT SHARING PLAN NO.3 AS USED IN PUERTO RICO For the benefit of its employees, the undersigned adopts this Profit Sharing Plan and in connection therewith makes the following statements and designations, which designations are subject to change as required to obtain approval by the Department of Revenue of Puerto Rico. This Adoption Agreement should only be used with State Mutual Basic Plan Document No. 5. NON-INTEGRATED AND INTEGRATED PROFIT SHARING FORMULAS ITEMS - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1. Name of Employer: First Federal Savings Bank - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2. Address of Employer: 3. Employer's Telephone Number: 1519 Ponce de Leon Avenue Santurce. PR 00908 (809) 729-8171 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4. Name and Address of Other Participating Employers Adopting Plan: Are all of the Employers under common control adopting the Plan?: [ ] Yes [ ] No - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5. Name of Employer's Profit Sharing Plan: First Federal Savings Bank 401(k) Retirement Plan (Puerto Rico) - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6. (a) Original Effective Date 7. Date of of plan and Trust: Adoption Agreement: May 15, 1965 December 9, 1991 --------------------------------------------------- (b) Effective Date of this 8. Plan Number Assigned by the Restated Plan and Trust: Employer (Circle One): 001,002, September 1,1991 003,004 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9. Name and Address of Trustee(s): Laura Villarino Tur, Jorge Rodriguez and Francisco Cortes same address as item # 2 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10. Name, Address and EIN/Tax I.D. Number of Plan Administrator (if other than Employer): - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 11. Designation of Profit Sharing Committee (if applicable): - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 12. Is this Employer a member of: 13. Type of Entity: (a) Affiliated Service Group [ ] Yes [X] No [X] Corporation [ ] Partnership (b) Control Group? [ ]"Sub S" Corporation [ ] Other (specify): [ ] Yes [x] No [ ] Sole Proprietor _________________ - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 14. Nature of Employer's Business, 15. Employer Identification and Standard Industrial Number (Tax I.D. Number): Classification No. of Employer: 66-0183103 Federal Savings Bank -6022 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - 1 - 16. Predecessor Employers (Service with Employers named below shall be treated as Service with the Employer - see Section 2.42 of the Plan): - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 17. Fiscal Year for Income Tax Purposes: [X] Calendar Year [ ] Year Beginning first day of ____________ (month) - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 18. First Plan Anniversary: January 1, 1992 (Each Plan Anniversary thereafter shall be an anniversary of such date) Note: The Plan Anniversary must be the first day of the Employer's fiscal year. See Section 2.34 of the Plan.

=================================================================================================== DESIGNATED PLAN PROVISIONS =================================================================================================== Section 2.08 Plan Compensation of Earned Income shall be limited as follows (check COMPENSATION or complete (a), (b) or (c) below, if any are applicable): LIMITATIONS * [ ] (a) For the firs year of plan Participation, Compensation shall exclude compensation received prior to the date the Employee becomes a Participant. [x] (b) Maximum Compensation for Plan purposes: $200,000; * [ ] (c) Compensation for the Plan Year which is actually paid or accrued within such Year, but excluding: [ ] (i) overtime pay [ ] (ii) commissions [ ] (iii) bonuses [ ] (iv) other (specify):_______________________________ *NOTE: Choices (a) and (c) may not be elected if the Plan is intended to benefit a Self-Employed Individual; choice (c) may not be elected if an Integrated Allocation Formula is used. - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Section 2.22 Hours of Service shall be determined on the basis of the method selected HOURS OF SERVICE below. The method selected shall be applied to all Employees covered under the Plan (Check one of the following): [x] (a) On the basis of actual hours for which an Employee is paid or entitled to payment. [ ] (b) On the basis of days worked. An Employee shall be credited with 10 Hours of Service if under Section 2.22 of the Plan such Employee would be credited with at least one Hour of Service during the day. [ ] (c) On the basis of weeks worked. An Employee shall be credited with 45 Hours of Service if under Section 2.22 of the Plan such Employee would be credited with at least one Hour of Service during the week.

- 2 - [ ] (d) On the basis of months worked. An Employee shall be credited with 190 Hours of Service if under Section 2.22 of the Plan such Employee would be credited with at least one Hour of Service during the month. - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Section 2.26 The limitation Year of the Plan shall be (Check or complete one of the LIMITATION YEAR following): [x] (a) Calendar Year [ ] (b) Plan Year [ ] (c) Other 12 consecutive month period (specify):________________ - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Section 2.29 The Normal Retirement Age of a Participant shall be (Check and complete NORMAL one of the following): RETIREMENT AGE [ ] (a) the date the Participant attains Age 65 (Up to Age 65). [ ] (b) the ______ (up to 10th) anniversary of the date the Participant commenced Participation in the Plan or the date he attains Age 65, whichever is later. [ ] (c) the _____ (up to 10th) anniversary of the date the Participant commenced participation in the Plan or the date he attains Age 65, whichever is later, but in no event later than Age 70. - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Section 3.02(1) The following Employees are eligible to become Participants PARTICIPATION (Check or complete on of the following): REQUIREMENTS (Classification) [ ] All Employees of the Employer maintaining the Plan. [ ] All Employees of the Employer maintaining the Plan or of any other Employer required to be aggregated under Section 414(b), (c) or (m) of the Internal Revenue Code. Any individual deemed under Section 414(n) of the Code to be an employee of any employer described in the previous sentence shall also be considered an Employee. [ ] All Employees of the Employer maintaining the Plan compensated on an hourly basis. [ ] All Employees of the Employer maintaining the Plan compensated on a salaried basis. [ ] All Employees of the Employer maintaining the Plan not eligible to participate in another qualified pension of profit sharing plan to which the Employer is making contributions. - 3 - [x] All Employees of the Employer maintaining the Plan who are residents of Puerto Rico except lease employees and Employees included in a unit of Employees covered by a collective bargaining agreement between the Employer and Employee representatives, if retirement benefits were the subject of good faith bargaining. For this purpose, the term "employee representative" does not include any organization more than half of whose members are Employees who are owners, officers or executives of the Employer. [ ] All Employees of the Employer maintaining the Plan covered by a collective bargaining agreement between the Employer and Employee representatives (as described above). [ ] All Employees except Employees who are nonresident aliens and who receive no earned income from the Employer which constitutes income from sources within the United States. [ ] Other Employee classification (specify):____________________________ __________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________ - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Section 3.02(2) The Plan eligibility requirements are (Check and complete (a), (b) and (c) PARTICIPATION below: REQUIREMENTS (Entry Date) (a) Entry Date (Check (i) or (ii) and (iii) if applicable): [ ] (i) Semiannual Entry: Each eligible Employee who complies with the requirements set forth in the Plan and Trust shall become a Participant on whichever of the following dates first occurs after the Employee meets the Age and Service Requirements specified in (b) and (c) below, if he is then employed: (aa) The following Plan Anniversary; or (bb) The date six months following the Effective Date or thereafter the date six months following each Plan Anniversary. [x] (ii) Monthly Entry: Each eligible Employee who complies with the requirements set forth in the Plan and Trust shall become a Participant on the first day of the month coincident with or next following the date the Employee meets the Age and Service requirements specified in (b) and (c) below, if he is then employed. [ ] (iii) An eligible employee who is employed on the Effective Date, and who complies with the requirements set forth in the Plan and Trust, shall become a Participant on the Effective Date without regard to any Plan Age and Service Requirements specified in (b) or (c) below. - 4 - (b) Service Requirement: [ ] (i) No Service requirement. [X] (ii) The Employee has completed 1 year of Service (not more than 1). NOTE: If the Year(s) of Service elected is or includes a fractional year, an Employee shall not be required to complete any specified number of Hours of Service to receive credit for such fractional year. (c) Age Requirement [X] (i) No Age requirement. [ ] (ii) The Employee has attained Age___________ (not more than 21). Notwithstanding (a)(i) and (a)(ii) above, an eligible Employee who satisfies the Plan Age and Service requirements on the Effective Date and who complies with the requirements set forth in the Plan and Trust will become a Participant on such date if he is then employed. - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Section 3.02(3) In determining when an Employee is eligible to participate, the PARTICIPATION following periods of Service shall be disregarded (Check (a) or (b), REQUIREMENTS if applicable): (Service Exclusions) [ ] (a) In the case of a Participant who does not have any nonforfeitable right to an Accrued Benefit derived from N/A Employer contributions, Years of Service before a period of consecutive One Year Breaks in Service will not be taken into account in computing eligibility service if the number of consecutive One Year Breaks in Service in such period equals or exceeds the greater of five or the aggregate number of Years of Service. Such aggregate number of Years of Service will not include any Years of Service disregarded under the preceding sentence by reason of prior Breaks in Service. [ ] (b) If an Employee had a One Year Break in Service before he had become a Participant, Service before the Break shall not be counted (applicable only if the Plan provides full and immediate vesting, i.e., when Section 13.01 (1)(a) of the adoption Agreement is checked). - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - 5 - Section 4.01 (1) 401(a) Employer Contributions (Check or complete (a), (b) or (c) 4.01(a) and, if applicable, (d), (e) and (f) below): EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS, [X] (a) The Employer does not intend to make 401(a) Employer 401(k) Contributions. EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS, [ ] (b) For each Plan Year the Board of Directors or other EMPLOYER governing authority of the Employer shall determine the 401(a) and amount of 401(a) Employer Contributions. 401(k) EMPLOYER [ ] (c) For each Plan Year the Board of Directors or other MATCH governing authority of the Employer shall determine the CONTRIBUTIONS amount of 401(a) Employer Contributions. However, if no resolve is made, the amount contributed shall be ____________% of each Participant's Plan Compensation for such Plan Year. *[ ] (d) In order to share in 401(a) Employer Contributions for a Plan Year, a Participant must complete _________ (0 - 1,000) Hours of Service during such Plan Year. *[ ] (e) A Participant whose employment is terminated before the end of a Plan Year but after he has completed the Hours of Service specified in (d) above (Check (i) or (ii) below): [ ] (i) shall share in 401(a) Employer Contributions for such Plan Year. [ ] (ii) shall not share in 401(a) Employer Contributions for such Plan Year unless termination is due to (check whichever of the following is applicable below): [ ] (aa) no exceptions [ ] (bb) death [ ] (cc) disability [ ] (dd) attainment of Normal Retirement Age [ ] (f) Profits [ ] are [ ] are not required for 401(a) Employer Contributions. ------------------------------------------------------------------------- (2) 401(k) Employer Contributions (Check or complete (a), (b) or (c) and, if applicable, (d), (e) and (f) below): [X] (a) The Employer does not intend to make 401(k) Employer Contributions. [ ] (b) For each Plan Year the Board of Directors or other governing authority of the Employer shall determine the amount of 401(k) Employer Contributions. - 6 - [ ] (c) For each Plan Year the Board of Directors or other governing authority of the Employer shall determine the amount of 401(k) Employer Contributions. However, if no resolve is made, the amount contributed shall be__________% of each Participant's Plan Compensation for such Plan Year. *[ ] (d) In order to share in 401(k) Employer Contributions for a Plan Year, a Participant must complete____________(0-1,000) Hours of Service during such Plan Year. *[ ] (e) A Participant whose employment is terminated before the end of a Plan Year but after he has completed the Hours of Service specified in (d) above (Check (i) or (ii) below): [ ] (i) shall share in 401(k) Employer Contributions for such Plan Year. [ ] (ii) shall not share in 401(k) Employer Contributions for such Plan Year unless termination is due to (check whichever of the following is applicable below): [ ] (aa) no exceptions [ ] (bb) death [ ] (cc) disability [ ] (dd) attainment of Normal Retirement Age [ ] (f) Profits [ ] are [ ] are not required for 401(k) Employer Contributions. ------------------------------------------------------------------------- (3) Employer Match Contributions (Check or complete (a), (b) or (c), and, if applicable, (d), (e), (f), (g) below): [ ] (a) The Employer does not intend to make Employer Match Contributions. [ ] (b) For each Plan Year the Board of Directors or other governing authority of the Employer shall determine a percentage(s) to contribute of each eligible Participant's Salary Savings Contributions. [X] (c) For each Plan Year the Board of Directors or other governing authority of the Employer shall determine a percentage(s) to contribute of each eligible Participant's Salary Savings Contributions; however, if no resolve is made, the amount contributed shall be 25% of each eligible Participant's Salary Savings Contributions. No match shall be provided for Salary Savings Contributions made in excess of 1% of Compensation. (Complete last sentence if applicable.)** *[X] (d) In order to share in Employer Match Contributions for a Plan Year, a Participant must complete 0 (0-1,000) Hours of Service during such Plan Year. **This amount will be contributed on a monthly basis. In addition to this monthly contribution, for each Plan Year the Board of Directors or other governing authority of the Employer shall determine a percentage to contribute at the end of each Plan Year of each eligible Participant's Salary Savings Contributions. - 7 - *[x] (e) A Participant whose employment is terminated before the end of a Plan Year but after he has completed the Hours of Service specified in (d) above (Check (i) or (ii) below): [x] (i) shall share in 401(k) Employer Match Contributions for such Plan Year. [x] (ii) shall not share in 401(a) Employer Match Contributions for such Plan Year unless termination is due to (check whichever of the following is applicable below): [x] (aa) no exceptions [ ] (bb) death [ ] (cc) disability [ ] (dd) attainment of Normal Retirement Age [x] (f) Profits [x] are [ ] are not required for Employer Match Contributions. [x] (g) Employer Match Contributions shall be allocated to a Participant's account (check (i) or (ii) below, whichever is applicable): [X] (i) 401(k) Employer Match Contribution account, and thus shall be nonforfeitable when made for match contribution allocated on a monthly basis only. [x] (ii) 401(a) Employer Match Contribution account, and thus shall be subject to the vesting schedule applicable to 401(a) Employer contributions for match contributions allocated on an annual basis only. *Note: When contributions are allocated monthly, all options (d) should be filled out with "0" and options (e)(i) should be selected. Note to Section 4.01: Employer Match and 401(k) Employer Contributions may be reduced to comply with the Average Deferral Test. (See Plan Article VIII.) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Section 4.3 For each Plan Year Participants may direct the Employer to reduce their SALARY Compensation in order that the Employer may make Salary Savings SAVINGS Contributions, subject to the following (Complete (a), (b) and (c) below): CONTRIBUTIONS (a) Minimum Salary Savings Contribution permitted: [ ] (i) No minimum [x] (ii) (Other, specify amount or percentage, and period) 1% of compensation per pay period _________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ (b) Maximum Salary Savings Contribution permitted (not greater than ten): 10% of Compensation per Plan Year. - 8 - (c) Change in Savings Amount [ ] (i) no limit on frequency [x] (ii) limited to: (specify) 1/1, 4/1, 7/1 and 10/1 (at least once every calender year) NOTE: Salary Savings Contributions are limited to 10% of Plan Compensation. The Plan Administrator may further limit Salary Savings Contributions if required to comply with Article VIII. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Section 4.04 After-Tax Contributions (Check (a) or (b) and, if applicable, complete AFTER-TAX (c) and (d): CONTRIBUTIONS [x] (a) are permitted [ ] (b) are not permitted [x] (c) Minimum permitted (Check and complete, if applicable): [x] (i) No minimum [ ] (ii)________% of annual total compensation [ ] (iii) $________ per _________ (week, month, year) [x] (d) will be maintained and accounted for in [x] (i) one After-Tax Contribution Account. [ ] (ii) two After-Tax Contribution Accounts, one for contributions made before 1987 and one for contributions made after 1986. NOTE: The maximum a Participant may contribute to the Plan on a voluntary basis is specified in Plan Section 4.04. - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Section 5.02 Allocation formula (choose (a) or (b) below): METHOD OF ALLOCATING [ ] (a) Non-Integrated Allocation Formula 401(a) EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS Any additional 401(a) Employer Contributions for each Plan Year shall be allocated among the accounts of eligible N/A Participants in amounts determined in accordance with the ratio which each eligible Participant's Plan Compensation bears to the total Plan Compensation of all Participants eligible to share in 401(a) Employer Contributions for such Year. - 9 - [ ] (b) Integrated Allocation Formula: Any additional 401(a) Employer Contributions for each Plan Year shall be allocated among the Participant's accounts in amounts determined as follows: Each Participant's share will be determined in accordance with the ratio that his Plan Compensation in excess of: [ ] $____________ [ ] the Taxable Wage Base bears to the total Plan Compensation in excess of such amount of all Participants eligible to share in 401(a) Employer Contributions for such Year; however, in no event may a Participant's share exceed ___________________% of his Compensation in excess of such amount. Any remaining 401(a) Employer Contributions will be allocated to all eligible Participants in accordance with the ratio which each eligible Participant's Plan Compensation bears to the total Plan Compensation of all Participants eligible to share in 401(a) Employer Contributions for such Year. The maximum percentage share of Compensation above the dollar amount used is the OASDI tax rate in effect at the beginning of the Plan Year. If the dollar amount used exceeds the Taxable Wage Base, the maximum percentage share is produced by the following formula: (Taxable Wage Base) X the OASDI tax rate in effect ------------------------ at the beginning of the Plan (Designated Dollar Amount) Year Note: All reference to the Taxable Wage Base are to the Base in effect at the beginning of the Plan Year. - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Section 5.03 Amounts forfeited for each Plan Year shall be applied as follows METHOD OF (Check one): ALLOCATING PLAN FORFEITURES [ ] (a) Forfeitures shall be allocated per the same method as 401(a) Employer Contributions are allocated for the Plan Year in which the forfeiture occurs. [x] (b) Forfeitures shall be used to reduce Employer contributions for the Plan Year following that in which the forfeiture occurs. - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - 10 - Section 5.04 Any dividend paid by Insurer pursuant to the terms of any group GROUP ANNUITY annuity contract issued to the Trustee shall be (Check (a) or (b) CONTRACT below, if applicable): DIVIDENDS [x] (a) added to the Employer's contribution for the Plan Year during which the dividend is credited to the Contract. [ ] (b) applied to reduce the Employer's contribution for the Plan Year during which the dividend is credited to the Contract. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Article VII If the Employer maintains or ever maintained another qualified plan in LIMITATION OF which any Participant in this Plan is (or was) a participant or could ALLOCATIONS possibly become a participant, this section must be completed. (Other Defined 1. If the Participant is covered under another qualified defined Contribution contribution plan maintained by the Employer, other than a Master or Plans) Prototype Plan: [x] (i) The determination of the maximum permissible contribution under the other defined contribution plan shall be made only after crediting a participant with his Annual Addition for a Limitation Year under this defined contribution plan. [ ] (ii) The determination of the maximum permissible contribution under this defined contribution plan shall be only after crediting a participant with his Annual Addition under the other defined contribution plan. [ ] (iii) Specify _____________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________ (Other Defined 2. If the Participant is or has ever been a participant in a defined Benefit Plans) benefit plan maintained by the Employer (the adopting Employer must provide language which will satisfy the 1.0 limitation of Section 415(e) of the Internal Revenue Code. Such language must preclude employer discretion. See Section 1.415-1 of the Income Tax Regulations for guidance). [x] (i) The determination of the maximum permissible contribution under any defined contribution plan shall be made only after crediting a participant with his earned benefit for a Defined benefit Limitation Year under any defined benefit plan in which he plan has is also participating. terminated [ ] (ii) Other (Specify):_____________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ - 11- Section 10.02A In-Service Withdrawals by the Participant of the amount in his Salary IN-SERVICE Savings Contribution and 401(k) Employer and 401(k) Employer Match WITHDRAWALS Contribution accounts, for any reason, after he attains age 59 1/2 (after age 591/2) (Check one): [x] (a) are permitted [ ] (b) are not permitted - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Section 10.02B Determinations of "financial hardship" under Plan Section 10.02 shall HARDSHIP be made using the following criteria: WITHDRAWALS ** (Criteria) [x] (a) Safe Harbor Immediate and Heavy Financial Needs: Such a need exists when the withdrawal will be used to pay any of the following: (1) deductible medical expenses incurred by the Participant, Participant's spouse or any dependent of the Participant; (2) down payment on the principal residence of the Participant; (3) tution for the next semester or quarter of post-secondary education for the Participant, his or her spouse, children or other dependents; or (4) to prevent eviction of the Participant from his or her principal residence or foreclosure on the mortgage of the Participant's principal residence. Amount of Above: The amount withdrawn, less any income and penalty taxes, must be less than or equal to the amount identified by the Participant as needed for the above. Reasonable Availability of Other Financial Resources: The Participant will be ineligible and must acknowledge that he or she is ineligible to make Salary Savings Contributions or After Tax Contributions under this or any other plan maintained by the Employer: (1) for one year from the date of withdrawal; and (2) such that the sum of any Salary Savings Contributions made (a) prior to the above suspension in the calendar year in which the suspension begins and (b) after the suspension in the calendar year in which the suspension ends is less than or equal to (c) the limit set forth in Code Section 402(g)(1) as applicable in the year in which the suspension ends. Further, the Participant must have obtained all distributions, other than hardship distributions, and all non-taxable loans available as of the above acknowledgement under all plans maintained by the Employer. [ ] (b) Other Attach a description of the criteria for determining: (1) the immediacy and weight of a Participant's financial need; (2) the amount of any heavy and immediate financial need and (3) the reasonable availability of other financial resources of the Participant. - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- **Hardship withdrawals of profit sharing plan and defined benefit plan assets transferred or existing in this plan prior to 9/1/91 are permitted at any time for health, education or welfare. - 12 - Section 11.01 Participant Loans (Check One): PARTICIPANT LOANS [X] (a) are permitted [ ] (b) are not permitted - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Section 12.02 Check and complete one of the below, and any applicable subparts: EARLY RETIREMENT AGE [X] (a) There is no Early Retirement Age. (if any) [ ] (b) The Early Retirement Age of a Participant shall be the first day of any month selected by the Participant coincident with or next following the date he satisfies the following requirements (Check and complete the applicable requirements set forth below); [ ] Termination of employment within _________ years of Normal Retirement Age [ ] Attainment of Age ____________ [ ] Completion of ___________ Years of Service [ ] Completion of ___________ Years of Plan Participation - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Section 13.01(1) A Participant's 401(a) Employer and 401(a) Employer Match VESTING Contributions, if any, shall be vested to the extent designated SCHEDULES below: [X] (a) 100% at all times for all assets transferred from prior defined benefit plan and profit sharing plan. [X] (b) 100% after 5 (1 to 10) Years of Service for all 401(a) Employer Match Contributions received after 9/1/91. [ ] (c) A percentage determined in accordance with the following schedule (5-15 vesting): Nonforfeitable Years of Service Percentage ---------------- -------------- Less than 5 0% 5 25 6 30 7 35 8 40 9 45 10 50 11 60 12 70 13 80 14 90 15 or more 100 - 13 - [ ] (d) A percentage which is the greater of (i) or (ii) below (Rule of 45): (i) A Participant with at least 5 Years of Service whose Age and Years of Service at least equal 45 shall be vested in accordance with the following schedule: then the Non If Completed Years and sum of Age and forfeitable of Service equal Service equals Percentage is ------------------ ------------------ ------------- 5 45 or 46 50% 6 47 or 48 60 7 49 or 50 70 8 51 or 52 80 9 53 or 54 90 10 or more 55 or more 100 (ii) After completion of 10 Years of Service, all Participants shall be 50% vested, plus 10% for each of the next 5 Years of Service. [ ] (e) A percentage determined in accordance with the following schedule (4-40 vesting): Nonforfeitable Years of Service Percentage ---------------- -------------- Less than 4 0% 4 40 5 45 6 50 7 60 8 70 9 80 10 90 11 or more 100 [ ] (f) other _______________________________________________________ ______________________________________ full vesting after completion of ___________ Years of Service (not to exceed 10). [ ] (g) A percentage determined in accordance with the following schedule: Nonforfeitable Years of Service Percentage ---------------- -------------- Less than 2 0% 2 20 3 40 4 60 5 80 6 or more 100 - 14 - [ ] (h) A percentage determined in accordance with the following schedule: Nonforfeitable Years of Service Percentage ---------------- -------------- Less than 3 0% 3 20 4 40 5 60 6 80 7 or more 100 NOTE: Notwithstanding the above, in any event a Participant's vesting percentage shall be 100% on the date he attains his Normal Retirement Age, or, if earlier, on the date he attains his Early Retirement Age. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Section 13.01(3) In determining a Participant's Vesting Percentage, the VESTING following periods of Service shall be disregarded (Check one (Service or more boxes, if applicable): Exclusions) NOTE: If all Years of Service are to be counted, no boxes should be checked. [ ] *(a) Years of Service before Age 18 (except that if N/A Section 13.01(1)(d) of the Adoption Agreement is checked, such Years during which the Employee was a Participant shall not be disregarded). [ ] *(b) Periods during which the Plan or a predecessor plan was not maintained by the Employer. [ ] (c) If a Participant has a One Year Break in Service, Service before the Break shall not be taken into account until he has completed a Year of Service after such Break in Service. [ ] (d) In a case of a Participant who has 5 or more consecutive One Year Breaks in Service, the Participant's pre-break service will count in vesting of the Employer-derived accrued benefit only if either: (i) such Participant has any nonforfeitable interest in the Accrued Benefit attributable to Employer contributions at the time of separation from service, or (ii) upon returning to service the number of consecutive One Year Breaks in Service is less than the number of Years of Service. - 15 - [ ] (e) Years of Service before January 1, 1971, unless the Employee has had at least 3 Years of Service after December 31,1970. [ ] (f) Years of Service before the Plan Year in which Internal Revenue Code Section 411 became applicable to the Plan, if such Service would have been disregarded under the rules of the plan with regard to Breaks in Service as in effect on the applicable date. For this purpose, Break in Service rules are rules which result in loss of prior vesting or benefit accruals, or which deny an employee eligibility to participate, by reason of separation or failure to complete a required period of service within a specified period of time. NOTE: In all events Years of Service during which the Employee did not complete at least 1,000 Hours of Service shall be disregarded. *Subsection (a) and (b) may not be checked if Section 13.01(1)(e) of the Adoption Agreement has been elected. - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Section 13.02(1) A terminated Participant (or his Beneficiary) may request that the DISTRIBUTION participant's deferred Normal Retirement Benefit be distributed (Check one OF of the following ): DEFERRED NORMAL [X] (a) at any time after the date the Participant terminates employment RETIREMENT with the Employer. BENEFIT [ ] (b) No earlier than the earliest of the terminated Participant's death, attainment of the Participant's Normal or Early Retirement Date or Normal Retirement Age. [ ] (c) If earlier than (b) above, at any time after the end of the Plan Year in which the Participant terminated employment with the Employer. [ ] (d) If earlier than (b) above, at any time after the end of the _____ Plan Year following the plan year in which the Participant terminated employment with the Employer. [ ] (e) If earlier than (b) above, __________________________________ ________________________________________________________________ (Specify the time when or other objective criteria under which a Participant may request a distribution of his deferred Normal Retirement Benefit.) NOTE: Employers may not eliminate or restrict the availability of distribution options except in accordance with Code Sections 401(a)(4) and 411(d)(6) and Rules and Regulations promulgated thereunder. - 16 - Section 17.01 (a) Without limiting the Trustee's powers in any other respect, INVESTMENT contributions made by or on behalf of each Participant shall be IN LIFE invested in life insurance Policies as follows (Check and complete one INSURANCE of the following): POLICIES [ ] (i) Subject to any restrictions specified in (b) below, the percentage of plan contributions allocated to the purchase of life insurance Policies shall be as elected by each Participant. [X] (ii) No life insurance Policies shall be purchased by the Trustee. (b) If item (a)(i) above is checked, the purchase of life insurance policies shall be subject to the following restrictions (Check and complete the following, if applicable): [ ](i) All Policies will have a common issue date (the plan Anniversary) i.e., no Policies will be issued by the Insurer on other than the Plan Anniversary. [ ](ii) The amount of life insurance issued on the life of any Participant shall not exceed $____________. NOTE: Any purchase of life insurance Policies shall be subject to the rules and restrictions specified in Section 2.38 and in Article XVII of the Plan. NOTE: In no event may Tax Deductible Voluntary Contributions be used to purchase life insurance - See Section 17.01(1) of the Plan. - 17 - EXECUTION AND ACCEPTANCE BY EMPLOYER AND TRUSTEE(S) STATE MUTUAL OF AMERICA GROUP PROTOTYPE 401(k) PROFIT SHARING PLAN NO.3 AS USED IN PUERTO RICO The Employer hereby agrees that the Insurer is not responsible for the qualification of the Plan or Trust, assumes full responsibility therefor, hereby accepts the provisions of State Mutual of America Group Prototype 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan No. 3, agrees to be bound by the provisions thereof, and adopts such Profit Sharing Plan by causing its name to be signed hereto by its duly authorized officer, all as of this 9th day of December, 1991. In order to obtain reliance with respect to the qualification of Plan provisions, the Employer must apply to the Puerto Rico Department of Revenue for a determination letter. Employer First Federal Savings Bank Employer _______________________ By Aida M. Garcia - Vice President By _______________________ ------------------------------- Title: Human Resources Director Title: ================================================================================ The undersigned Trustee(s), hereby accepts the provisions of State Mutual of America Group Prototype 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan No. 3 and the trusts provided for therein, and hereby declares, and agrees with the aforesaid Employer to receive, hold, invest, expend and distribute all funds deposited with, contributed to, earned or otherwise received by, the Trustee(s), all in accordance with the terms and provisions of said Plan and Trust. Laura Villarino Tur Date December 9,1991 - ----------------------------------------------- Name Laura Villarino Tur Title (if any) Senior Vice President (Trustee) Jorge Rodriguez Date December 9, 1991 - ----------------------------------------------- Name Jorge Rodriguez Title (if any) Senior Vice President (Trustee) Francisco Cortes Date December 9, 1991 - ----------------------------------------------- Name Francisco Cortes Title (if any) Senior Vice President (Trustee) - 18 - State Mutual of America Group Prototype 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan No. 3 Puerto Rico Amendment No. 1 The Group Prototype 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan No. 3 is hereby amended as follows: 1. Section 2.21: "Highly Compensated Employee" means, for any Plan Year, any Employee who receives compensation higher than that received by two-thirds of the eligible employees during that Plan Year. 2. Section 2.27 is replaced by the following: "Non-Highly Compensated Employee" means any Employee who is not a Highly Compensated Employee. 3. Section 2.25, 2.28, 2.43, 2.46, 2.47, and 4.02, Article VI, Article IX, and the third paragraphs of Section 7.14 and 7.15 are deleted. 4. Article VIII is replaced by the following: ATTACHMENT A ARTICLE VIII REFUND OR REALLOCATION OF EXCESS 401(k) CONTRIBUTIONS 8.01 SPECIFIC DEFINITIONS - For purposes of this Article, the following definitions shall be used: (a) "Actual Deferral Percentage" means the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of Salary Savings Contributions, made on behalf of an Eligible Participant to that Participant's compensation for the Plan Year. The Plan Administrator may include 401(k) Employer Contributions and 401(k) Employer Match Contributions made for the Participant in the above described numerator, if such inclusion is made on a uniform nondiscriminatory basis for all Participants. Additionally, if one or more other plans allowing contributions under Puerto Rico Income Tax Code Section 165(3) are considered with this Plan as one for purposes of Puerto Rico Income Tax Code Section 165(a)(3) or (4), the Actual Deferral Percentages for all Eligible Participants under all such plans shall be determined as if this Plan and all such other plans were one. If any Highly Compensated Employee is also an Eligible Participant in one or more other Plans allowing contributions under Code Section 165(e), the Actual Deferral Percentage for that Employee shall be determined as if this Plan and all such other plans were one. (b) "Average Actual Deferral Percentage" means the average (expressed as a percentage) of the Actual Deferral Percentages of a group. (c) "Eligible Participant' means a Participant eligible to have Salary Savings Contributions made on his behalf. (d) "Excess 401(k) Contributions" means the excess of: (i) the numerator of the Actual Deferral Percentage of a Highly Compensated Employee over (ii) the maximum numerator permitted under Plan Section 8.02, determined by reducing the numerators of Highly Compensated Employees in order of their Actual Deferral Percentages beginning with the highest of such percentages. (e) "Excess Deferrals" means: (1) the excess of Salary Reduction Contributions for any Participant over $7,000 (or such amount as the Secretary of the Treasury may designate); (2) any amount identified in Plan Section 8.07; and (3) any amount over 10% of the Participant's Compensation. 8.02 AVERAGE ACTUAL DEFERRAL PERCENTAGE TEST - The Average Actual Deferral percentage for Highly Compensated Employees for each Plan Year and the Average Actual Deferral Percentage for Non-Highly compensated Employees for the same Plan Year must satisfy one of the following tests: (a) The Average Actual Deferral Percentage for Eligible Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year shall not exceed the Average Actual Deferral Percentage for Eligible Participants who are Non-Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year multiplied by 1.25; or (b) The Average Actual Deferral Percentage for Eligible Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year shall not exceed the Average Actual Deferral Percentage for Eligible Participants who are Non-Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year multiplied by 2, provided that the Average Actual Deferral Percentage for Eligible Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees does not exceed The Average Actual Deferral Percentage for Eligible Participants who are Non-Highly Compensated Employees by more than two (2) percentage points. 8.03 REFUND OF EXCESS 401(k) CONTRIBUTIONS - Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, except Section 8.05 herein, Excess 401(k) Contributions and income allocable thereto shall be distributed to the affected Participant, or, at the Participant's election, and in accordance with regulations, recharacterized as Voluntary After Tax Contributions. The Plan Administrator shall make every effort to refund or recharacterize Excess 401(k) Contributions within 2 1/2 months of the end of the affected Plan Year. 8.04 ACCOUNTING FOR EXCESS 401(k) CONTRIBUTIONS - Amounts distributed and reallocated under this Article shall be treated as being made from Salary Savings Contributions, 401(k) Employer Contributions and 401(k) Employer Match Contributions as determined by the Plan Administrator on a uniform nondiscriminatory basis. 8.05 SPECIAL 401(k) EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS - Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Plan, except Section 8.09, in lieu of reallocating or distributing Excess 401(k) Contributions as provided in Section 8.03, the employer may make 401(k) Employer Contributions and or 401(k) Employer Match Contributions on behalf of Non-Highly Compensated Employees that are sufficient to satisfy either of the Average Actual Deferral Percentage Tests; any such 401(k) Employer Contributions must be allocated among the Non-Highly Compensated Employees in proportion to Compensation. 8.06 MAXIMUM SALARY SAVINGS CONTRIBUTIONS - No employee shall be permitted to have Salary Savings Contributions made under this Plan during any calendar year in excess of the lesser of $7,000 (or such other amount as the Secretary of the Treasury may designate) or 10% of their compensation. The foregoing limit will not apply to Salary Savings Contributions attributable to services performed in 1986 and described on Sections 1105(c)(4) or (5) of the Tax Reform Act of 1986. 8.07 PARTICIPANT CLAIMS - Participants under other plans described in Code Section 165(e) may submit a claim to the Plan Administrator specifying the amount of their Excess Deferral. Such claim shall: (1) be in writing; (2) be submitted no later than March 1 of the year after the Excess Deferral was made; and (3) state that such amount, when added to amounts deferred under other plans described in Code Section 165(e), exceeds $7,000 (or such other amount as the Secretary of the Treasury may designate). 8.08 DISTRIBUTION OF EXCESS DEFERRALS - The plan Administrator shall make every effort to see that Excess Deferrals and income allocable thereto shall be distributed to the affected Participant no later than the April 15 following the calendar year in which such Excess Deferrals were made. 8.09 OPERATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH REGULATIONS - The determination and treatment of Actual Deferral Percentages and Excess 401(k) Contributions, and the operation of the Average Actual Deferral Percentage Test shall be in accordance with such additional requirements as may be prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury. GROUP PROTOTYPE 401(k) PROFIT SHARING PLAN Prototype Plan No. 3 FORM 07244 TABLE OF CONTENTS STATE MUTUAL OF AMERICA GROUP PROTOTYPE 401(k) PROFIT SHARING PLAN NO. 3

ARTICLE TITLE ------- ----- I NAME, PURPOSE AND EFFECTIVE DATE OF PLAN ..................................... 1 II DEFINITIONS .................................................................. 1 III PARTICIPATION REQUIREMENTS ................................................... 12 IV EMPLOYER AND PARTICIPANT CONTRIBUTIONS ....................................... 16 V PARTICIPANT ACCOUNTS, ALLOCATION OF CONTRIBUTIONS AND VALUATION OF ASSETS .................................................... 19 VI PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO TOP HEAVY PLANS ..................................... 21 VII 415 LIMITATIONS ON ALLOCATION ................................................ 25 VIII REFUND OR REALLOCATION OF EXCESS 401(k) CONTRIBUTIONS ........................ 30 IX REFUND OR FORFEITURE OF EXCESS 401(m) CONTRIBUTIONS .......................... 33 X IN-SERVICE WITHDRAWALS ....................................................... 35 XI PARTICIPANT LOANS ............................................................ 36 XII RETIREMENT AND DEATH BENEFITS ................................................ 38 XIII BENEFITS UPON TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT ...................................... 48 XIV PLAN FIDUCIARY RESPONSIBILITIES .............................................. 51 XV TRUSTEE AND TRUST FUND INVESTMENTS ........................................... 55 XVI THE INSURER .................................................................. 59 XVII LIFE INSURANCE POLICIES ...................................................... 59 XVIII TRANSFER OF ASSETS, ROLLOVER CONTRIBUTIONS ................................... 61 XIX CLAIMS PROCEDURE ............................................................. 62 XX AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION .................................................... 63 XXI MISCELLANEOUS ................................................................ 66

FORM 7244 (IRS-88) STATE MUTUAL OF AMERICA GROUP PROTOTYPE 401(k) PROFIT SHARING PLAN NO. 3 State Mutual Life Assurance Company of America is the sponsor of this Prototype 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan, which an Employer may adopt by executing a Plan Adoption Agreement. The three Adoption Agreements available have been designated Plan Nos. 001 (Non-Standardized), 002 (Standardized) and 003 (Simplified Standardized) by the internal Revenue Service. The Trustee who is to act as Trustee hereunder shall indicate acceptance of the provisions of this plan and Trust upon the page and in the manner provided for that purpose, whereupon this instrument shall be a valid and binding Plan and Trust in accordance with its terms and provisions. ARTICLE I NAME, PURPOSE AND EFFECTIVE DATE OF PLAN 1.01 This Plan shall be known as State Mutual of America Group Prototype 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan No. 3. This Plan is State Mutual Basic Plan Document No. 05. 1.02 This Plan and Trust has been established for the exclusive benefit of the eligible Employees of each Employer and their Beneficiaries, and as far as possible shall be interpreted and administered in a manner consistent with this intent and consistent with the requirements of Code Section 401. If the Employer's plan fails to attain or retain qualification under Code Section 401, such plan shall no longer participate under this Prototype Plan and will be considered an individually designed plan. 1.03 Subject to Article VII and to Section 20.05, under no circumstances shall any property of the Trust, or any contributions made by the Employer under its Plan or Trust, be used for, or diverted to, purposes other than for the exclusive benefit of the Employees of such Employer, or their Beneficiaries. 1.04 The Effective Date of this Plan and Trust shall be the date specified as such in Item 6 of the Adoption Agreement. ARTICLE II DEFINITIONS As used in this Agreement, the following words and phrases shall have the meanings set forth herein unless a different meaning is clearly required by the context. 2.01 "Accrued Benefit" means the sum of the balances of the separate accounts maintained on a Participant's behalf pursuant to Section 5.01. 2.02 "Administrator" means the person or persons designated by the Employer in Item 10 of the Adoption Agreement to administer the Plan on behalf of the Employer. 2.03 "Adoption Agreement" means the separate agreement executed by each Employer adopting the Plan, in which the Employer's selection of options under the Plan are indicated. - 1 - 2.04 "After-Tax Contribution" means a contribution made to the Trust pursuant to Section 4.04 of the Plan and Adoption Agreement. 2.05 "Age" means the age of a person at his last birthday. 2.06 "Beneficiary" means the person, trust, organization or estate designated to receive Plan benefits payable on or after the death of a Participant. 2.07 "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 as amended and any future Internal Revenue Code or similar Internal Revenue laws. 2.08 "Compensation" means: (i) for purposes of applying the limitations of Article VII, the compensation includible in gross income for the Limitation Year ending with or within the Plan Year. (ii) for purposes of Section 4.02 (minimum Employer Contributions for Top Heavy Plans) and Section 2.25 (Definition of "Key Employee"), the compensation includible in gross income for the Plan Year. (iii) for all other purposes, except as noted below, the compensation includible in gross income for the Plan Year, and salary reduction Contributions contributed in the Participant's behalf for the Plan Year under Code Sections 401(k), 408(k), 403(b) and 125. If an incorporated Employer adopts a Non Standardized Plan and the allocation formula is not integrated with Social Security, the Employer may specify that certain items of compensation may be excluded for purposes of allocating 401(a) Employer Contributions. Additionally, if the Employer is incorporated, for the first year of Plan participation, compensation paid before the date the Employee becomes a Participant shall be excluded for purposes of making all contributions and for purposes of Articles VIII and IX if the Employer so specifies in Adoption Agreement Section 2.08. Compensation of any Self-Employed Individual for any year shall mean his Earned Income for such year. Notwithstanding the above definitions, for any Top Heavy Plan Year and for Plan Years beginning after 1988, Compensation in excess of $200,000 (or such other amount as the Secretary of the Treasury may designate) shall be disregarded. 2.09 "Control Group" means a group of corporations which are members of a controlled group of corporations (as defined in Section 414(b) of the Internal Revenue Code) and all trades or businesses (whether or not incorporated) which are under common control (as defined in Code Section 414(c)). - 2 - The term "Control Group" shall also include all members of an affiliated service group (as defined in Code Section 414(m)). 2.10 "Earned Income" means net earnings from self-employment for services actually rendered to the trade or business for which this Plan is established, in which trade or business personal services of an Owner-Employee or a Self-Employed Individual are a material income-producing factor. Earned Income of such trade or business shall also include gains (other than gains from the sale of a capital asset, as defined in the Code) and net earnings derived from the sale or other disposition of, the transfer of any interest in, or the licensing of the use of, property (other than good will) by an individual whose personal efforts created such property. Net earnings will be determined without regard to items not included in gross income and the deductions allocable to such items. Net earnings shall be reduced by contributions by the Employer to a qualified retirement plan to the extent deductible under Code Section 404. For Plan Years beginning after 1988, net earnings shall be reduced by amounts deductible under Code Section 164(f). 2.11 "Employee" means any Self-Employed Individual and any common-law employee who is employed by the Employer. In addition, any leased employee shall be treated as an Employee of the recipient Employer; however, contributions or benefits provided by the leasing organization which are attributable to services performed for the recipient Employer shall be treated as provided by the recipient Employer. The preceding sentence shall not apply to any leased employee if no more than 20% of the Non-Highly Compensated Employees of the Employer are leased employees, and if such employee is covered by a money purchase pension plan providing: (a) a nonintegrated employer contribution rate of at least 10 percent of compensation, (b) immediate participation, and (c) full and immediate vesting. For purposes of this section, the term "leased employee" means any person who pursuant to an agreement between the recipient and any other person ("leasing organization") has performed services for the recipient (or for the Employer and related persons determined in accordance with Code Section 414(n)(6)) on a substantially full time basis for a period of at least one year and such services are of a type historically performed by employees in the business field of the recipient Employer. 2.12 "Employer" means the entity specified in Item 1 of the Adoption Agreement, any Participating Employer who completed and executed the Adoption Agreement, any successor employer which shall maintain this Plan and any Predecessor Employer which has maintained this Plan. Participating Employers shall be listed in Item 4 of the Adoption Agreement. Predecessor Employers shall be listed in Item 16 of the Adoption Agreement. - 3 - Except as provided in Section 7.16, for purposes of Code Sections 401, 408(k), 410, 411 and 415, all employees of the members of a control Group shall be treated as employed by a single employer. 2.13 "Family member" means, with respect to any Employee, such Employee's spouse and lineal ascendants and descendants, and the spouses of lineal ascendants and descendants. 2.14 "Fiduciary" means any person who (a) exercises any discretionary authority or discretionary control respecting management of the Plan or exercises any authority or control respecting management or disposition of its assets, (b) renders investment advice for a fee or other compensation, direct or indirect, with respect to any monies or other property of the Plan or has any authority or responsibility to do so, or (c) has any discretionary authority or discretionary responsibility in the administration of the Plan, including, but not limited to, the Trustee, the Employer and the Plan Administrator. 2.15 "Five Percent Owner" means, in the case of a corporation, any person who owns (or is considered as owning within the meaning of Code Section 318) more than five percent of the outstanding stock of the Employer or stock possessing more than five percent of the total combined voting power of all stock of the Employer. In the case of an Employer that is not a corporation, "Five Percent Owner" means any person who owns or under applicable regulations is considered as owning more than five percent of the capital or profits interest in the Employer. In determining percentage ownership hereunder, employers that would otherwise be aggregated under Code Sections 414(b), (c), and (m) shall be treated as separate employers. 2.16 "Former Participant" means a person who has been a Participant, but who has ceased to be a Participant for any reason. 2.17 "401(a) Employer Contribution" means a 401(a) Plan contribution made by the Employer to the Trust pursuant to Plan Section 4.01 and Adoption Agreement Section 4.01(1). 2.18 "401(a) Employer Match Contribution" means a match contribution made to the Trust pursuant to Plan Section 4.01 and Adoption Agreement Section 4.01(3) and subject to the vesting schedule applicable to 401(a) Employer Contributions pursuant to Adoption Agreement Section 4.01(3)(f)(ii) of Plan 001 or Plan 002 ( the Non Standardized and Standardized Plans) or when made pursuant to Adoption Agreement Section 4.01(3)(c)(ii) of Plan 003 (the Simplified Standardized Plan). 2.19 "401(k) Employer Contribution" means a 401(k) Plan contribution made by the Employer to the Trust pursuant to Section 4.01 of the Plan and Section 4.01(2) of the Adoption Agreement. 2.20 "401(k) Employer Match Contribution" means a match contribution made to the Trust pursuant to Plan Section 4.01 and Adoption Agreement Section 4.01(3), and nonforfeitable when made pursuant to Adoption Agreement Section 4.01(3)(f)(i) of Plan 001 or Plan 002 (the Non Standardized and Standardized Plans) or when made pursuant to Adoption Agreement Section 4.01(3)(c)(i) of Plan 003 (the Simplified Standardized Plan). - 4 - 2.21 "Highly Compensated Employee" means any Employee who, at any time during the current or preceding Plan Year: (a) is a 5% owner; (b) received annual compensation in excess of $75,000 (or such other amount as the Secretary of the Treasury may designate); (c) received annual compensation in excess of $50,000 (or such other amount as the Secretary of the Treasury may designate) and who is in the group consisting of the top twenty percent of Employees when ranked on the basis of compensation for such year. In determining the number of Employees in the top twenty percent, those Employees described in Code Section 414(q)(8) shall be excluded; (d) is an officer described in Plan Section 2.25(a); or (e) is a former Employee described in Code Section 414(q)(9). Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Employee described in (b), (c) or (d) above for the current but not the previous Plan Year shall not be considered a Highly Compensated Employee unless such Employee is one of the one hundred most highly compensated Employees for the current Plan Year. 2.22 "Hour of Service" means: (a) Each hour for which an Employee is paid, or entitled to payment, for the performance of duties for the Employer. These hours shall be credited to the Employee for the computation period in which the duties are performed; (b) Each hour for which an Employee is paid, or entitled to payment, by the Employer on account of a period of time during which no duties are performed (irrespective of whether the employment relationship has terminated) due to vacation, holiday, illness, incapacity (including disability), layoff, jury duty, military duty or leave of absence. No more than 501 hours of service shall be credited under this paragraph for any single continuous period (whether or not such period occurs in a single computation period). Hours under this paragraph shall be calculated and credited pursuant to Section 2530.200b-2 of the Department of Labor Regulations which are incorporated herein by this reference; and (c) Each hour for which back pay, irrespective of mitigation of damages, is either awarded or agreed to by the Employer. The same hours of service shall not be credited both under paragraph (a) or paragraph (b), as the case may be, and under this paragraph (c). These hours shall be credited to the Employee for the computation period or periods to which the award or agreement pertains rather than the computation period in which the award, agreement or payment is made. - 5 - In addition to the foregoing rules, hours of service will be credited for employment with other members of an affiliated service group (under Section 414(m) of the Internal Revenue Code), a controlled group of corporations (under Section 414(b) of the Internal Revenue Code), or a group of trades or businesses under common control (under Section 414(c) of the Internal Revenue Code), of which the adopting Employer is a member. Hours of Service will also be credited for any individual considered an Employee for purposes of the Plan under Section 414(n) of the Internal Revenue Code. Solely for purposes of determining whether a One Year Break in Service, as defined in Section 2.30, for participation and vesting purposes has occurred in a computation period, an individual who is absent from work for maternity or paternity reasons shall receive credit for the Hours of Service which would otherwise have been credited to such individual but for such absence, or in any case in which such Hours cannot be determined, 8 Hours of Service per day of such absence. For purposes of this paragraph, an absence from work for maternity or paternity reasons means an absence (1) by reason of the pregnancy of the individual, (2) by reason of a birth of a child of the individual, (3) by reason of the placement of a child with the individual in connection with the adoption of such child by such individual, or (4) for purposes of caring for such child for a period beginning immediately following such birth of placement. The Hours of Service credited under this paragraph shall be credited (1) in the computation period in which the absence begins if the crediting is necessary to prevent a break in service in that period, or (2) in all other cases, in the following computation period. Hours of Service shall be determined on the basis of the method selected in Adoption Agreement Section 2.22. 2.23 "Insurer" means State Mutual Life Assurance Company of America or any affiliate thereof, all employees and agents thereof, and with the consent of State Mutual, any other legal reserve life insurance or annuity company. 2.24 "Investment Manager" means any person, firm or corporation who is a registered investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 or a bank, and (a) who has the power to manage, acquire, or dispose of Plan assets, and (b) who acknowledges in writing his fiduciary responsibility to the Plan. In no event may the Insurer be an Investment Manager for the Plan. 2.25. "Key Employee" means any Employee or former Employee (and the beneficiaries of any such Employee) who, at any time during the Plan Year or any of the preceding four Plan Years, is: - 6 - (a) an officer of the Employer (as that term is defined within the meaning of the regulations under Code Section 416) having an annual Compensation (as defined for purposes of Article VII) for the Plan Year which exceeds 150% of the dollar limitation under Code Section 415(c)(1)(A) in effect for the calendar year in which such Plan Year ends. If there are 500 or more Employees, in no event will more than 50 Employees be considered Key Employees by reason of being officers. If there are fewer than 500 Employees, in no event will more than the greater of 3 Employees or 10% of all Employees be considered Key Employees by reason of being officers. (b) one of the ten Employees owning (or considered as owning within the meaning of Code Section 318) both more than a 1/2 percent ownership interest in value and the largest percentage ownership interests in value of any employers required to be aggregated under Code Sections 414(b), (c) and (m). Only those Employees whose Compensation (as defined for purposes of Article VII) for the Plan Year exceeds the dollar limitation under Code Section 415(c)(1)(A) in effect for the calendar year in which such Plan Year ends shall be considered an owner under this Subsection (b). For purposes of this Subsection (b) if more than one Employee owns the same interest in the Employer, the Employee having the highest annual compensation (as defined for purposes of Article VII) shall be treated as owning a larger interest. (c) a "five percent owner" of the Employer. (d) a "one percent owner" of the Employer having an annual Compensation (as defined for purposes of Article VII) for the Plan Year from the Employer of more than $150,000. In the case of a corporation, "one percent owner" means any person who owns (or is considered as owning within the meaning of Code Section 318) more than one percent of the outstanding stock of the Employer or stock possessing more than one percent of the total combined voting power of all stock of the Employer. In the case of an Employer that is not a corporation, "one percent owner" means any person who owns (or under applicable regulations is considered as owning) more than one percent of the capital or profits interest in the Employer. In determining percentage ownership hereunder, employers that would otherwise be aggregated under Code Sections 414(b), (c) and (m) shall be treated as separate employers. However, in determining whether an individual has Compensation of more than $150,000, Compensation from each employer required to be aggregated under Sections 414(b), (c) and (m) of the Internal Revenue Code shall be taken into account. 2.26 "Limitation Year" means a calendar year or any other twelve consecutive month period elected by the Employer. The Limitation Year shall be specified by the Employer in Section 2.26 of the Adoption Agreement. All qualified plans of the Employer must use the same Limitation Year. If the Limitation Year is amended to a different twelve consecutive month period, the new Limitation Year must begin on a date within the Limitation Year in which the amendment is made. - 7 - 2.27 "Non-Highly Compensated Employee" means any employee who is neither: (a) a Highly Compensated Employee nor (b) a Family Member of either: (1) a Five Percent Owner or (2) a Highly Compensated Employee who is also one of the ten most highly compensated Employees for the current Plan Year. 2.28 "Non-Key Employee" means any Employee who is not a Key Employee. 2.29 "Normal Retirement Age" means the age specified in Adoption Agreement Section 2.29 at which time a Participant shall become eligible to receive his normal retirement benefit. A Participant shall become fully vested in his Accrued Benefit upon attaining his Normal Retirement Age. In the event a mandatory retirement age is enforced by the Employer Which is less than the Normal Retirement Age specified in the Adoption Agreement, such mandatory age shall be deemed to be the Normal Retirement Age. 2.30 (a) "One Year Break in Service" means, except for purposes of determining plan entry under Article III (Participation Requirements), any Plan Year or any corresponding twelve consecutive month period for periods Prior to the commencement of the first twelve-month Plan Year during which the Employee has not completed more than 500 Hours of Service. (b) For purposes of determining plan entry under Article III, "One Year Break in Service" means a twelve consecutive month period, computed with reference to the date the Employee's employment commenced, during which the Employee does not complete more than 500 Hours of Service. Notwithstanding the above, an authorized leave of absence shall not cause a One Year, Break in Service. An "authorized leave of absence" means a temporary cessation from active employment with the Employer pursuant to an established nondiscriminatory policy, due to illness, military service, or other reason. 2.31 "Owner-Employee" means with respect to an unincorporated business, a sole proprietor who owns the entire interest in the Employer or a partner who owns more than 10% of either the capital interest or the profits interest in the Employer. 2.32 "Participant" means any eligible Employee who participates in the Plan as provided in Article III and has not for any reason become ineligible to participate further in the Plan. 2.33 "Plan" means the Prototype 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan as herein set forth, together with the Adoption Agreement. 2.34 "Plan Anniversary" means the first day of any Plan Year. 2.35 "Plan Year" means the twelve consecutive month period which corresponds to the fiscal Year of the Employer, except that the first Plan Year shall be the period commencing on the Plan Effective Date and ending on - 8 - the day preceding the First Plan Anniversary. The First Plan Anniversary shall be the date so specified in Item 18 of the Adoption Agreement. 2.36 "Policy" means any form of individual life insurance contract, including any supplementary agreements or riders in connection therewith, issued by the Insurer on the life of a Participant. Any life insurance death benefits referred to in the following paragraph of this Section 2.36 pertain to amounts purchased with other than Voluntary After-Tax Contributions. A Policy may include a provision for waiver of premium or waiver of premiums and monthly income during disability. (a) If ordinary life insurance contracts are purchased for a Participant, the aggregate life insurance premium for a Participant shall be less than 50% of the aggregate Employer contributions made on behalf of such Participant Plus allocations of any forfeitures credited to the account of such Participant. For purposes of these incidental insurance provisions, ordinary life insurance contracts are contracts with both non-decreasing death benefits and non-increasing premiums. (b) If term insurance or universal life policies are used, the aggregate life insurance premium for a Participant shall not exceed 25% of the aggregate Employer contributions made on behalf of such Participant plus allocation of any forfeitures credited to the account of such Participant. (c) If a combination of ordinary life insurance and other life insurance policies is used, the aggregate premium for the ordinary life insurance plus twice the aggregate premium for the other life insurance shall be less than 50% of the aggregate Employer contributions made by the Employer on behalf of the Participant plus allocations of any forfeitures credited to the account of such Participant. The limitation on aggregate life insurance premium payments stated in this Section 2.36 shall not apply to any funds, from whatever source, which have accumulated in the Participant's Account for a period of two (2) or more years, and are applied toward the purchase of such life insurance. Provided, however, that in no event may Tax Deductible voluntary Contributions be invested in Policies of life insurance. Subject to Section 12.08, at the election of the Participant, the Policies on a Participant's life will be converted to cash or an annuity or distributed to the Participant upon commencement of benefits. 2.37 "Profits" means, for any taxable year of the Employer, the net income or profits of the Employer for such year without any deduction for taxes, based upon its income or contributions to the Trust, and the accumulated net earnings or profits of the Employer, as the Employer shall determine upon the basis of its books of account in accordance with its regular accounting practices. - 9 - 2.38 "Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity" means an annuity for the life of the Participant, with a survivor annuity for the life of his spouse, if any, in a amount equal to 50% of the amount of the annuity payable during the joint lives of the Participant and his spouse, and which is the amount of benefit which can be purchased with the Participant's Accrued Benefit. 2.39 "Rollover Contribution" means a contribution made to the Trust pursuant to Plan Section 18.01. 2.40 "Salary Savings Contribution" means a contribution made by the Employer to the Trust pursuant to Section 4.03 of the Plan and Adoption Agreement. 2.41 "Self-Employed Individual" means a person who has Earned Income under the trade or business or partnership with the respect to which this Plan was adopted; also, an individual who would have had Earned Income but for the fact that the trade or business had no Profits for the taxable year. A partner who owns 10% or less of the capital or profits interest in a partnership and all Owner-Employees are Self-Employed Individuals. 2.42 "Service" means the entire period of an Employee's employment with the Employer. If an Employer is maintaining a Plan of a predecessor Employer, service with the predecessor shall be treated as service with the Employer. Predecessor Employers shall be listed in Item 16 of the Adoption Agreement. 2.43 "Super Top Heavy Plan" means for any Plan Year beginning after December 31, 1983 that any of the following conditions exists: (a) If the top Heavy ratio (as defined in Article VI) for this Plan exceeds 90 percent and this Plan is not part of any required aggregation group or permissive aggregation group of Plans. (b) If this Plan is a the part of a required aggregation group of plans but not part of a permissive aggregation group and the top heavy ratio for the group of plans exceeds 90 percent. (c) If this Plan is a part of a required aggregation group and part of a permissive aggregation group of plans and the top heavy ratio for the permissive aggregation group exceeds 90 percent. See Article VI for requirements and additional definitions applicable to Super Top Heavy Plans. 2.44 "Suspense Account" means the account established by the Trustee or Insurer for maintaining contributions and forfeitures which have not yet been allocated to Participants. 2.45 "Tax Deductible Voluntary Contribution" means a deductible employee contribution described in Code Section 72(o)(5). Such contributions will be 100% vested and nonforfeitable at all times. No such contributions will be accepted for tax years beginning after 1986. - 10 - 2.46 "Top Heavy Plan" means for any Plan Year beginning after December 31, 1983 that any of the following conditions exists: (a) If the top heavy ratio (as defined in Article VI) for this Plan exceeds 60 percent and this Plan is not part of any required aggregation group or permissive aggregation group of plans. (b) If this Plan is a part of a required aggregation group of plans but not part of a permissive aggregation group and the top heavy ratio for the group of plans exceeds 60 percent. (c) If this Plan is a part of a required aggregation group and part of a permissive aggregation group of plans and the top heavy ratio for the permissive aggregation group exceeds 60 percent. See Article VI for requirements and additional definitions applicable to Top Heavy Plans. 2.47 "Top Heavy Plan Year" means that, for a particular Plan Year commencing after December 31, 1983, the Plan is a Top Heavy Plan. 2.48 "Total and Permanent Disability" means the inability of a Participant to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of a physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or which has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months. The permanence and degree of such impairment shall be supported by medical evidence. In determining the nature, extent and duration of any Participant's disability, the Plan Administrator may select a physician to examine the Participant. The final determination of the nature, extent and duration of such disability shall be made solely by the Plan Administrator upon the basis of such evidence as he deems necessary and acting in accordance with uniform principles consistently applied. 2.49 "Trust" means the Plan and Trust set forth herein, as adopted by the Employer. The Trust of the Employer shall be separate and apart from the Trust of any other employer which adopts this Plan. 2.50 "Trustee" means the Individual(s), Bank or Trust Company which has agreed to be Trustee of the Employer's Plan. 2.51 "Trust Fund" means any and all property held by the Trustee pursuant to the Plan and Trust. 2.52 "Valuation Date" means the last day of the Plan Year or, if more frequently, such other date or dates as may be directed by the Employer. 2.53 "Year of Service" means, except for any periods otherwise disregarded in the Adoption Agreement, any Plan Year or any corresponding twelve consecutive month period for periods prior to the commencement of the first twelve consecutive month Plan Year during which the Employee completes at least 1,000 Hours of Service; provided, however, that for - 11 - purposes of determining eligibility for participation under Article III, Year of Service shall mean any twelve consecutive month period during which he completes 1,000 Hours of Service computed from the date an Employee first performs an Hour of Service, or any anniversary thereof (or again performs an Hour of Service upon re-employment following a termination resulting in a One Year Break in Service). ARTICLE III PARTICIPATION REQUIREMENTS 3.01 ACTION BY EMPLOYER - An Employer may adopt this Plan and Trust by: (a) signing the Adoption Agreement and such other forms as the Trustee may require, (b) designating the Trustee to act as Trustee under the Plan and Trust, (c) having the designated Trustee execute this Trust and accept the Employer's participation by signing the Adoption Agreement as completed by the Employer. 3.02 (a) EMPLOYEE PARTICIPATION - 401(k) Plan and 401(a) Plan - Those Employees eligible to become Participants shall be specified in Section 3.02(1) of the Adoption Agreement. If the Employer specifies in Section 4.01 of the Adoption Agreement that the Employer will make 401(k) Employer Contributions or 401(a) Employer Contributions to the Trust, each eligible Employee who complies with the requirements set forth in this Plan and Trust shall become a Participant on the entry date specified in Section 3.02(2) of the Adoption Agreement if he is employed on such date. (b) EMPLOYEE PARTICIPATION - Salary savings Plan - If specified by the Employer in Adoption Agreement Section 4.03, on or after an eligible Employee's entry date the Employee may direct the Employer to reduce his Compensation or Earned Income in order that the Employer may make Salary Savings Contributions to the Trust on the Employee's behalf. Any such Employee shall become a Participant in the Salary Savings Plan on the date his compensation reduction agreement becomes effective. Any such direction shall be made by filing an appropriate form with the Plan Administrator. The Compensation or Earned Income of any eligible Employee electing salary savings shall be reduced by the percentage or dollar amount requested by the Employee (which percentage or dollar amount may not be less than any minimum or more than any maximum specified by the Employer in Adoption Agreement Section 4.03); provided, however, that the Plan Administrator may reduce the Employee's Compensation by smaller percentage or dollar amount or refuse to enter into or comply with a salary savings agreement with the Employee if the requirements of the Code Section 401(k) would otherwise be violated or if the Participant has previously discontinued a salary savings - 12 - agreement. Any salary savings agreement shall become effective on the first day of the first payroll period which begins at least 15 days after an appropriate form is received by the Plan Administrator. The reduction in Compensation will remain in effect until terminated in accordance with the rules set forth in the Plan and Trust. A Participant may elect at any time to discontinue his salary savings agreement with the Employer, and may change his salary savings agreement subject to any limitation specified by the Employer in Adoption Agreement Section 4.03. Any such change or discontinuance shall become effective on the first day of the first payroll period which begins at least 15 days after a written notice thereof is received by the Plan Administrator. (c) REELIGIBILITY OF FORMER EMPLOYEES - Notwithstanding the rules set forth in Section 3.02(a), in the case of a Plan to which the Employer is making 401(a) Employer Contributions or 401(k) Employer Contributions, a former Employee who had previously met the age and service requirements specified in Adoption Agreement Section 3.02 or a Former Participant, either of whom again becomes eligible to participate in the Plan, will become a Participant on the date of his recommencement of Service, unless his prior Service is disregarded under the rules set forth in Adoption Agreement Sections 3.02(3)(a) or 3.02(3)(b), if designated as applicable by the Employer. Any other former Employee or Participant who again becomes eligible will become a Participant on the entry date determined under the rules set forth in Section 3.02(a). Notwithstanding the rules set forth in Plan Section 3.02(b), a former Employee who had previously met the age and service requirements specified in Adoption Agreement Section 3.02 or a Former Participant, either of whom again becomes eligible to participate in the Plan, will again be eligible to enter into a compensation reduction agreement with the Employer on the date of his recommencement of Service, unless his prior Service is disregarded under the rules set forth in Adoption Agreement Sections 3.02(3)(a) or 3.02(3)(b), if designated as applicable by the Employer. Any other former Employee or Participant who again becomes eligible may enter into a compensation reduction agreement with the Employer on or after his entry date, as determined under the rules set forth in Section 3.02(a). (d) INELIGIBILITY, PARTICIPATION IN OTHER PLANS - In the event that the Employer specifies in the Adoption Agreement that Employees eligible for other qualified pension or profit sharing plans to which the Employer contributes are not eligible to participate in this Plan, a Participant for whom a contribution is subsequently made under such other qualified pension or profit sharing plan shall no longer participate under this Plan; and in the event of such subsequent contribution the further rights of such Participant shall be determined in accordance with Section 3.04. - 13 - 3.03 CHANGE IN EMPLOYEE STATUS - The plan Administrator shall notify the Trustee in the event a Participant's status with respect to the Plan shall change, and shall furnish the Trustee with such additional information relative to the Plan as the Trustee may from time to time request. 3.04 CLASSIFICATION CHANGES - In the event of a change in job classification or in the event Section 3.02(d) becomes applicable to a Participant, such that an Employee, although still in the employment of the Employer, no longer is an eligible Employee, all contributions and forfeitures to be allocated on his behalf shall cease and any amount credited to the Employee's accounts on the date the Employee shall become ineligible shall continue to vest, become payable or be forfeited, as the case may be, in the same manner and to the same extent as if the Employee had remained a Participant. In the case of a plan under which an Employer is to make 401(a) or 401(k) Employer Contributions, if a Participant becomes ineligible to share in future Employer contributions and forfeitures because he is no longer a member of an eligible class of Employees, but has not incurred a One Year Break in Service (as defined in Section 2.30(a)), such Employee shall again be eligible to share in Employer contributions and forfeitures immediately upon his return to an eligible class of Employees. If such Participant incurs such a One Year Break in Service, his eligibility to again participate shall be determined pursuant to Section 3.02(c). In the event an Employee who is not a member of the eligible class of Employees becomes a member of the eligible class, such Employee shall participate immediately if such Employee has satisfied the minimum Age and Service requirements and would have previously become a Participant had he been in the eligible class. 3.05 LEAVE OF ABSENCE - The accounts of a Participant who is an authorized leave of absence (as described in Plan Section 2.30) shall share in the allocation of 401(a),401(k) Employer and Employer Match Contributions and forfeitures to the extent that the Participant receives Compensation from the Employer, if such Participant otherwise satisfies the requirements of Section 4.01 of the Adoption Agreement, and such accounts shall continue to share in allocation of Trust Fund income or losses under the provisions of Article V. 3.06 ADDITIONAL RULES FOR PLANS COVERING OWNER-EMPLOYEES - If this Plan provides contributions or benefits for one or more Owner-Employees who control both the business for which this Plan is established and one or more other trades or businesses, this Plan and the plan established for other trades or businesses must, when looked at as a single plan, satisfy Code Sections 401(a) and (d) for the employees of this and all other trades or businesses. - 14 - If the Plan provides contributions or benefits for one or more Owner-Employees who control one or more other trades or businesses, the employees of the other trades or businesses must be included in a plan which satisfies Code Sections 401(a) and (d) and which provides contributions and benefits not less favorable than provided for Owner-Employees under this Plan. If an individual is covered as an Owner-Employee under the plans of two or more trades or businesses which are not controlled and the individual controls a trade or business, then the contributions or benefits of the employees under the plan of the trades or businesses which are controlled must be as favorable as those provided for him under the most favorable plan or the trade or business which is not controlled. For purposes of the preceding paragraphs, an Owner-Employee, or two or more Owner-Employees, will be considered to control a trade or business if the Owner-Employee, or two or more Owner-Employees together: (1) own the entire interest in an unincorporated trade or business, or (2) in the case of a partnership, own more than 50 percent of either the capital interest or the profits interest in the partnership. For purposes of the preceding sentence, an Owner-Employee, or two or more Owner-Employees shall be treated as owning any interest in a partnership which is owned, directly or indirectly, by a partnership which such Owner-Employee, or such two or more Owner-Employees, are considered to control within the meaning of the preceding sentence. 3.07 OMISSION OF ELIGIBLE EMPLOYEE - If, in any Plan Year, any Employee who should be included as a Participant in the Plan is erroneously omitted and discovery of such omission is not made until after a contribution by his Employer for the year has been made and allocated, the Employer shall make a subsequent contribution with respect to the omitted Employee in the amount which the Employer would have contributed with respect to him had he not been omitted. Such contribution shall be made regardless of whether or not it is deductible in whole or in part by the Employer in any taxable year under applicable provisions of the Code. 3.08 INCLUSION OF INELIGIBLE EMPLOYEE - If, in any Plan Year, any person who should not have been included as a Participant in the Plan is erroneously included and discovery of such incorrect inclusion is not made until after a contribution for the year has been made and allocated, the Employer shall not be entitled to recover the contribution made with respect to the ineligible person regardless of whether or not a deduction is allowable with respect to such contribution. - 15 - ARTICLE IV EMPLOYER AND PARTICIPANT CONTRIBUTIONS 4.01 401(a) EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS, 401(k) EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS AND EMPLOYER MATCH CONTRIBUTIONS - The Employer shall make 401(a) Employer, 401(k) Employer and Employer Match contributions to the Trust for each Plan Year to the extent and in the manner specified in Section 4.01 of the Adoption Agreement. The Employer shall pay its 401(a) Employer, 401(k) Employer and Employer Match contributions for each Plan Year to the Trustee on any date or dates which the Employer may select, subject to the consent of the Trustee; provided that, to then be deductible, the total contributions for each Plan Year shall be paid within the time prescribed by law for the deduction of such contributions for purposes of the Employer's Federal Income Tax for such year. 4.02 MINIMUM EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS FOR TOP HEAVY PLANS (a) Minimum Allocation for Non-Key Employees - Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary except (b) through (f) below, for any Top Heavy Plan year, the sum of the Employer's contributions and forfeitures allocated to the Accounts of each Non-Key Employee Participant shall be equal to at least three percent of such Non-Key Employee's Compensation (as defined for purposes of Article VII) for the Plan Year. However, should the sum of the Employer's contributions and forfeitures allocated to the Accounts of each Key Employee for such Top Heavy Plan Year be less than three percent of each Key Employee's Compensation, the sum of the Employer's contributions and forfeitures allocated to the Accounts of each Non-Key Employee shall be equal to the largest percentage allocated to Accounts of a Key Employee. For Plan Year beginning after 1988, Salary Savings Contributions will not be considered in determining such percentages. The preceding two sentences do not apply to any plan required to be included in an Aggregation Group if such plan enables a defined benefit plan required to be included in such group to meet the requirements of Sections 401(a) (4) or 410 of the Internal Revenue Code. The minimum contribution provided for in this Section shall be determined without regard to any Social Security contribution. For Plan Years beginning after 1988, the minimum contribution provided for in this Section shall be determined without regard to Salary Savings Contributions. (b) Extra Minimum Allocation Permitted for Top Heavy Plans other than Super Top Heavy Plans - If a Key Employee is a Participant in both a defined contribution plan and a defined benefit plan that are both part of a Required or Permissive Aggregation Group of Top Heavy Plans (but neither of such plans is a Super Top Heavy plan), the defined contribution and the defined benefit fractions described in Article VII shall remain unchanged, provided each Non-Key Employee who is Participant receives an extra allocation - 16 - (in addition to the minimum allocation set forth above) equal to not less then one percent of such Non-Key Employees' total annual Compensation (as defined for purposes of Article VII) for the Plan Year. (c) For purposes of the minimum allocations set forth above, the percentage allocated to the Accounts of any Key Employee shall be equal to the ratio of the sum of the Employer's contribution and forfeitures allocated on behalf of such Key Employee divided by the first $200,000 of annual Compensation (as defined for purposes of Article VII) for such Key Employee for the Plan Year. (d) For any Top Heavy Plan Year, the minimum allocations set forth above shall be allocated to the Accounts of all Non-Key Employees who are Participants and who are employed by the Employer on the last day of the Plan Year, including (1) Non-Key Employee Participants who have failed to complete a Year of Service; (2) Non-Key Employees otherwise eligible to participate in the Plan who declined to make any Required or Salary Savings Contributions to the Plan, and (3) Non-Key Employees whose compensation is less than a stated amount. (e) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in any Plan Year in which a Non-Key Employee is a Participant in both this Plan and a defined benefit pension plan included in a Required or Permissive Aggregation Group of Top Heavy Plans, the Employer shall not be required to proved a Non-Key Employee with both the full separate minimum defined benefit plan benefit and the full separate minimum defined contribution plan allocation described in this Section. Therefore, if the Employer maintains such a defined benefit and defined contribution plan, the top-heavy minimum benefits shall be provided as follows: (i) If an Non-Key Employee is a participant in such defined benefit plan but is not a participant in this defined contribution plan, the minimum benefits provided for Non-Key Employees in the defined benefit plan shall be provided to the employee if the defined benefit plan is a Top Heavy or Super Top Heavy Plan and the minimum contributions described in this Section 4.02 shall not be provided. (ii) If an Non-Key Employee is participant in such defined benefit plan and is also a participant in this defined contribution plan, the provisions of Subsections (a) and (b) above shall be applicable to each such Non-Key Employee meeting the requirements of Subsection (d) above, except that the minimum contribution shall be increased from 3% to 5% and the extra minimum contribution, if applicable, shall be increased from 1% to 2 1/2%. The minimum benefits for Non-Key Employee participants in Top Heavy or Super Top Heavy Plans provided in the defined benefit plan shall not be applicable to any such Non-Key Employee who receives the full maximum contribution described in the preceding sentence. - 17 - Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no minimum contribution will be required under this Plan (or the minimum contribution under this Plan will be reduced, as the case may be) for any Plan Year if the Employer maintains another qualified defined contribution plan and the Employer has specified in Section 4.02 of the Adoption Agreement that the minimum allocation requirement applicable to Top Heavy or Super Top Heavy Plans will be met in the other plan. (f) The minimum allocation required under this Section 4.02 (to the extent required to be nonforfeitable under Code Section 416(b)) may not be forfeited under Code Sections 411(a)(3)(B) or 411(a)(3)(D)). 4.03 SALARY SAVINGS CONTRIBUTIONS - The Employer shall make Salary Savings Contributions to the Trust for each Plan Year to the extent and in the manner specified in Article III and in Section 4.03 of the Adoption Agreement. The Employer shall pay its Salary Savings Contributions to the Trustee within 30 days of the date such contributions would have been payable to the Employee in the absence of the Salary Savings Agreement. 4.04 AFTER-TAX CONTRIBUTIONS - If and to the extent permitted by Section 4.04 of the Adoption Agreement, a Participant may make After-Tax Contributions to the Trust, provided that the Plan Administrator may refuse to accept such contributions if the requirements of Code Section 401(m) would otherwise be violated. There shall be no obligation to maintain them at any level, provided that such contributions shall not in total exceed ten percent of the Participant's compensation. In the event a Participant participates in more than one retirement plan sponsored by his Employer, the total After-Tax Contributions that can be made to all plans in which he participates cannot exceed ten percent of the Participant's compensation. "Ten percent of the Participant's compensation" means ten percent of the Participant's aggregate W-2 compensation or Earned Income for all periods of his participation under this Plan and under all qualified plans of the Employer reduced by his prior After-Tax Contributions under this Plan and under such other qualified plans. A Participant shall have the right at any time to request a withdrawal in cash of the portion of his Accrued Benefit attributable to his After-Tax Contributions. If necessary to comply with the requirements of Section 12.08, the Plan Administrator shall require the consent of the Participant's spouse before making any withdrawal. Any such consent shall satisfy the requirements of Section 12.08. Any such amount requested to be withdrawn shall be paid within 90 days following the date written request therefor is received by the Plan Administrator. Values not so withdrawn, including any increments earned on withdrawn amounts prior to withdrawal, shall be distributed to the Participant or his beneficiary at such time and in such manner as the Trust otherwise provides for Account distributions. - 18 - No forfeitures will occur solely as a result of an Employee's withdrawal of After-Tax Contributions. The portion of a Participant's Accrued Benefit attributable to After-Tax Contributions shall be 100% vested and nonforfeitable at all times. 4.05 PAYMENT OF CONTRIBUTIONS TO TRUSTEE - The Employer shall make payment of all contributions, including Participant contributions which shall be remitted to the Employer by payroll deduction or otherwise, directly to the Trustee in accordance with this Article IV but subject to Section 4.06. 4.06 RECEIPT OF CONTRIBUTIONS BY TRUSTEE - The Trustee shall accept and hold under the Trust such contributions of money, or other property approved by the Employer for acceptance by the Trustee, on behalf of the Employer and Participants as it may receive from time to time from the Employer, other than cash it is instructed to remit to the Insurer for deposit with the Insurer. However, the Employer may pay contributions directly to the Insurer and such payment shall be deemed a contribution to the Trust to the same extent as if payment had been made to the Trustee. All such contributions shall be accompanied by written instructions from the Employer accounting for the manner in which they are to be credited and specifying the appropriate Participant Account to which they are to be allocated. All Employer contributions shall be credited by the Trustee or Insurer to a Suspense Account until allocated to Participants as provided in the Trust. ARTICLE V PARTICIPANT ACCOUNTS, ALLOCATION OF CONTRIBUTIONS AND VALUATION OF ASSETS 5.01 PARTICIPANT ACCOUNTS - Separate accounts shall be maintained for the portion of a Participant's Accrued Benefit attributable to the following: (1) Salary Savings Contributions; (2) 401(a) Employer Contributions; (3) 401(k) Employer Contributions; (4) 401(k) Match Contributions; (5) 401(a) Match Contributions; (6) After-Tax Contributions; (7) Tax Deductible contributions; and (8) Rollover Contributions. Each separate account shall be credited with the applicable contributions, earnings and losses, distributions, and other applicable adjustments. Additionally, there will be separate accounts for After-Tax Contributions made before 1987, and those made after 1986, if the Employer has so elected in the Adoption Agreement. 5.02 METHOD FOR ALLOCATION OF 401(a) EMPLOYER, 401(k) EMPLOYER AND EMPLOYER MATCH CONTRIBUTIONS TO EMPLOYEES - For each Plan Year, 401(k) Employer Contributions to be made by the Employer, shall be allocated among eligible Participants in proportion to Compensation. 401(a) Employer contributions will be allocated as specified by the Employer in - 19 - Adoption Agreement Section 5.02 among all eligible Employees who were Participants in the Plan for such year. For purposes of Adoption Agreement Section 5.02, "Taxable Wage Base" means the maximum amount of earnings which may be considered wages for such year under Section 3121(a)(l) of the Internal Revenue Code; "OASDI Tax Rate" means the rate of tax applicable under Code Section 3111(a), and "OAI Tax Rate" means the rate of tax applicable under Code Section 3111(a) which is attributable to old-age insurance. Employer Match Contributions shall be allocated among eligible Participants as specified by the Employer in Section 4.01(3)(b) or (c) of the Adoption Agreement. In order to be eligible to share in 401(a) Employer Contributions, 401(k) Employer Contributions and Employer Match Contributions for a Plan Year, an Employer must complete during such Plan Year the Hours of Service specified in Adoption Agreement Section 4.01 and, in addition, if so specified in such Section of the Adoption Agreement, must be employed on the last day of the Plan Year, subject to any exceptions there specified. 5.03 APPLICATION OF FORFEITURES - For each Plan Year, amounts forfeited during such year pursuant to Article XIII (Benefits upon Termination of Employment) shall be allocated or applied as specified in Adoption Agreement Section 5.03. No forfeitures will occur solely as a result of an Employee's withdrawal of employee contributions. Forfeitures arising hereunder will be allocated only for the benefit of Employees of the Employer who adopted this Plan. 5.04 GROUP ANNUITY CONTRACT DIVIDENDS - Any dividend payable by the Insurer in accordance with the terms of any group annuity contract purchased by the Trustee will be added to the Employer's contribution for the Plan Year during which the dividend is credited to the contract or shall be applied to reduce the Employer's contribution for such year, whichever is elected by the Employer in Adoption Agreement Section 5.04. The Insurer shall credit any group annuity contract dividend to the Suspense Account maintained pursuant to the terms of the group annuity contract until the dividend is allocated or applied. 5.05 ANNUAL VALUATION OF TRUST FUND - The Trustee, as of the last Valuation Date of each Plan Year and prior to the allocation of contributions as provided under Section 5.02 or the allocation of forfeitures or dividends if so specified in the Adoption Agreement under Sections 5.03 and 5.04, shall determine the net value of the Trust Fund assets and the amount of net income or net loss and shall report such value to the Employer in writing. In determining such value the Trustee shall value such assets as have a fair market value at market value, and all other - 20 - assets shall be appraised by the Trustee at fair and reasonable value, in the discretion of the Trustee. The determination of such value shall not include any contributions made by the Employer or Participants for such Plan Year, amounts allocated to any group annuity contract funding the plan or any Policies purchased as investments for Participant accounts. However, the net value of the Trust Fund shall include any life insurance Policies held by the Trustee on the lives of key employees pursuant to Section 17.03. Key man life insurance policies shall be valued at their respective cash surrender values as of the Valuation Date. The resulting net income or loss of the Trust Fund shall then be debited or credited to each Participant's accounts in the same ratio as each such account bears to the aggregate of all such accounts. After such crediting of the valuation to each Participant's account, contributions and forfeitures shall be allocated to each such account as set forth in the Adoption Agreement pursuant to Sections 5.02 and 5.03. 5.06 GROUP ANNUITY CONTRACT EXPENSES - Expenses charged by the Insurer shall be deducted as provided in any group annuity contract funding the Plan, unless the Employer pays the Insurer directly and such item of expenses in addition to Employer contributions. 5.07 STATEMENT OF ACCRUED BENEFIT - As soon as practicable after the end of each Plan Year, the Plan Administrator shall present to each Participant a statement of his Accrued Benefit showing the credit to his Accrued Benefit at the beginning of such Year, any changes during the Year, the credit to this Accrued Benefit at the end of the Year, and such other information as the Plan Administrator may determine. However, the statements of Accrued Benefit shall not operate to vest in any Participant any right or interest to any assets of the Trust except as the Trust specifically provides. ARTICLE VI PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO TOP HEAVY PLANS 6.01 TOP HEAVY PLAN REQUIREMENTS (a) For any Top Heavy Plan Year, the Plan shall provide the following: (i) the minimum vesting requirements set forth in Adoption Agreements Section 13.01(1) if a Standardized Plan, or Adoption Agreement Section 13.01(2) if a Non-Standardized Plan; (ii) the minimum contribution requirements set forth in Section 4.02 of the Plan; and (iii) the special Compensation limitations applicable to Top Heavy Plan Years set forth in Section 2.08 of the Plan. - 21 - (b) Once a Plan has become a top Heavy Plan, if the Employer so Specifies in Section 6.01(b) of Adoption Agreement, the Requirement for Top Heavy Plans described in Section 6.01(a) shall be applicable in all subsequent Plan years, regardless of whether such years are Top Heavy plan years. (c) In the case of a nonstandardized Plan, once a Plan has become a Top Heavy plan, the vesting requirements described in Section 13.01 (2) of the Adoption Agreement shall be applicable to all subsequent Plan Years, regardless of whether such years are Top Heavy Plan years. If the Plan is or become a Top Heavy Plan in any Plan Year beginning after December 31, 1983, the provision of this Article VI will supersede any conflicting provision in the Plan or Adoption Agreement. The top heavy minimum vesting schedule applies to all benefits within the meaning of Code Section 411(a) (7) except those attributable to Employee contributions, including benefits accrued before the effective date of Section 416 of the Code and benefits accrued before the plan became top heavy. Further, no reduction in vested benefits may occur in the event the plan's status as top heavy changes for any Plan Year. However, this Section does not apply to the Account balances of any Employee who does not have an Hour of Service after the Plan has initially become top heavy and such Employee's Account balance attributable to Employer contribution and forfeitures will be determined without regard to this Section. 6.02 DETERMINATION OF TOP HEAVY STATUS (a) This Plan shall be a Top Heavy Plan for any Plan Year commencing after December 31, 1983, if any of the following conditions exists: (i) If the top heavy ratio for this Plan exceeds 60 percent and this Plan is not part of any required aggregation group or permissive aggregation group of plans. (ii) If this Plan is a part of a required aggregation group of plans but not part of a permissive aggregation group and the top heavy ratio for the group of plans exceeds 60 percent. (iii) If this Plan is a part of a required aggregation group and part of a permissive aggregation group of plans and the top heavy ratio for the permissive aggregation group exceeds 60 percent. (b) This Plan shall be a Super Top Heavy Plan for any Plan Year commencing After December 31, 1983 if any of the following conditions exists: (i) If the top heavy ratio for this Plan exceeds 90 percent and this Plan is not part of any required aggregation group or permissive aggregation group of plans. - 22 - (ii) If this Plan is a part of a required aggregation group of plans but not part of a permissive aggregation group and the top heavy ratio for the group of plans exceeds 90 percent. (iii) If this Plan is a part of a required aggregation group and part of a permissive aggregation group of plans and the top heavy ratio for the permissive aggregation group exceeds 90 percent. (c) The plan top heavy ratio shall be determined as follows: (i) If the Employer maintains one or more defined contribution plans (including any Simplified Employee Pension Plan) and the Employer has not maintained any defined benefit plan which during the 5-year period ending on the determination date(s) has or has had accrued benefits, the top-heavy ratio for this Plan alone or for the required or permissive aggregation group, as appropriate, is a fraction, the numerator of which is the sum of the account balances of all Key Employees as of the determination date(s) (including any part of any account balance distributed in the 5-year period ending on the determination date(s)), and the denominator of which is the sum of all account balances (including any part of any account balance distributed in the 5-year period ending on the determination date(s)), both computed in accordance with Code Section 416 and the regulations thereunder. Both the numerator and denominator of the top-heavy ratio are adjusted to reflect any contribution not actually made as of the determination date, but which is required to be taken into account on that date under Section 416 of the Code and the regulations thereunder. (ii) If the Employer maintains one or more defined contribution plans (including any Simplified Employee Pension Plan) and the Employer maintains or has maintained one or more defined benefit plans which during the 5-year period ending on the determination date(s) has or has had any accrued benefits, the top-heavy ration for any required or permissive aggregation group, as appropriate, is a fraction, the numerator of which is the sum of account balances under the aggregated defined contribution plan or plans for all Key Employees, determined in accordance with (i) above, and the present value of accrued benefits under the aggregated defined benefit plan or plans for all Key Employees as of the determination date(s), and the denominator of which is the sum of the account balances under the aggregated defined contribution plan or plans for all Employees, determined in accordance with (i) above, and the present value of accrued benefits under the defined benefit plan or plans for all Employees as of the determination date(s), all determined in accordance with Code Section 416 and the regulations thereunder. The - 23 - accrued benefits under a defined benefit plan in both the numerator and denominator of the top-heavy ratio are adjusted for any distribution of an accrued benefit made in the five-year period ending on the determination date. (iii) For purposes of (i) and (ii) above the value of Account balances and the present value of accrued benefits will be determined as of the most recent valuation date that falls within or ends with the 12-month period ending on the determination date, except as provided in code Section 416 and the regulations thereunder for the first and second plan years of a defined benefit plan. The account balances and accrued benefits of an Employee (1) who is not a key Employee but who was a key Employee in a prior year, or (2) who has not had at least one Hour of Service with any Employer maintaining the Plan at any time during the 5-year period ending on the determination date will be disregarded. The calculation of the top-heavy ratio, and the extent to which distributions, rollovers, and transfers are taken into account will be made in accordance with Section 416 of the Code and the regulations thereunder. Deductible employee contributions will not be taken into account for purposes of computing the top-heavy ratio. To the extent required by Code Section 401(k)(4), Salary Savings Contributions made for Plan Years beginning after 1988 will not be taken into account for purposes of computing the top heavy ratio. When aggregating plans the value of account balances and accrued benefits will be calculated with reference to the determination dates that fall within the same calendar year. (d) Permissive aggregation group: The required aggregation group of plans plus any other plan or plans of the Employer which, when considered as a group with the required aggregation group, would continue to satisfy the requirements of Code Sections 401(a)(4) and 410. (e) Required aggregation group: (1) Each qualified plan of the Employer in which at least one Key Employee participates, and (2) any other qualified plan of the Employer which enables a plan described in (1) to meet the requirements of Code Sections 401(a)(4) or 410. (f) Determination date: For any Plan Year subsequent to the first Plan year, the last day of the preceding Plan Year. For the first Plan Year of the Plan, the last day of that year. (g) Valuation date: The date elected by the employer in Adoption Agreement Section 6.02(g) as of which Account balances or accrued benefits are valued for purposes of calculating the top heavy ratio. (h) Present value: Present value shall be based only on the interest and mortality rates specified in Adoption Agreement Section 6.02(h). - 24 - ARTICLE VII 415 LIMITATIONS ON ALLOCATIONS (See Section 7.13 - 7.21 for definitions applicable to this Article VII). 7.01 If the Participant does not participate in, and has never participated in another qualified plan or a welfare benefit fund, as defined in Code Section 419(c), maintained by the adopting Employer, the amount of Annual Additions which may be credited to the Participant's Accounts for any Limitation Year will not exceed the lesser of the Maximum Permissible Amount or any other limitation contained in this Plan. If the Employer contribution that would otherwise be contributed or allocated to the Participant's Accounts would cause the Annual Additions for the Limitation Year to exceed the Maximum Permissible Amount, the amount contributed or allocated will be reduced so that the Annual Additions for the Limitation Year will equal the Maximum Permissible Amount. 7.02 Prior to determining the Participant's actual Compensation for the Limitation Year, the Employer may determine the Maximum Permissible Amount on the basis of a reasonable estimation of the Participant's annual Compensation for the Limitation Year, uniformly determined for all Participants similarly situated. 7.03 As soon as is administratively feasible after the end of the Limitation Year, the Maximum Permissible Amount for the Limitation Year will be determined on the basis of the Participant's actual compensation for the Limitation Year. 7.04 If there is an Excess Amount, the excess will be disposed of as follows: (a) Any After-Tax Contributions, to the extent they would reduce the Excess Amount, will be returned to the Participant; (b) If after the application of paragraph (a) an Excess Amount still exists, and the Participant is covered by the Plan at the end of the Limitation Year, the Excess Amount in the Participant's Account will be used to reduce Employer contributions (including any allocation of forfeitures) for such Participant in the next Limitation Year, and each succeeding Limitation Year if necessary; (c) If after the application of paragraph (a) an Excess Amount still exists, and the Participant is not covered by the Plan at the end of the Limitation Year, the Excess Amount will be held unallocated in a Suspense Account. The Suspense Account will be applied to reduce future Employer contributions (including allocation of any forfeitures) for all remaining Participants in the next Limitation Year, and each succeeding Limitation Year if necessary; (d) If a Suspense Account is in existence at any time during the Limitation Year pursuant to this Section, it will not participate in the allocation of the Trust's investment gains and losses. - 25 - Sections 7.05 through 7.10 (These Sections apply if, in addition to this Plan, the Participant is covered under another qualified Master or Prototype defined contribution plan or a welfare benefit fund, as defined in Code Section 419(e), maintained by the Employer during any Limitation Year.) 7.05 The Annual Additions which may be credited to a Participant's accounts under this Plan for any such Limitation Year will not exceed the Maximum Permissible Amount reduced by the Annual Additions credited to a Participant's account under the other plans and welfare benefit funds for the same Limitation Year. If the Annual Additions with respect to the Participant under other defined contribution plans maintained by the Employer are less than the Maximum Permissible Amount and the Employer contribution that would otherwise be contributed or allocated to the Participant's Accounts under this Plan would cause the Annual Additions for the Limitation Year to exceed this limitation, the amount contributed or allocated will be reduced so that the Annual Additions under all such plans for the Limitation Year will equal the Maximum Permissible Amount. If the Annual Additions with respect to the Participant under such other defined contribution plans and welfare benefit funds in the aggregate are equal to or greater than the Maximum Permissible Amount, no amount will be contributed or allocated to the Participant's Accounts under this Plan for the Limitation Year. 7.06 Prior to determining the Participant's actual Compensation for the Limitation Year, the Employer may determine the Maximum Permissible Amount in the manner described in Section 7.02. 7.07 As soon as is administratively feasible after the end of the Limitation Year, the Maximum Permissible Amount for the Limitation Year will be determined on the basis of the Participant's actual Compensation for the Limitation Year. 7.08 If, pursuant to Section 7.07, a Participant's Annual Additions under this Plan and such other plans would result in an Excess Amount for a Limitation Year, the Excess Amount will be deemed to consist of the Annual Additions last allocated. 7.09 If an Excess Amount was allocated to a Participant on an allocation date of this Plan which coincides with an allocation date of another plan, the Excess Amount attributed to this Plan will be the product of, (a) the total Excess Amount allocated as of such date, times (b) the ratio of (i) the Annual Additions allocated to the Participant for the Limitation Year as of such date under this Plan to (ii) the total Annual Additions allocated to the Participant for the Limitation Year as of such date under this and all the other qualified Master or Prototype defined contribution plans. 7.10 Any Excess Amount attributed to this Plan will be disposed in the manner described in Section 7.04. - 26 - (This Section applies only to Employers who, in addition to this Plan, maintain one or more qualified defined contribution plan other than a Master or Prototype Plan.) 7.11 If the Employer also maintains another qualified defined contribution plan which is not a Master or Prototype plan, Annual Additions which may be credited to any Participant's Accounts under this Plan for any Limitation Year will be limited in accordance with Sections 7.05 through 7.10 as though the other plan were a Master or Prototype plan unless the Employer provides other limitations in Article VII of the Adoption Agreement. (This Section applies to Employers who, in addition to this Plan, maintain or have maintained a defined benefit plan.) 7.12 If the Employer maintains, or at any time maintained, a qualified defined benefit plan covering any Participant in this Plan, the sum of the Participant's defined benefit plan fraction and defined contribution plan fraction will not exceed 1.0 in any Limitation Year. The Annual Additions which may be credited to the Participant's Account under this Plan for any Limitation Year will be limited in accordance with Article VII of the Adoption Agreement. (Section 7.13 - 7.21 are definitions used in Article VII.) 7.13 Annual Additions - The sum of the following amounts credited to a Participant's Accounts for the Limitation Year: (a) Employer Contributions; (b) Forfeitures; (c) After-Tax Contributions; and (d) Salary Savings Contributions. For this purpose, any Excess Amount applied under Sections 7.04 or 7.10 in the Limitation Year to reduce Employer contributions will be considered Annual Additions for such Limitation Year. Amounts allocated, after March 31, 1984, to an individual medical account, as defined in Section 415(l)(2) of the Internal Revenue Code, which is part of a defined benefit plan maintained by the Employer, are treated as Annual Additions to a defined contribution plan. Also, amounts derived from contributions paid or accrued after December 31, 1985, in taxable years ending after such date, which are attributable to post-retirement medical benefits allocated to the separate account of a key employee, as defined in Code Section 419A(d)(2), under a welfare benefit fund, as defined in Code Section 419(e), maintained by the Employer, are treated as Annual Additions to a defined contribution plan. - 27 - 7.14 Defined Benefit Fraction - A fraction, the numerator of which is the sum of the Participant's Projected Annual Benefits under all the defined benefit plan (whether or not terminated) maintained by the Employer, and the denominator of which is the lesser of 125 percent of the dollar limitation in effect for the Limitation Year under Section 415(b)(1)(A) of the Internal Revenue Code or 140 percent of the Highest Average Compensation. Notwithstanding the above, if the Participant was a participant in one or more defined benefit plans maintained by the Employer which were in existence on July 1, 1982, the denominator of this fraction will not be less than 125 percent of the sum of the annual benefits under such plans which the Participant had accrued as of the later of September 30, 1983, or the end of the last Limitation Year beginning before January 1, 1983. The preceding sentence applies only if the defined benefit plans individually and in the aggregate satisfied the requirements of Code Section 415 as in effect at the end of the 1982 limitation year. For purposes of this paragraph, a Master or Prototype Plan with an opinion letter issued before January 1, 1983, which was adopted by the Employer on or before September 30, 1983, is treated as a plan in existence on July 1, 1982. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for any Top Heavy Plan Year, 100 percent shall be substituted for 125 percent unless the extra minimum allocation is made pursuant to Section 4.02 of the Plan. However, for any Plan Year in which this Plan is a Super Top Heavy Plan, 100 percent shall be substituted for 125 percent in any event. 7.15 Defined Construction Fraction - A fraction, the numerator of which is the sum of the Annual Additions to the Participant's accounts under all the defined contribution plans (whether or not terminated) maintained by the Employer for the current and all prior Limitation Years (including the Annual Additions attributable to the Participant's nondeductible employee contributions to all defined benefit plans, whether or not terminated, maintained by the Employer and the Annual Additions attributable to all welfare benefit funds, as defined in Code Section 419(e), maintained by the Employer), and the denominator of which is the sum of the maximum aggregate amounts for the current and all prior Limitation Years of service with the Employer (regardless of whether a defined contribution plan was maintained by the Employer). The maximum aggregate amount in any Limitation Year is the lesser of 125 percent of the dollar limitation in effect under Code Section 415(c)(1)(A) or 35 percent of the Participant's Compensation for such year. If the Employee was a participant in one or more defined contribution plans maintained by the Employer which were in existence on July 1, 1982, the numerator of this fraction will be adjusted if the sum of this fraction and the defined benefit fraction would otherwise exceed 1.0 under the terms of this Plan. Under the adjustment, an amount equal to the product of (1) the excess of the sum fractions over 1.0 times (2) the denominator of this fraction, will be permanently subtracted from the numerator of this fraction. The adjustment is - 28 - calculated using the fractions as they would be computed as of the later of September 30, 1983, or the end of the last Limitation year beginning before January 1, 1983. This adjustment also will be made if at the end of the last Limitation Year beginning before January 1, 1984, the sum of the fractions exceeds 1.0 because of accruals or additions that were made before the limitations of this Article became effective to any plans of the Employer in existence on July 1,1982. For purposes of this paragraph, a Master or Prototype Plan with an opinion letter issued before January 1, 1983, which is adopted by the Employer on or before September 30, 1983, is treated as a plan in existence on July 1, 1982. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for any Top Heavy Plan Year, 100 percent shall be substituted for 125 percent unless the extra minimum allocation is made pursuant to Section 4.02. However, for any Plan Year in which this Plan is a Super Top Heavy Plan, 100 percent shall be substituted for 125 percent in any event. 7.16 Employer - The employer that adopts this plan and all members of a controlled group of corporations (as defined in Code Section 414(b)) as modified by Code Section 415(h), all trades or businesses under common control (as defined in Section 414(c) as modified by Code Section 415(h)), or all members of an affiliated service group ( as defined in code Section 414(m)) of which the adopting Employer is a part. 7.17 Excess Amount - The excess of the Participant's Annual Additions for the Limitation Year over the Maximum Permissible Amount. 7.18 Highest Average Compensation - The average Compensation for the three consecutive years of service with the Employer that produce the highest average. A year of service with the Employer is the 12-consecutive month period defined in Section 2.55 of the plan. 7.19 Master or Prototype Plan - A plan the form of which is the subject of a favorable opinion letter from the Internal Revenue Service. 7.20 Maximum Permissible Amount - The lesser of $ 30,000 (or, beginning January 1, 1988, such larger amount determined by the Commissioner for the Limitation Year) or 25 percent of the Participant's Compensation for the Limitation Year. If a short Limitation Year is created because of an amendment changing the Limitation Year to a different twelve consecutive month period, the Maximum Permissible Amount will not exceed the lesser of (1) $30,000 (or larger permissible limitation) multiplied by the following fraction: number of months in the short limitation year --------------------------------------------- 12 or (2) 25 percent of the Participant's Compensation for the short Limitation Year. - 29 - 7.21 Projected Annual Benefits - The annual retirement benefit (adjusted to an actuarially equivalent straight life annuity if such benefit is expressed in a form other than a straight life annuity or qualified joint and survivor annuity) to which the Participant would be entitled under the terms of the Plan assuming: (a) the Participant will continue employment until Normal Retirement Age under the Plan (or current age, if later), and (b) the Participant's Compensation for the current Limitation Year and all other relevant factors used to determine benefits under the Plan will remain constant for all future Limitation Years. 7.22 SPECIAL RULES FOR PLANS ADOPTED BEFORE 1987- Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Annual Additions for any Limitations Year beginning before 1987 shall not be recomputed to treat all Employee Contributions as an Annual Addition. Additionally, if the Plan satisfied the applicable requirements of Code Section 415 as in effect for all Limitation Years beginning before 1987, an amount shall be subtracted from the numerator of the defined contribution fraction (not exceeding such numerator) as prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury so that the sum of the defined benefit fraction and defined contribution fraction computed under Code Section 415(e)(1) does not exceed 1.0 for such Limitation Year. ARTICLE VIII REFUND OR REALLOCATION OF EXCESS 401(k) CONTRIBUTIONS 8.01 SPECIFIC DEFINITIONS - For purposes of this Article, the following definitions shall be used: (a) " Actual Deferral Percentage" means the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of Salary Savings Contributions, made on behalf of an Eligible Participant to that Participant's compensation for the Plan Year. The Plan Administrator may include 401(k) Employer Contributions and 401(k) Employer Match Contributions made for the Participant in the above described numerator, if such inclusion is made on a uniform nondiscriminatory basis for all Participants; however, 401(k) Employer Match Contributions that are included in the Actual Deferral Percentage of the Participant may not be included in the numerator of the Contribution Percentage of the Participant as defined in Plan Section 9.01(b). For purposes of determining the Actual Deferral Percentage of a Highly Compensated Employee who is either: (1) a Five Percent Owner; or (2) one of the ten most highly compensated employees for the current Plan Year, the Salary Savings Contribution of any Family Member of the Participant shall be included in the numerator, and the Compensation of any such Family Member shall be included in the denominator. Additionally, the 401(k) Employer Contributions and 401(k) Employer Match Contributions made on behalf of each Family Member shall be included in the numerator, if such contributions are being included in the numerators for all Eligible Participants on a uniform nondiscriminatory basis. - 30 - Additionally, if one or more other plans allowing contributions under Code Section 401(k) are considered with this plan as one for purposes of Code Section 401(a)(4) or 410(b), the Actual Deferral Percentages for all Eligible Participants under all such plans shall be determined as if this Plan and all such other plans were one. If any Highly Compensated Employee is also an Eligible Participant in one or more other plans allowing contributions under Code Section 401(k), the Actual Deferral Percentage for that Employee shall be determined as if this Plan and all such other plans were one. (b) "Average Actual Deferral Percentage" means the average (expressed as a percentage) of the Actual Deferral Percentages of a group. (c) "Eligible Participant" means a Participant eligible to have Salary savings Contributions made on his behalf. (d) "Excess 401(k) Contributions" means the excess of: (i) the numerator of the Actual Deferral Percentage of a Highly Compensated Employee over (ii) the maximum numerator permitted under Plan Section 8.02, determined by reducing the numerators of Highly Compensated Employees in order of their Actual Deferral Percentage beginning with the highest of such percentages. (e) "Excess Deferral" means: (1) the excess of salary Reduction Contributions for any Participant over $7,000; and (2) any amount identified in plan Section 8.07. 8.02 AVERAGE ACTUAL DEFERRAL PERCENTAGE TEST - The Average Actual Deferral percentage for Highly Compensated Employees for each Plan Year and the Average Actual Deferral Percentage for Non-Highly Compensated Employees for the same Plan Year must satisfy on of the following tests: (a) The Average Actual Deferral percentage for Eligible Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year shall not exceed the Average Actual Deferral percentage for Eligible Participants who are Non-Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year multiplied by 1.25; or (b) The Average Actual Deferral percentage for Eligible Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year shall not exceed the Average Actual Deferral percentage for Eligible Participants who are Non-Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year multiplied by 2, provided that the Average Actual Deferral Percentage for Eligible Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees does not exceed the Average Actual Deferral percentage for Eligible Participant who are Non-Highly Compensated Employees by more than two (2) percentage points. 8.03 REFUND OF EXCESS 401(k) CONTRIBUTIONS - Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Plan, except Section 8.05 herein, Excess 401(k) Contribution and income allocable thereto shall be distributed to - 31 - the affected Participant. The Plan Administrator shall make every effort to make all required distributions within 2 1/2 months of the end of the affected Plan Year; however, in no event shall such distributions be made later than the end of the following Plan Year. Distributions made later than 2 1/2 months after the end of the affected Plan Year will be subject to tax under Code Section 4979. 8.04 ACCOUNTING FOR EXCESS 401(k) CONTRIBUTIONS - Amounts distributed and reallocated under this Article shall be treated as being made from Salary Saving Contributions, 401(k) Employer Contributions and 401(k) Employer match Contributions as determined by the Plan Administrator on a uniform nondiscriminatory basis. 8.05 SPECIAL 401(k) EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTION - Notwithstanding any other provisions of this plan except Section 8.09, in lieu of reallocating or distributing Excess 401(k) Employer Contributions provided in Section 8.03, the Employer may make 401(k) Employer Contributions and or 401(k) Employer Match Contributions on behalf of Non-Highly Compensated Employees that are sufficient to satisfy either of the Average Actual Deferral Percentage Tests; any such 401(k) Employer Contribution must be allocated among the Non-Highly Compensated Employees in proportion to Compensation. 8.06 MAXIMUM SALARY SAVING CONTRIBUTIONS - No Employee shall be permitted to have Salary Savings Contributions made under this Plan during any calendar year in excess of $7,000 (or such other amount as the Secretary of the Treasury may designate). The foregoing limit will not apply to Salary Saving Contributions attributable to services performed in 1986 and described in Sections 1105(c )(4) or (5) of the Tax Reform Act of 1986. 8.07 PARTICIPANT CLAIMS - Participants under other plans described in Code Sections 401(k), 401(k) or 403(b) may submit a claim to the plan Administrator specifying the amount of their Excess Deferral. Such claim shall: (1) be in writing; (2) be submitted no later than March 1 of the year after the Excess Deferral was made; and (3) state that such amount, when added to amounts deferred under other plans described in Code Sections 401(k), 408(k) or 403(b), exceeds $7,000 (or such other amount as the Secretary of the Treasury may designate). 8.08 DISTRIBUTION OF EXCESS DEFERRAL - Notwithstanding any other provision of this plan, Excess Deferrals and income allocable thereto shall be distributed to the affected Participant no later than the April 15 following the calendar year in which such Excess Deferrals were made. 8.09 OPERATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH REGULATIONS - The determination and treatment of Actual Deferral Percentages and Excess 401(k) Contributions, and the operation of the Average Actual Deferral Percentage Test shall be in accordance with such additional requirements as may be prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury. - 32 - ARTICLE IX REFUND OR FORFEITURE OF EXCESS 401(m) CONTRIBUTIONS 9.01 DEFINITION - For purpose of this Article, the following Definitions shall be used: (a) "Average Contribution Percentage" means the average (expressed as a percentage) of the Contribution Percentage of a group. (b) "Contribution Percentage" means the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of the: (1) After-Tax Contributions made by an Eligible Participant and (2) the 401(k) and 401(a) Employer Match Contributions made on behalf of the Participant; to (3) the Participant's Compensation for the Plan Year. The Plan Administrator may include 401(k) Employer Contributions for the Participant in the above described numerator, if such inclusion is made on a uniform nondiscriminatory basis for all participants. The Plan Administrator may not include 401(k) Employer Match Contributions in the numerator to the extent such Contributions are included in the numerator of the actual Deferral Percentage of the Participant, as defined in Plan Section 8.01(a). For purposes of determining the Contribution Percentage of a Highly Compensated Employee who is either: (1) a Five Percent Owner; or (2) one of the ten most highly compensated employees for the current Plan Year, the After-Tax Contributions of any Family Member of the Participant and 401(k) and 401(a) Employer Match Contributions made on behalf of such Family Members shall be included in the numerator, and the Compensation of any such Family Member shall be included in the denominator. Additionally, the 401(k) Employer Contributions and Salary Savings Contributions made for such Family Member shall be included in the numerator, if such contributions are being included in the numerators of all Eligible Participants on a uniform nondiscriminatory basis. Additionally, if one or more other Plans allowing contributions under Code Section 401(k), after tax employee contributions or matching contributions, are considered with this Plan as one for purpose of Code Section 410(b), the Contribution Percentages for all Eligible Participants under all such plans shall be determined as if this Plan and all such others were one. The Contribution Percentage of Highly Compensated Employees shall be determined as if this Plan and all other Plans allowing contributions under Code Section 401(k), after tax employee contributions or matching contributions and in which the Highly Compensated Employee is also an Eligible Participant were one plan. (c) "Eligible Participant" means a Participant eligible to have voluntary After-Tax Contributions or 401(k) or 401(a) Employer Match Contributions made on his behalf. - 33 - (d) "Excess 401(m) Contributions" means the excess of: (i) the numerator of the Contribution Percentage of Highly Compensated Employee; over (ii) the maximum numerator permitted under Plan Section 9.02 determined by reducing the numerators of Highly Compensated Employees in order of their Contribution Percentages beginning with the highest of such percentages. 9.02 AVERAGE CONTRIBUTION TEST - The Average Contribution Percentage for Highly Compensated Employees for each plan Year and the Average Contribution Percentage for Non-Highly Compensated Employees for the same plan Year must satisfy one of the following tests: (a) The Average Contribution Percentage for Eligible Participants who are highly Compensated Employees for the plan year shall not exceed the Average Contribution Percentage for Eligible Participants who are Non-Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year multiplied by 1.25; or (b) The Average Contribution Percentage for Eligible Participants who are highly Compensated Employees for the plan year shall not exceed the Average Contribution Percentage for Eligible Participants who are Non-Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year multiplied by 2, provided that the Average Contribution Percentage for Eligible Participants who are highly Compensated Employees does not exceed the Average Contribution Percentage for Eligible Participants who are Non-Highly Compensated Employees by more than two (2) percentage points. 9.03 REFUND AND FORFEITURE OF EXCESS 401(m) CONTRIBUTIONS - Notwithstanding any other provision of this plan, except Sections 9.05 and 9.06, Excess 401(m) Contributions and income allocable thereto treated: (1) as After-Tax Contributions, 401(k) Employer match Contributions or 401(k) Employer Contributions shall be distributed to the affected Highly Compensated Employee; (2) as 401(a) Employer match Contributions shall be forfeited and applied or allocated as specified in Adoption Agreement Section 5.03, provided, forfeitures arising under this Section shall not be allocated to the account of any affected Highly Compensated Employee. The Plan Administrator shall make every effort to refund and forfeit all Excess 401(m) Contributions within 2 1/2 months of the end of the affected Plan Year; however, in no event shall Excess 401(m) Contributions be refunded or forfeited later than the end of the following Plan Year. Distributions made later than 2 1/2 months after the end of the affected Plan Year will be subject to tax under Code Section 4979. 9.04 ACCOUNTING FOR EXCESS 401(m) CONTRIBUTIONS - Amounts distributed and forfeited under this Article shall be treated as being made form After-Tax Contributions, 401(k) and 401(a) Employer Match Contributions and 401(k) Employer Contributions as determined by the Plan Administrator on a uniform nondiscriminatory basis. - 34 - 9.05 SPECIAL 401(k) EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS - Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Plan, except Section 9.08, in lieu of refunding or forfeiting Excess 401(m) Contribution as provided in Section 9.03, the Employer may make 401(k) Employer Contributions, allocated in proportion to Compensation, on behalf of Non-Highly Compensated Employees that are sufficient to satisfy either of the Average Contribution Tests. 9.06 SPECIAL EMPLOYER MATCH CONTRIBUTIONS - Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan except Section 9.08, in lieu of refunding or forfeiting excess 401(m) Contributions as provided in Section 9.03, the Employer may make 401(k) or 401(a) Employer Match Contribution on behalf of Non-Highly Compensated Employees that are sufficient to satisfy either of the Average Contribution Tests. 9.07 ORDER OF DETERMINATIONS - The determinations of Excess 401(m) Contribution shall be made after first determining Excess Deferrals and then determining Excess 401(k) Contribution. 9.08 OPERATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH REGULATIONS - The determination and treatment of Contribution Percentages and Excess 401(m) Contributions, and the operation of the Average Contribution Percentages Test shall be in accordance with such additional requirement as may be prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury. ARTICLE X IN-SERVICE WITHDRAWALS 10.01 WITHDRAWALS OF TAX DEDUCTIBLE VOLUNTARY CONTRIBUTIONS AND AFTER-TAX CONTRIBUTIONS - A Participant shall have the right at any time to request the Plan Administrator for a withdrawal in cash of amounts in his tax Deductible Contribution account or After-Tax Contribution account. 10.02 WITHDRAWAL FROM 401(k) ACCOUNTS - For Plan Years beginning before 1989, a Participant shall have the right at any time to request the Plan Administrator for a withdrawal in cash of amounts in his Salary Savings Contribution and 401(k) Employer and 401(k) Employer Match Contribution accounts for "financial hardship." For Plan Years beginning after 1998, a Participant shall have the right at any time to request the Plan Administrator for a withdrawal in cash of Salary Savings Contribution without interest thereon for "financial hardship". The profit sharing Committee shall determined whether an event constitutes a financial hardship. Such determination shall be based upon non-discriminatory rules and procedures adopted by the Committee, which shall be conclusive and binding upon all persons. Such procedures shall specify the requirements for requesting and receiving distributions on account of hardship, including what forms must be submitted and to whom. All determinations regarding financial hardship must be made in accordance with any application regulations and the objective criteria set forth in Section 10.02B of the Adoption - 35 - Agreement, except as otherwise allowed under any applicable regulations. The processing of applications and any distributions of amounts under this section shall by made as soon as administratively feasible. A distribution based upon financial hardship cannot exceed the amount required to meet the immediate financial need created by the hardship and not reasonably available from other resources of the Participant, except as otherwise allowed under applicable regulations. In addition, if permitted by the Adoption Agreement, the Participant may request a withdrawal of the amount in his 401(k) and Salary Savings Contribution accounts for any reason, at any time after he attains age 59 1/2. 10.03 RULES FOR IN-SERVICE WITHDRAWALS - The Plan Administrator may impose a dollar minimum for partial withdrawals. If the amount in the Participant's appropriate Account is less than the minimum, the Plan Administrator shall pay the Participant the entire amount then in the Participant's Account from which the withdrawal is to be made if a withdrawal of the entire amount is otherwise permissible under the rules set forth in this Article. If the entire amount cannot be paid under such rules, whatever amount is permissible shall be paid. Any amount to be withdrawn shall be paid within 90 days following the date written request therefor is received by the Plan Administrator. All requests must be consented to by the Participant's spouse in a Qualified Election as described in Section 12.08(c)(iii), unless the withdrawal is from the Participant's Tax Deductible Contribution account or an account to which Section 12.08(e) applies. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any request for a withdrawal of amounts allocated to a group annuity contract shall be subject to any time limits, restrictions or penalties that may be provided in the contract. ARTICLE XI PARTICIPANT LOANS 11.01 GENERAL RULES - If permitted by the Employer in Section 11.01 of the Adoption Agreement, loans may be made to Participants from time to time by the Trustee when directed by the Plan Administrator upon the written request of the Participant. Plan loans shall be granted on a uniform nondiscriminatory basis. Such loans shall be adequately secured, shall bear a reasonable rate of interest and shall provide for periodic repayment over a reasonable period of time. No Participant loan shall exceed the value of the Participant's vested Accrued Benefit. For all purposes of this Article XI, the Participant's Accrued Benefit shall not include amounts allocated to his Tax Deductible Contribution Account. Notwithstanding the above, loans may not be made to an Owner-Employee or a shareholder-employee if the loan is not permissible under the applicable provisions of the Internal Revenue Code or the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (ERISA), as amended. - 36 - A "shareholder employee" is an employee of officer of an electing small business (Subchapter S) corporation who owns (or is considered as owning within the meaning of Code Section 318(a)(1), on any day during the taxable year of such corporation, more than five percent of the outstanding stock of such corporation. Tax Deductible Voluntary Contributions plus earnings thereon, may not be used as security for Participant loans. 11.02 LOAN AMOUNTS AND REPAYMENTS - (a) No loan shall be made to the extent such loan when added to the outstanding balance of all other loans to the Participant would exceed the greater of: (i) $10,000, or if less, the present value of the Participant's nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit; or (ii) one-half (1/2) of the present value of the nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit of the Participant under the Plan (but not more than $50,000 reduced by the difference between the highest outstanding balance during the previous 365 days and the current outstanding balance). (b) Loans shall provide for periodic repayment, with payment to be no less frequent than quarterly, over a period not to exceed five (5) years; provided, however, that loans used to acquire any dwelling unit which, within a reasonable time, is to be used (determined at the time the loan is made) as a principal residence of the Participant may provide for periodic repayment, with payment to be no less frequent than quarterly over a reasonable period of time that exceeds five (5) years. Loans shall not be granted to any Participant that provide for a repayment period extending beyond such Participant's Normal Retirement Age. In the event of default, attachment of the Participant's Accrued Benefit will not occur until a distributable event occurs in the Plan; all loans will be considered in default on the death of the Participant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no loans may be made to a married Participant in the absence of a valid spousal consent to such loan in accordance with Section 12.08(c)(iii) if the loan is secured by an account other than one to which Section 12.08(e) applies. Such consent must be given within 90 days of the making of the loan. In addition, any request for a withdrawal of amounts allocated to a group annuity contract for purposes of providing Plan loans shall be subject to any time limits, restrictions or penalties that may be provided in the contract. - 37 - ARTICLE XII RETIREMENT AND DEATH BENEFITS 12.01 NORMAL RETIREMENT BENEFIT - Each Participant's Accrued Benefit shall become 100% vested and nonforfeitable when the Participant attains his Normal Retirement Age; provided, however, that each Participant's 401(k) Employer Match Contribution account, 401(k) Employer Contribution account, Salary Savings Contribution account, Rollover account, Tax Deductible Contribution account and After-Tax Contribution account shall be 100% vested and nonforfeitable at all times. Every Participant may terminate his employment with the Employer and retire upon the attainment of his Normal Retirement Age. Upon such date all amounts credited to such Participant's Accounts shall become distributable to him in accordance with this Article. The Plan Administrator shall notify the Trustee and Insurer when the Normal Retirement Age of each Participant shall occur and shall also advise the Trustee and Insurer as to the manner in which retirement benefits are to be distributed to a Participant, subject to the provisions of this Article. Upon receipt of such notification and subject to the other provisions of this Article, the Trustee and Insurer shall take such action as may be necessary in order to distribute the Participant's Accrued Benefit. 12.02 EARLY RETIREMENT BENEFIT - If there shall be a termination of a Participant's employment on or after he attains his Early Retirement Age, if nay, (as defined in Section 12.02 of the Adoption Agreement), he shall be deemed to have retired early and such Participant shall be vested in the amount credited to his Accounts as of the date of his early retirement. 12.03 LATE RETIREMENT BENEFIT - If a Participant shall continue in active employment following his Normal Retirement Age, he shall continue to Participate under the Plan and Trust. Upon actual retirement, such Participant shall be entitled to the amount then credited to his Accounts. 12.04 DISABILITY BENEFIT - A Participant whose employment shall be terminated prior to his Normal Retirement Age as a result of Total and Permanent Disability shall be vested in the amount credited to his Accounts as of the date of such termination. 12.05 DEATH BENEFIT - If a participant or Former Participant shall die prior to the commencement of any benefit otherwise provided under this Article XII, his Beneficiary shall be entitled to a death benefit. The amount of the death benefit shall be equal to the amount credited to his Participant's Accounts as of the date of death, including the death proceeds of any Policies allocated to such Accounts. If a participant shall die subsequent to the commencement of any benefit otherwise provided under this Article XII, the death benefit, if any, shall be determined in accordance with the benefit option in effect for the participant. - 38 - The Plan Administrator may require such proper proof of death and such evidence of the right of any person to receive payment of the value of the Account of a deceased Participant or a deceased Former Participant as the Plan Administrator deems necessary. The Plan Administrator's determination of death and of the right of any person to receive payment shall be conclusive and binding on all persons. 12.06 DESIGNATION OF BENEFICIARY - Each Participant shall designate his Beneficiary on a form provided by the Plan Administrator and such designation may include primary and contingent Beneficiaries; provided, however, that if a Participant or Former Participant is married on the date of his death, the Participant's then spouse shall be the Participant's Beneficiary unless such spouse consented to the designation of another Beneficiary in accordance with Section 12.08. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Policy proceeds shall be paid to the Trustee as beneficiary and the Trustee shall pay over the proceeds to the appropriate Plan beneficiary. 12.07 DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS - The Plan Administrator shall direct the Trustee to make, or cause the Insurer to make, payment of any benefits provided under this Article XII. Unless the Participant elects otherwise, distribution of benefits will begin no later than the 60th day after the latest of the close of the Plan Year in which: (1) the Participant attains Age 65 ( or Normal Retirement Age, if earlier); (2) occurs the 10th anniversary of the year in which the Participant commenced participation in the Plan; or, (3) the Participant terminates service with the Employer. In no event will benefits begin to be distributed prior to the later of age 62 or Normal Retirement Age without the consent of the Participant, except as indicated below. The consent of the Participant's spouse will also be required for any such distribution unless (i) the plan is a profit sharing plan described in Subsection 12.08(e) or (ii) the benefit is paid in the form of a qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity. Neither the consent of the Participant or his or her spouse is required if the present value of the Participant's vested Accrued Benefit attributable to all Contributions other than Tax Deductible Voluntary Contributions is $3,500 or less. In such event the Plan Administrator shall pay such benefit to the Participant or his Beneficiary in a lump sum and no other settlement option shall be available. However, unless the Plan is a plan described in Subsection 12.08(e), no distribution shall be made pursuant to the preceding sentence after the first day of the first period for which an amount is received as an annuity unless the Participant and his or her spouse ( or the Participant's surviving spouse) consent in writing to such distribution. Except as provided below and in Sections 12.05 and 12.08, a Participant, with spousal consent where applicable, shall have the sole right to receive his benefit in accordance with one or more of the following ways, and which may be paid in cash or in kind, or a combination of them: - 39 - (a) one sum. (b) an annuity for the life of the Participant. (c) an annuity for the life of the Participant and upon his death 100%, 66 2/3% or 50% (whichever is specified when this option is elected) of the annuity amount will be continued to his contingent annuitant. No further annuity benefits are payable after the death of both the Participant and his contingent annuitant. (d) an annuity for the joint lives of the Participant and his joint annuitant which 100%, 66 2/3% or 50% (whichever is specified when this option is elected) of such amount payable as an annuity for life to the survivor. No further benefits are payable after the death of both the Participant and his joint annuitant. (e) an annuity for the life of the Participant with installment payments for a period certain not longer than the life expectancy of the Participant. (f) installment payments for a period certain not longer than the life expectancy of the Participant and his designated beneficiary. All optional forms of benefits shall be actuarially equivalent. Notwithstanding the above requirements: (a) Minimum Amounts to be Distributed. If the Participant's entire interest is to be distributed in other than a lump-sum, then the amount to be distributed each year must be at least an amount equal to the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant's entire interest by the life expectancy of the Participant or joint and last survivor expectancy of the participant and designated Beneficiary. Life expectancy and joint and last survivor expectancy are computed by the use of the return multiples contained in Section 1.72-9 of the Income Tax Regulations. For purposes of this computation, a Participant's life expectancy may be recalculated no more frequently than annually, however, the life expectancy of a nonspouse Beneficiary may not be recalculated. If the participant's spouse is not the designated Beneficiary, the method of distribution selected must assure that at least 50 percent of the present value of the amount available for distribution is paid within the life expectancy of the Participant. (b) Commencement of Benefits. (i) For Plan Years Beginning Before 1989. (A) Distributions to Five Percent Owners. Distribution to a Participant who is a Five Percent Owner at any time during the five Plan Year period ending in the calendar year in which he attains age 70 1/2 must commence no later than the first day of April following such calendar year. - 40 - (B) Distributions to Non-Five Percent Owners. Distributions to a Participant other than a Five Percent Owner must commence no later than the first day of April following the calendar year in which the later of termination of employment or attainment of age 70 1/2 occurs. (ii) For Plan Years Beginning After 1988. Distributions to all Participants must commence no later than the first day of April following the calendar year in which the participant attains age 70 1/2, unless the Participant attains age 70 1/2 before January 1, 1988 and was never a Five Percent Owner at age 66 1/2 or anytime thereafter. (c) Death Distribution Provisions. Upon the death of the Participant, the following distribution provisions shall take effect: (i) If the Participant dies after distribution of his or her interest has commenced, the remaining portion of such interest will continue to be distributed at least as rapidly as under the method of distribution being used prior to the Participant's death. (ii) If the Participant dies before distribution of his or her interest commences, the Participant's entire interest will be distributed no later than 5 years after the Participant's death except to the extent that an election is made to receive distributions in accordance with (A) or (B) below: (A) if any portion of the Participant's interest is payable to a designated Beneficiary, distributions may be made in substantially equal installments over the life or life expectancy of the designated Beneficiary commencing no later than 1 year after the Participant's death; (B) if the designated beneficiary is the Participant's surviving spouse, the date distributions are required to begin in accordance with (A) above shall not be earlier than the date on which the Participant would have attained age 70 1/2, and, if the spouse dies before payments begin, subsequent distributions shall be made as if the spouse had been the Participant. (iii) For purposes of paragraph (ii) above, payments will be calculated by use of the return multiples specified in Section 1.72-9 of the Income Tax Regulations. Life expectancy of a surviving spouse may be recalculated annually, however, in the case of any other designated - 41 - Beneficiary, such life expectancy will be calculated at the time payment first commences without further recalculation. (iv) For purpose of this Subsection (c), any amount paid to a child of the Participant will be treated as if it had been paid to the surviving spouse if the amount becomes payable to the surviving spouse when the child reaches the age of majority. (d) Transitional Rule (i) Notwithstanding the other requirements of this Section 12.07 and subject to the requirements of Section 12.08, Joint and Survivor Annuity Requirements, distribution on behalf of any Employee, including a 5-percent owner, may be made in accordance with all of the following requirements (regardless of when such distribution commences): (A) The distribution by the trust is one which would not have disqualified such trust under Section 401(a)(9) of the Internal Revenue Code as in effect prior to amendment by the Deficit Reduction Act of 1984. (B) The distribution is in accordance with a method of distribution designated by the Employee whose interest in the trust is being distributed or, if the Employee is deceased, by a Beneficiary of such Employee. (C) Such designation was in writing, was signed by the Employee or the Beneficiary, and was made before January 1, 1984. (D) The Employee had accrued a benefit under the plan as of December 31, 1983. (E) The method of distribution designated by the Employee or the Beneficiary specifies the time at which distribution will commence, the period over which distributions will be made, and in the case of any distribution upon the Employee's death, the Beneficiaries of the Employee Listed in order of priority. (ii) A distribution upon death will not be covered by this transitional rule unless the information in the designation contains the required information described above with respect to the distributions to be made upon the death of the Employee. (iii) For any distribution which commenced before January 1, 1984, but continues after December 31, 1983, the Employee, or the Beneficiary, to whom such distribution is being made, will be presumed to have designated the method of - 42 - distribution under which the distribution is being made if the method of distribution was specified in writing and the distribution satisfies the requirements in paragraphs (i)(A) and (E) above. (iv) If a designation is revoked, any subsequent distribution must satisfy the requirements of Section 401(a)(9) of the Code, as amended. Any changes in the designation will be considered to be a revocation of the designation. However, the mere substitution or addition of another Beneficiary (one not named in the designation) under the designation will not be considered to be a revocation of the designation, so long as such substitution or addition does not alter the period over which distributions are to be made under the designation, directly or indirectly (for example, by altering the relevant measuring life). 12.08 JOINT AND SURVIVOR ANNUITY REQUIREMENTS - The provisions of this Section shall take precedence over any conflicting provision in this Plan. Except as provided with respect to certain profit sharing plans described in Subsection (e), the provisions of this Section 12.08 shall apply to any Participant who is credited with at least one Hour of Service with the Employer on or after August 23, 1984, and such other Participants as provided in Subsection (f). (a) Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity. Unless an optional form of benefit is selected pursuant to a qualified election within the 90-day period ending on the date benefit payments would commence, a Participant's vested Account balance will be paid in the form of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity, as described in Section 2.38. (b) Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity. Unless an optional form of benefit has been selected within the election period pursuant to a qualified election, if a Participant dies before benefits have commenced, then the Participant's vested Account balance shall be applied toward the purchase of an annuity for the life of the surviving spouse. (c) Definitions. (i) Election period: The period which begins on the first day of the Plan Year in which the Participant attains age 35 and ends on the date of the Participant's death. If a Participant separates from service prior to the first day of the Plan Year in which age 35 is attained, with respect to the Account balance as of the date of separation, the election period shall begin on the date of separation. - 43 - (ii) Earliest retirement age: The earliest date on which, under the Plan, the Participant could elect to receive retirement benefits. (iii) Qualified election: A Waiver of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity or a qualified preretirement survivor annuity. The waiver must be in writing and must be consented to by the Participant's spouse, if any. The spouse's consent to a waiver must be witnessed by a Plan representative or notary public and must be limited to a specific benefit for a specific alternate beneficiary. Notwithstanding this consent requirement, if the Participant establishes to the satisfaction of a Plan representative that such written consent may not be obtained because there is no spouse or the spouse cannot be located, a waiver will be deemed a qualified election. Any consent necessary under this provision will not be valid with respect to any other spouse. Additionally, a revocation of a prior waiver may be made by a Participant without the consent of the spouse at any time before the commencement of benefits. The number of revocations shall not be limited. Any new waiver or change of beneficiary will require a new spousal consent. (iv) Spouse (surviving spouse): The spouse or surviving spouse of the Participant, provided that a former spouse will be treated as the spouse or surviving spouse to the extent provided under a qualified domestic relations order as described in Section 414(p) of the Internal Revenue Code. (d) Notice Requirements. (i) In the case of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity as described in Subsection (a), the Plan Administrator shall provide each Participant within a reasonable period prior to the commencement of benefits a written explanation of: (i) the terms and conditions of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity; (ii) the Participant's right to make and the effect of an election to waive the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity form of benefit; (iii) the rights of a Participant's spouse; and (iv) the right to make, and the effect of, a revocation of a previous election to waive the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity. (ii) In the case of a qualified preretirement survivor annuity as described in Subsection (b), the Plan Administrator shall provide each Participant a written explanation of the qualified preretirement survivor annuity in such terms and in such manner as would be comparable to the explanation provided for meeting the requirements of paragraph (d)(i) applicable to a Qualified joint and Survivor Annuity within whichever of the periods listed below ends last: - 44 - (A) the period beginning with the first day of the Plan Year in which the Participant attains age 32 and ending with the close of the Plan Year preceding the Plan Year in which the Participant attains age 35; (B) a reasonable period (as determined under any applicable regulations) after which the Employee becomes a Participant; (C) a reasonable period (as determined under any applicable regulations) ending after Subparagraph (iii) below ceases to apply; (D) a reasonable period (as determined under any applicable regulations) after the Termination of Employment of a Participant before his attainment of age 35. (iii) Notwithstanding the other requirements of this Subsection (d), the respective notices prescribed by this Section need not be given to a Participant if his Plan "fully subsidizes" the costs of a Qualified joint and Survivor Annuity or qualified preretirement survivor annuity. For purposes of this paragraph (iii), a Plan fully subsidizes the costs of a benefit if under the Plan the failure to waive such benefit by a Participant would not result in a decrease in any Plan benefit with respect to such Participant and would not result in increased contributions from the Participant. (e) Special Rule for Profit-Sharing Plans. (i) This section applies to a profit sharing plan if the following two conditions are met: (A) the Participant cannot or does not elect payments in the form of a life annuity, and (B) on the death of the Participant, the Participant's vested account balance will be paid to the Participant's surviving spouse, but if there is no surviving spouse, or, if the surviving spouse has already consented in a manner conforming to a qualified election, then to the Participant's designated Beneficiary. However, this Subsection (e) shall not be operative with respect to the Participant if it is determined that this profit sharing plan is a direct or indirect transferee of a defined benefit plan, money purchase pension plan (including a target benefit plan), stock bonus, or profit sharing plan which would otherwise provide for a life annuity form of payment to the Participant. If this Subsection (e) is operative, then except to the extent otherwise provided in Subsection (f), the other provisions of this Section 12.08 shall be inoperative. - 45 - (f) Transitional Rules. (i) Any living Participant not receiving benefits on August 23, 1984, who would otherwise not receive the benefits prescribed by the previous Subsections of this Section 12.08 must be given the opportunity to elect to have the prior sections of this Section 12.08 apply if such Participant is credited with at least one Hour of Service under this Plan or a predecessor Plan in a Plan Year beginning on or after January 1, 1976, and such Participant had at least 10 years of vesting service when he or she separated from service. (ii) Any living Participant not receiving benefits on August 23, 1984, who was credited with at least one Hour of Service under this plan or a predecessor plan on or after September 2, 1974, and who is not otherwise credited with any service in a Plan Year beginning on or after January 1, 1976, must be given the opportunity to have his or her benefits paid in accordance with paragraph (f)(iv) below. (iii) The respective opportunities to elect (as described in paragraphs (f)(i) and (ii) above) must be afforded to the appropriate Participants during the period commencing on August 23, 1984, and ending on the date benefits would otherwise commence to said Participants. (iv) Any Participant who has elected pursuant to paragraph (f)(ii) and any Participant who does not elect under paragraph (f)(i) or who meets the requirements of paragraph (f)(i) except that such Participant does not have at least 10 years of vesting service when he or she separates from service, shall have his or her benefits distributed in accordance with all of the following requirements if benefits would have been payable in the form of a life annuity: (A) Automatic joint and survivor annuity. If benefits in the form of a life annuity become payable to a married Participant who: (1) begins to receive payments under the Plan on or after Normal Retirement Age; or (2) dies on or after Normal Retirement Age while still working for the Employer; or (3) begins to receive payments on or after the Qualified Early Retirement Age; or (4) separates from service on or after attaining Normal Retirement Age (or the Qualified Early Retirement Age) and after satisfying the - 46 - eligibility requirements for the payment of benefits under the Plan and thereafter dies before beginning to receive such benefits; then such benefits will be received under this plan in the form of Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity, unless the Participant has elected otherwise during the election period. The election period must begin at least 6 months before the Participant attains Qualified Early Retirement Age and end not more than 90 days before the commencement of benefits. Any election hereunder will be in writing and may be changed by the Participant at any time. (B) Election of early survivor annuity. A Participant who is employed after attaining the Qualified Early Retirement Age will be given the opportunity to elect, during the election period, to have a survivor annuity payable on death. If the Participant elects the survivor annuity, payments under such annuity must not be less than the payments which would have been made to the spouse under the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity if the Participant had retired on the day before his or death. Any election under this provision will be in writing and may be changed by the Participant at any time. The election period begins on the later of (1) the 90th day before the Participant attains the Qualified Early Retirement Age, or (2) the date on which participation begins, and ends on the date the Participant terminates employment. (C) For purposes of this paragraph (f)(iv): (1) Qualified Early Retirement Age is the latest of: (i) the earliest date, under the Plan, on which the Participant may elect to receive retirement benefits, (ii) the first day of the 120th month beginning before the Participant reaches Normal Retirement Age, or (iii) the date the Participant begins participation. (2) Qualified joint and survivor annuity is an annuity for the life of the Participant with a survivor annuity for the life of the spouse as described in Section 2.38. - 47 - 12.09 DISTRIBUTION TO A MINOR PARTICIPANT OR BENEFICIARY - In the event a distribution is to be made to a minor, then the Plan Administrator may, in the Administrator's sole discretion, direct that such distribution be paid to the legal guardian of the minor, or if none, to a parent of such minor or a responsible adult with whom the minor maintains his residence, or to the custodian for such minor under the Uniform Gift to Minors Act, if such is permitted by the laws of the state in which said minor resides. Such a payment to the legal guardian or parent of a minor or to such a custodian shall fully discharge the Trustee, Employer, and Plan from further liability on account thereof. 12.10 LOCATION OF PARTICIPANT OR BENEFICIARY UNKNOWN - In the event that all, or any portion, of the distribution payable to a Participant or his Beneficiary hereunder shall, at the expiration of five years after it shall become payable, remain unpaid solely by reason of the inability of the Plan Administrator, after sending a registered letter, return receipt requested, to the payee's last known address, and after further diligent effort, to ascertain the whereabouts of such Participant or his Beneficiary, the amount so distributable shall be forfeited and allocated in accordance with the terms of this Plan. In the event a Participant or Beneficiary is located subsequent to his benefit being forfeited, such benefit shall be restored. ARTICLE XIII BENEFITS UPON TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT 13.01 GENERAL - Upon a Participant's termination of employment, for any reason other than death, disability, Normal, Early or Late Retirement, the interests and rights of any Participant shall be limited to those contained in this Article XIII. (a) Fully Vested and Nonforfeitable Portion of a Participant's Accrued Benefit. Each Participant's 401(k) Employer and Match accounts, Salary Savings account, Rollover account, Tax Deductible Contribution account and After-Tax Contribution account shall be fully vested and nonforfeitable at all times. (b) Vested Employer Contributions. Each Participant's 401(a) Employer and Match accounts shall be vested to the extent specified in Section 13.01 of the Adoption Agreement, and the remainder, if any, shall be forfeited in accordance with Plan Sections 13.03 and 13.04 and applied as specified in the Adoption Agreement pursuant to Section 5.03. 13.02 FORFEITURES; DISTRIBUTION OF VESTED AMOUNTS - If a Participant terminates employment, and the present value of the Participant's vested Accrued Benefit attributable to all Contributions other than Tax Deductible Voluntary Contributions is not greater than $3,500, the Participant will receive a lump sum distribution of the present value of the entire vested portion of such Accrued Benefit and the nonvested portion will be forfeited and applied in accordance with Section 13.03. However, unless the Plan is a profit sharing plan described in - 48 - Subsection 12.08(e), no distribution shall be made pursuant to the preceding sentence after the first day of the first period for which an amount is received an annuity unless the Participant and his of her spouse (or the Participant's surviving spouse) consent in writing to such distribution. If a Participant terminates employment, and the present value of the Participant's vested Accrued Benefit attributable to both Employer and Employee Contributions and plan transfers (other than Tax Deductible Voluntary Contributions) exceeds $3,500, the payment of such vested benefit shall be deferred to the earliest of the Participant's death, Total and Permanent Disability of attainment of Normal Retirement Age, at which time such vested benefit shall be payable in accordance with Article XII. Notwithstanding the foregoing, such a Participant may elect to have payments commence at any time after the date specified in Section 13.02(1) of the Adoption Agreement. Partial distributions of vested benefits will not be permitted. Unless the Plan is a profit sharing plan described in Subsection 12.08(e), the Participant's spouse (or surviving spouse) must consent to any distribution of vested benefits. The Participant may request any form of distribution permissible under Article XII, including the distribution of a nontransferable annuity contract. The benefit payable as a result of any election pursuant to this paragraph will be the benefit which can be provided by the current value of the Participant's vested Accrued Benefit. If the provisions of this paragraph become operative, the nonvested portion of the Participant's Accrued Benefit shall be forfeited when the Participant incurs five consecutive One Year Breaks in Service or, if earlier, when the Participant or his spouse (or surviving spouse) receives a distribution of his vested Accrued Benefit. Any such forfeitures shall be applied in accordance with Section 13.03. 13.03 APPLICATION OF FORFEITURES - The nonvested portion of the Accrued Benefit of any terminated Participant will be used to reduce Employer Contributions for the Plan Year following the Plan Year in which the forfeiture occurs (or, if the Employer so specifies in Section 5.03 of the Adoption Agreement, such nonvested amounts shall be allocated in the same manner as Employer Contributions at the end of the Plan Year in which the forfeiture occurs). 13.04 RESUMPTION OF SERVICE: RESTORATION OF BENEFITS UPON REEMPLOYMENT - (a) A Participant who terminate service and who subsequently resumes employment with the Employer will again become a Participant on the entry date determined in accordance with Section 3.02 of the Plan. (b) If a Former Participant is subsequently reemployed, the following rule shall also be applicable: (i) If any Former Participant shall be reemployed be the Employer before incurring five consecutive One Year Breaks in Service, and such Former Participant had received a distribution of his vested Accrued Benefit prior to his reemployment, his forfeited Account balance shall be - 49 - reinstated if he repays the full amount attributable to Employer Contributions which was distributed to him. Such repayment must be made by the Former Participant before the date on which the individual incurs five consecutive One Year Breaks in Service following the date of distribution. In the event the Former Participant does repay the full amount distributed to him, the forfeited portion of the Participant's Account must be restored in full, unadjusted be any gains of losses occurring subsequent to the date of distribution. (ii) If any Former Participant who has not received a distribution of his vested Accrued Benefit is rehired before incurring five consecutive One Year Breaks in Service, the amount of any prior forfeiture shall be restored in full, unadjusted by any gains or losses occurring subsequent to the date of forfeiture. (iii) Restorations of forfeitures will be made, in the case of (i) above, as of the date that the Plan Administrator is notified that the required repayment has been received by the Trustee and, in the case of (ii) above, as of the date the Plan Administrator is notified by the Employer that the Participant has resumed service with the Employer. Any forfeiture amount that must be restored to a Participant's Account will be taken from any forfeitures that have not yet been applied and, if the amount of forfeitures available for this purpose is insufficient, the Employer will make a timely supplemental contribution of an amount sufficient to enable the Trustee to restore the forfeiture amount to the Participant's Account. (iv) If a Former Participant resumes Service after incurring five consecutive One Year Breaks in Service, forfeited amounts will not be restored under any circumstances, but unless the Rule of Parity has been elected in Section 13.01(3)(d) of the Adoption Agreement and such Rule applies, both pre-break and post-break service will count for the purposes of vesting the employer-derived account balance that accrued after such Breaks. If a Former Participant resumes service before incurring five consecutive One Year Breaks in Service, both the pre-break and post-break service will count in vesting both any restored pre-break and past-break employer-derived Account balance. 13.05 SERVICE WITH AFFILIATES - As indicated in Plan Section 2.22, in determining a participant's vesting percentage and in determining for purposes of this Article whether an Employee has terminated his employment or has a One Year Break in Service, Hours of Service completed with a member of a Control Group shall be deemed to be Hours of Service completed with the Employer. - 50 - 13.06 EARLY RETIREMENT ELECTION - Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, a Participant who satisfied the Service requirement for early retirement specified in Section 12.02 of the Adoption Agreement and terminated employment with a right to a benefit deferred to his Normal Retirement Age may elect to receive an immediate early retirement benefit at any time on and after the date he attains Early Retirement Age (as specified in Section 12.02 of the Adoption Agreement) and prior to this Normal Retirement Age. A Participant eligible to make an election under this Section may request any optional benefit permitted under Section 12.07. The monthly benefit payable as a result of any election pursuant to this Section will be the monthly benefit which can be provided by the current value of the Participant's Accounts. 13.07 AMENDMENT TO VESTING SCHEDULE - No amendment to the Vesting Schedule shall deprive a Participant of his nonforfeitable rights to benefits accrued to the date of the amendment. Further, if the Vesting Schedule of the Plan is amended, or the Plan is amended in any way that directly or indirectly affects the computation of a Participant's nonforfeitable percentage, certain Participants may elect, within a reasonable period after the adoption of the amendment, to have their nonforfeitable percentage computed under the Plan without regard to such amendment. For Plan Years beginning before 1989, such certain Participants are those with at least 5 Years of Service with the Employer; for Plan Years beginning after 1988, such certain Participants are those with at least 3 Years of Service with the Employer. The period during which the election may be made shall commence with the date the amendment is adopted and shall end on the latest of: (1) 60 days after the amendment is adopted; (2) 60 days after the amendment becomes effective; or (3) 60 days after the Participant is issued written notice of the amendment by the Employer of Plan Administrator. ARTICLE XIV PLAN FIDUCIARY RESPONSIBILITIES 14.01 PLAN FIDUCIARIES - The Plan Fiduciaries shall be: (a) the Employer; (b) the Trustee of the Plan; (c) the Plan Administrator; (d) the Profit Sharing Committee; and such other person or persons as may be designated as a Fiduciary by the Employer in accordance with the further provisions of this Article. - 51 - 14.02 GENERAL FIDUCIARY DUTIES - Each Plan Fiduciary shall discharge his duties solely in the interest of the Participants and their beneficiaries and act: (a) for the exclusive purpose of providing benefits to Participants and their beneficiaries and defraying reasonable expenses of administering the Plan; (b) with the care, skill, prudence and diligence under the circumstances then prevailing that a prudent person acting in a like capacity and familiar with such matters would use in the conduct of an enterprise of a like character and with like aims; (c) by diversifying the investments of the Plan so as to minimize the risk of large losses, unless under the circumstances it is clearly prudent not to do so, if the Fiduciary has the responsibility to invest plan assets; and (d) in accordance with the documents and instruments governing the Plan insofar as such documents and instruments are consistent with the provisions of current laws and regulations. Each Plan Fiduciary shall perform the duties specifically assigned to him. No Plan Fiduciary shall have any responsibility for the performance or non-performance of any duties not specifically allocated to him. 14.03 POWERS, DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE EMPLOYER - (a) The Employer shall be empowered to appoint and remove the Trustee, the Plan Administrator and the Profit Sharing Committee from time to time as it deems necessary for the proper administration of the Plan, to assure that the Plan is being operated for the exclusive benefit of the Participants and their beneficiaries in accordance with the terms of this Agreements, the Internal Revenue Code, and the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (ERISA), as amended. (b) The Employer shall establish a "funding policy and method," i.e., it shall determine whether the Plan has a short run need for liquidity (e.g., to pay benefits) or whether liquidity is a long run goal and investment growth (and stability of same) is a more current need, or shall appoint a qualified person to do so. The Employer or its delegate shall communicate such needs and goals to the Trustee, who shall coordinate such Plan needs with its investment policy. The communication of such "funding policy and method" shall not, however, constitute a directive to the Trustee as to the Investment of the Trust Fund. Such "funding policy and method" shall be consistent with the objectives of this Plan and with the requirements of Title I of ERISA. (c) The Employer may in its discretion appoint an Investment Manager to manage all or a designated portion of the assets of the Plan. In such event, the Trustee shall follow the directives of the - 52 - Investment Manager in investing the assets of the Plan managed by the Investment Manager. While there is an Investment Manager, the Employer shall have no obligation under this Plan with regard to the performance or non-performance of the duties delegated to the Investment Manager. (d) The Employer shall periodically, but not less frequently than annually, review the performance of any Fiduciary or other person to whom duties have been delegated or allocated by it under the provisions of this Plan or pursuant to procedures established hereunder. This requirement may be satisfied by formal periodic review by the Employer or by a qualified person specifically designated by the Employer, through day-to-day conduct and evaluation, or through other appropriate ways. 14.04 POWERS, DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE TRUSTEE -The specific powers, duties and responsibilities of the Trustee are set forth in Article XV. In general the Trustee shall: (a) invest plan assets, subject to direction from the Employer, from any duly appointed Investment Manager or from Participants if the Plan permits participants to direct the Investment of their Accounts in life insurance policies; (b) maintain adequate records of receipts, disbursements and other transactions involving the plan; and (c) prepare such reports, statements, tax returns and other forms as may be required under the Trust or applicable laws and regulations. 14.05 POWERS, DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE PLAN ADMINISTRATOR - The Employer may appoint one or more Plan Administrators. Any person, including, but not limited to, the directors, shareholders, officers and Employees shall be eligible to serve as the Administrator. Any person so appointed shall signify his acceptance by filing written acceptance with the Employer. An Administrator may resign by delivering his written resignation to the Employer or be removed by the Employer by delivery of written notice of removal. The Employer, upon the resignation or removal of an Administrator, may designate in writing a successor the this position. If the Employer does not appoint an Administrator, the Employer will function as the Plan Administrator. The Insurer may not be appointed as the Plan Administrator. The specific powers and responsibilities of the Plan Administrator are to: (a) administer the Plan on a day-to-day basis in accordance with the provisions of this Plan and all other pertinent documents; (b) retain and maintain Plan records including Participant census data, participation dates, compensation records, and such other records as may be necessary or desirable for proper Plan administration; - 53 - (c) prepare and arrange for delivery to Participants such summaries, descriptions, announcements and reports as are required to be given to Participants under applicable laws and regulations; (d) file with the U.S. Department of Labor, the Internal Revenue Service and other regulatory agencies on a timely basis all required reports, forms and other documents; and (e) prepare and furnish to the Trustee sufficient records and data to enable the Trustee to properly perform its obligations under the Trust. 14.06 POWERS, DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE PROFIT SHARING COMMITTEE - The Employer may appoint a Profit Sharing Committee consisting of three or more members, one of whom shall be designated by the Employer as chairman. Each member of the Committee and its chairman shall serve at the pleasure of the Employer. If a Committee is not appointed, the duties and responsibilities set forth in this Section and in Article XIX shall be those of the Plan Administrator. If the Employer appoints a Profit Sharing Committee, the Committee shall: (a) interpret and construe the Plan; (b) determine questions of eligibility and of rights of Participants and their beneficiaries; (c) provide guidelines for the Plan Administrator, as required for the orderly and uniform administration of the plan; and (d) exercise overall control of the operation and administration of the Plan in matters not allocated to some other Fiduciary either by the terms of this Plan or by delegation from the Employer. 14.07 APPOINTMENT OF ADVISORS - The Trustee, the Plan Administrator and the Profit Sharing Committee, with the consent of the Employer, may appoint counsel, specialists, advisors and such other persons as they deem necessary or desirable in connection with the administration of this Plan. 14.08 INFORMATION FROM EMPLOYER - To enable the Plan Administrator to perform his functions, the Employer shall supply full and timely information to the Plan Administrator on all matters relating to the Compensation of all Participants, their Hours of Service, their Years of Service, their retirement, death, disability, or termination of employment, and such other pertinent facts as the Administrator may require; and the Administrator shall advise the Trustee and the Profit Sharing Committee of such of the foregoing facts as may be pertinent to their duties under the Plan. All Fiduciaries may rely upon such information as is supplied by the Employer and shall have no duty or responsibility to verify such information. - 54 - 14.09 PAYMENT OF EXPENSES - All expenses of administration may be paid out of the Trust Fund unless paid by the Employer. Such expenses shall include any expenses incident to the functioning of the Plan Administrator, the Trustee and the Profit Sharing Committee, including, but not limited to, fees of accountants, counsel, and other specialists, and other costs of administering the Plan. Until paid, the expenses shall constitute a liability of the Trust Fund. However, the Employer may reimburse the Trust for any administration expense incurred pursuant to the above. Any administration expense paid to the Trust as a reimbursement shall not be considered as an Employer contribution. 14.10 ALLOCATION AND DELEGATION OF PLAN ADMINISTRATOR AND TRUSTEE RESPONSIBILITIES - If more than one person is appointed as Plan Administrator or Trustee, the responsibilities of each Administrator and Trustee may be specified by the Employer and accepted in writing by each Fiduciary. In the event that no such delegation is made by the Employer, the Plan Administrators and trustees may allocate their responsibilities among themselves, in which event they shall notify the Employer in writing of such action and indicate their specific responsibilities. The Employer and other Fiduciaries thereafter shall accept and rely upon any documents executed by the appropriate Fiduciary until such time as the Employer revokes any such allocation or designation. 14.11 MAJORITY ACTIONS - Except where there has been an allocation and delegation of Fiduciary responsibilities pursuant to Section 14.10, if there shall be more than one Plan Administrator or Trustee, They shall act by majority vote, but may authorize one or more of them to sign all papers on their behalf. The Profit Sharing Committee shall act by majority vote of all members. All actions, determinations, interpretations and decisions of Plan Fiduciaries with respect to any matter within their jurisdiction will be conclusive and binding an all persons. Any person may rely conclusively upon any action if certified by the appropriate Fiduciary. 14.12 RECORDS AND REPORTS - Each Fiduciary shall keep a record of all actions taken and shall keep all other books of account, records, and other data that may be necessary for proper administration of the Plan. The Plan Administrator shall be responsible for supplying all information and reports to the Internal Revenue Service, Department of Labor, Participants, beneficiaries and others as required by law. ARTICLE XV TRUSTEE AND TRUST FUND INVESTMENTS 15.01 IN GENERAL - Subject to the direction of the Employer or any duly appointed Investment Manager in accordance with Section 15.05 (or subject to the direction of Participants if the Plan permits Participants to direct the purchase of life insurance Policies), the Trustee shall receive all contributions to the Trust and shall hold, - 55 - invest, manage, and control the whole or any part of the assets in accordance with the provisions of the Trust. The Trustee, in signing the Trust, accepts and agrees to carry out all of the provisions of the Trust. 15.02 APPOINTMENT, RESIGNATION AND REMOVAL OF TRUSTEE - The Employer shall select an individual or individuals or institution to serve as Trustee. The Employer may remove a Trustee by delivering to such Trustee a written notice of removal. A Trustee may resign as Trustee upon giving written notice to the Employer. Such removal or resignation shall become effective upon the date specified in such written notice, which date shall not be less than thirty (30) days subsequent to the delivery of such written notice. In the event of such removal or resignation, a successor Trustee shall be appointed by the Employer. Such successor Trustee, upon accepting the appointment by an instrument in writing delivered to the Employer, shall become vested with all rights, power, duties, privileges and immunities as Trustee as if he, they, or it had originally been designated as Trustee of the Trust. Upon such appointment and acceptance, the replaced Trustee shall execute any instruments necessary to transfer to the successor Trustee all assets held under the Trust. 15.03 POWERS OF TRUSTEE - The Trustee shall have all of the power necessary for carrying out the purposes of this Trust, and without limiting the powers and authority of the Trustee, the Trustee shall have the right at any time and from time to time with respect to any or all of the property which shall at any time or times form part of the principal or income of the Trust: (a) To sell, grant options to purchase, exchange or alter assets of the Trust Fund or any of them; to enter into any contract without personal liability thereon; (b) To invest and reinvest all funds from time to time available for investment or reinvestment in any kind of income-producing property, real or personal, as the Trustee shall deem proper and for the best interests of the Trust; (c) To cause any of the investments to be registered in its name or in the name of its nominee; any corporation or its transfer agent may presume conclusively that such nominee is the actual owner of any investment submitted for transfer; (d) To delegate powers, discretionary or otherwise, for any purpose to one or more nominees or proxies with or without power of substitution and to make assignments to, and deposits with, committees, trustees, agents, depositaries and other representatives; to retain any investment received in exchange in any reorganization or recapitalization; (e) To settle, compromise, contest or abandon claims or demands in favor of or against the Trust Fund; - 56 - (f) To borrow money, assume indebtedness, extend mortgages and encumber by mortgage or pledge; (g) To vote and exercise all stockholder's or other rights with respect to any share of stock or security held by the Trustees; (h) To determine the market value of any investment of the Trust Fund for any purpose on the basis of such quotations, evidence, date or information as the Trustee may deem pertinent and reliable without any limitation whatever; (i) To collect principal and income due or payable to the Trust and to give a receipt therefore; (j) To take any and all further action necessary or advisable in order to carry out the provisions and purpose of the Trust. 15.04 INVESTMENT OF TRUST FUND - In order to provide retirement benefits for Participants, the Trustee may invest Plan assets in a group annuity contract or in life insurance Policies issued by the Insurer. The Insurer shall only issue group annuity contracts and in life insurance Policies which conform to the terms of the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event may amounts allocated to a Participant's Tax Deductible Contribution Account be invested in Policies of life insurance. In addition to the above, the Trustee shall have power to invest all or part of the Trust Fund in such funds including any common trust fund or funds, whether operated by the Trustee as a part of its trust or banking operations or by any bank or trust company, stocks, bonds, mutual funds or other securities, contracts, savings bank accounts, savings certificates, or other investments of any and every nature permissible under applicable laws and regulations. 15.05 EMPLOYER OR INVESTMENT MANAGER MAY DIRECT INVESTMENT PROGRAM - The Employer, at its discretion, shall have full authority to direct the Trustee in the investments of the Trust Fund or the Employer may appoint an Investment Manager to so direct the Trustee. Any such direction shall be in writing bearing an authorized signature, and may be of a continuing nature or otherwise. 15.06 PARTICIPANT DIRECTED INVESTMENTS - If so specified in Section 17.01 of the Adoption Agreement, each Participant may direct the Trustee to invest amounts allocated to his Accounts in Policies of life insurance. Provided, however, that amounts allocated to a Participant's Tax Deductible Contribution Account may not be invested in such Policies. Any such investment shall be subject to the restrictions on payment of life insurance premiums described in Section 2.36 and shall also be subject to the rules and requirements of Article XVII. Neither the Trustee nor any other person, including the Plan Administrator, shall be under any duty to question any such direction of the Participant or to make any suggestions to the Participant in connection therewith, and the Trustee shall comply as promptly as practicable with directions given by the Participant hereunder. Any - 57 - such direction may be of a continuing nature or otherwise and may be revoked by the Participant at any time in such form as the Trustee may require. The Trustee shall not be responsible or liable for any loss or expense which may arise from or result from compliance with any directions from the Participant nor shall the Trustee be responsible for, or liable for, any loss or expense which may result from the Trustee's refusal or failure to comply with any directions from the Participant. The Trustee may refuse to comply with any direction from the Participant in the event the Trustee, in its sole and absolute discretion, deems such directions improper by virtue of applicable law. Any costs and expenses related to compliance with the Participant's directions shall be borne by the appropriate Account of the Participant. 15.07 RELIANCE ON INSTRUCTIONS - The Trustee may rely on any order, request, or other paper believed by the Trustee to be genuine and to be signed or presented by the proper party or parties and may rely upon the Plan Administrator for the mailing addresses of Participants and Employees. 15.08 BANK ACCOUNTS - The Trustee shall have the right to maintain one or more bank accounts for funds belonging to the Trust and to make deposits in and withdrawals therefrom. 15.09 VOTING AND OTHER ACTION - The Trustee shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the Plan Administrator, all notices, prospectuses, financial statements, proxies and proxy soliciting materials relating to investment company shares, stocks, securities and other such investments held by the Trustee as part of the Trust Fund. 15.10 RECORDS AND ACCOUNTING - The Trustee shall keep accurate and detailed records of all receipts, investments, disbursements and other transactions required to be performed under the Trust. No later than sixty days after the close of each Plan year (or after the Trustee's resignation), the Trustee shall file with the Employer a written report or reports which shall indicate the receipts, disbursements and other transactions effected by it during such year (or period ending with such resignation) and the assets and liabilities of the Trust at its close. Such report or reports shall be open to inspection by the Employer for a period of sixty days immediately following the date on which it is filed with the Employer. 15.11 RETURNS AND REPORTS - The Plan Administrator shall furnish to the Trustee, and the Trustee shall furnish to the Plan Administrator, such information relevant to the Trust as may be required under the Internal Revenue Code and Regulations and by the Federal Department of Labor. The Trustee shall keep such records and file with the Internal Revenue Service such returns and other information concerning the Trust as may be required of it under the Internal Revenue Code and Regulations issued or forms adopted thereunder. 15.12 FEES TAXES AND EXPENSES - The Trustee shall pay out of the Trust Fund all real and personal taxes and other taxes of any and all kinds levied or assessed under existing or future laws against the Trust Fund. The Trustee shall be paid such reasonable compensation as shall from time - 58 - to time be agreed upon by the Employer and the Trustee. Such compensation and all expenses of administration of the Trust, including counsel fees, shall be withdrawn by the Trustee out of the Trust Fund unless paid by the Employer. Provided, however, compensation shall not be provided for any Trustee who is employed on a full-time basis by the Employer. ARTICLE XVI THE INSURER 16.01 INSURER NOT A PARTY TO THE TRUST - the Insurer shall be protected in treating the Trustee as absolute owner of any group annuity contract or life insurance Policy issued to the Trustee and may rely on directions received from the Trustee. The Insurer shall not be required to take or permit any action contrary to the provisions of any group annuity contract or life insurance Policy issued hereunder, or be bound to allow any benefit or privilege to any Plan Participant covered by the contract which is not provided for in such contract or Policy. The Insurer shall deal with and accept the signature of the Trustee in connection with any changes or actions under its group annuity contract or Policy and shall have no liability to inquire as to the Trustee's authority nor to determine that the Trustee has obtained any necessary direction, signature, or consents. Any sums paid out by the Insurer under any of the terms of any group annuity contract or life insurance Policy to the Trustee or in accordance with his direction or to any other person or persons to whom payment should be made shall be a complete and full discharge of liability of such payment, and the Insurer shall have no obligations as to the disposition of any funds to be paid. The Insurer shall be fully protected in accepting premiums on any group annuity contract or life insurance Policy it may issue under this Trust and shall have no responsibility to make any inquiry as to the Trustee's authority to make such payment. The Insurer shall be fully protected at all times in dealing with the person or corporation who is Trustee according to the latest notification received by the Insurer at its Home Office. No amendment to this Trust shall, regardless of its provisions, deprive the Insurer of any of its exemptions and immunities hereunder. ARTICLE XVII LIFE INSURANCE POLICIES 17.01 GENERAL RULES - If and to the extent permitted by Section 17.01 of the Adoption Agreement, at the request and direction of a Participant the Trustee shall invest in life insurance Policies, subject to the following: - 59 - (a) each Policy shall be issued by the Insurer to the Trustee only and shall provide for premiums payable in accordance with the terms of the Policy. Purchase of Policies in accordance with this Section 17.01 shall constitute an investment of amounts allocated to the appropriate Account of the Participant, and each such Account shall be reduced by the amount paid for such Policies, (b) as provided in Section 12.06, the Trustee shall be designated as beneficiary of any Policy issued hereunder, and upon the death of the Participant the Trustee shall pay or apply the Policy proceeds for the benefit of the appropriate Plan Beneficiary, (c) each Policy shall be a Policy between the Insurer and Trustee and shall reserve to the Trustee all rights, options and benefits, (d) each life insurance Policy shall provide a full or increasing death benefit, (e) each Policy shall provide settlement options (including lump sum cash payment in the event of the surrender or maturity of such Policy) subject, however, to Section 12.07, (f) any dividend payable while a Policy is on a premium paying basis shall be applied or accumulated as indicated on the Policy application for the benefit of the Participant on whose life the Policy was issued, (g) all classes of life insurance Policies purchased hereunder shall be alike or substantially alike as to settlement option provisions, cash values, and as to other Policy provisions, subject, however, to the provisions of Sections 17.01(h), 17.01(i) and 17.01(j), (h) if an eligible Employee is determined to be insurable by the Insurer at its standard rates, a Policy shall be obtained upon his life, if available from the Insurer, which provides a life insurance death benefit prior to retirement to which the eligible Employee is entitled, (i) if an eligible Employee is not insurable at the standard rates of such Insurer, if permitted under the Policy being issued, the Policy shall provide for a reduced but increasing death benefit as determined by the Insurer (usually called increasing or graded death benefit), (j) if an eligible Employee is not insurable at the standard rates of the Insurer, each Employee may elect to pay any excess premium that may be required in order to obtain a Policy providing for full death benefits described in Section 17.01(h), if the Insurer shall agree to issue such a Policy,. (k) the Insurer shall only issue Policies which conform to the terms of the Plan, - 60 - (1) in no event may amounts allocated to a Participant's Tax Deductible Contribution Account be invested in Policies of life insurance. 17.02 PROCEDURE FOLLOWED TO OBTAIN POLICIES - The Trustee shall apply to the Insurer for Policies on the lives of Participants with completed applications as may be required by the Insurer, such Policies to have benefits which are purchasable by a premium equal to the portion of the contribution allocated for that purpose. 17.03 KEY MAN INSURANCE - The Trustee shall have the power, which shall be exercised upon direction of the Employer or any duly appointed Investment Manager, to invest in life insurance Policies on the lives of key Employees of the Employer, payable on death to the Trust as beneficiary. Such Policies shall be vested exclusively in the Trustee for the benefit of the Trust, and death proceeds received under any such Policy shall be considered to be an additional Employer Contribution. 17.04 SUPPLEMENTARY POLICY BENEFITS - Subject to the limitations of Section 4.04 (Voluntary After-Tax Contribution), the Trustee upon the request of any Participant upon whose life a Policy of life insurance is in existence may apply for supplementary agreements to such Policy providing for family income, additional death benefits, reducing or level term insurance benefits, or waiver of premiums or waiver of premiums and monthly income during total and permanent disability in accordance with the rules and practices of the Insurer. The premiums for such benefits shall be paid by the Participant through his Employer to the Trustee who shall pay the premium to the Insurer. The death benefit payable under the supplementary agreement shall be payable to the beneficiary or beneficiaries designated by the Participant through the Trustee and in the manner requested in such designation, subject to the terms of such supplementary agreement and to the rules and practices of the Insurer. The Trustee shall continue to have title and control of all Policies subject to this Plan in manner provided for herein. If such supplementary agreements shall be entered into, the Trustee and each Participant who requests and receives such supplementary agreement shall enter into a letter agreement generally explaining the rights and duties of said Participant with respect to said supplementary agreement, one copy of which shall be filed with the Trustee, the Participant and the Employer. Any payments made by a Participant under this Section 17.04 or Section 17.01(j) shall be considered as After-Tax Contributions and will be subject to the limitations of Section 4.04. ARTICLE XVIII TRANSFER OF ASSETS, ROLLOVER CONTRIBUTIONS 18.01 TRANSFER FROM OTHER QUALIFIED PLANS - With the consent of the Plan Administrator, the Trustee may accept funds and property transferred from other pension, profit sharing or stock bonus plans qualified under - 61 - Code Section 401(a) or Rollover Contributions, provided that the plan from which such funds and property are transferred permits the transfer to be made. In the event of a transfer to this Plan, the Trustee shall maintain a 100% vested and nonforfeitable account for the amount transferred and its share of the Trust Fund's accretions or losses, to be known as the Participant's Rollover Account. "Rollover Contribution" means any rollover amount or rollover contribution described in Code Section 402(a)(5), 403(a)(4), 408(d) or 409(b)(3)(c). An Employee who makes a contribution to the Plan described in this Section shall become a Plan Participant on the date the Trustee accepts the contribution. However, no 401(k) or Regular Employer contributions will be made on behalf of such Employee nor will the Employee be eligible to enter into a salary reduction agreement, to share in Plan forfeitures or to make Voluntary After-Tax Contributions until the Employee satisfies the Plan eligibility requirements set forth in Adoption Agreement Section 3.02. 18.02 PARTICIPANT TRANSFER TO OTHER QUALIFIED PLANS - Upon the request of a Participant upon his termination of employment, the Trustee at the direction of the Plan Administrator shall transfer the vested portion of his Accrued Benefit, if any, to another pension, profit sharing or stock bonus plan maintained by such Participant's employer and meeting the requirements of Code Section 401(a), provided that the plan to which such transfer is to be made permits the transfer. ARTICLE XIX CLAIMS PROCEDURE 19.01 CLAIMS FIDUCIARY - The Profit Sharing Plan Committee will act as Claims Fiduciary except to the extent that the Board of Directors of the Employer has allocated the function to someone else. 19.02 CLAIMS FOR BENEFITS - Claims for benefits under the Plan must be made in writing to the Plan Administrator. For the purpose of this procedure, "claim" means a request for a Plan benefit by a Participant or a Beneficiary of a Participant. If the basis of the claim includes documentation not a part of the records of the Plan or of the Employer, all such documentation must be included with the claim. 19.03 NOTICE OF DENIAL OF CLAIM - If a claim if wholly or partially denied, the Plan Administrator shall notify the claimant of the denial of the claim within a reasonable period of time. Such notice of denial (i) shall be in writing, (ii) shall be written in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant, and (iii) shall contain (a) the specific reason or reasons for denial of the claim, (b) a specific reference to the pertinent Plan provisions upon which the denial is based, (c) a description of any additional material or information necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim, along with the explanation why such - 62 - material or information is necessary, and (d) an explanation of the Plan's claim review procedure. Unless special circumstances require an extension of time for processing the claim, the Plan Administrator shall notify the claimant of the claim denial no later than 90 days after the Administrator's receipt of the claim. If such an extension is required, written notice of the extension shall be furnished to the claimant prior to the termination of the initial 90-day period. In no event shall such extension exceed a period of 90 days from the end of such initial period. The extension notice shall indicate the special circumstances requiring the extension of time and the date by which the Plan Administrator expects to render the final decision. 19.04 REQUEST FOR REVIEW OF DENIAL OF CLAIM - Within 120 days of the receipt by the claimant of the written notice of denial of the claim or if the claim has not been granted within a reasonable period of time, the claimant or his duly authorized representative may file a written request with the Claims Fiduciary to conduct a full and fair review of the denial of the claimant's claim for benefit. In connection with the claimant's appeal of the denial of his benefit, the claimant or his duly authorized representative may review pertinent documents and may submit issues and comments in writing. 19.05 DECISION ON REVIEW OF DENIAL OF CLAIM - The Claims Fiduciary shall deliver to the claimant a written decision on the claim promptly, but not later than 60 days after the receipt of the claimant's request for review, except that if there are special circumstances which require an extension of time for processing, the aforesaid 60-day period may be extended to 120 days by written notice delivered to the claimant prior to the expiration of the initial 60-day period. Such decision shall (i) be written in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant, (ii) include specific reasons for the decision, and (iii) contain specific references to the pertinent plan provisions upon which the decision is based. ARTICLE XX AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION 20.01 AMENDMENT OF PLAN - The right is reserved to the employer to amend its plan at any time and from time to time and all parties or any person claiming any interest hereunder shall be bound thereby; except no person having an already vested interest in such plan shall be deprived of any interest already existing nor have such interest adversely affected. No such amendment shall have the effect of vesting in the Employer any right, title or interest to any Policy, group annuity contract or funds held under the Trust. The decision of the Employer shall be binding upon the Participants and all other persons and parties interested, as to whether or not any amendment does deprive a Participant or any other person or adversely affects such interest. The consent of the Trustee shall not be necessary to any Plan amendment unless in his opinion his duties or liabilities have been increased. No amendment to the Adoption Agreement shall be made or shall be valid if it would result in causing the Employer's Plan to become disqualified under the controlling provisions of the Internal Revenue - 63 - Code or any its applicable Regulations or applicable and controlling rulings of the Secretary of the Treasury or his delegate, or under final decisions of any Federal Court. Participants shall be notified of any Plan amendments. No such amendment shall affect any other Employer who had adopted this Plan. No amendment to the Plan shall decrease a Participant's Account balance or eliminate an optional form of distribution. Furthermore, no amendment to the Plan shall have the affect of decreasing a Participant's vested interest determined without regard to such amendment as of the later of the date such amendment is adopted or the date it becomes effective. An adopting Employer may amend the Plan by adding overriding plan language to the Adoption Agreement where such language is necessary to satisfy Sections 415 or 416 of the Internal Revenue Code because of the required aggregation of multiple plans under these Sections. Except for (i) changes to the choice of options in the Adoption Agreement or (ii) amendments stated in the Adoption Agreement which allow the plan to satisfy Section 415 of the Internal revenue Code or to avoid duplication of minimums under section 416 of the Code because of the required aggregation of multiple plans, if the adopting Employer amends the Plan or nonelective portions of the Adoption Agreement, it will no longer participate in the master or prototype plan, but will be considered to have an individually designed plan. In the case of any merger, consolidation with or transfer of assets or liabilities by the Employer to another Plan, each Participant in the Plan on the date of the transaction shall have a benefit in the surviving Plan (determined as if such Plan were terminated immediately after the transaction) at least equal to the benefit to which he would have been entitled to receive immediately prior to the transaction if the Plan had then terminated. However, this provision shall not be construed to be a termination or discontinuance of Plan or to be a guarantee of a specific level of benefits from this Plan. 20.02 AMENDMENT OF PROTOTYPE PLAN AND ADOPTION AGREEMENT - Subject to Section 20.01, State Mutual Life Assurance Company of America may amend this Prototype Plan and Trust and Adoption Agreement, and, if amended, shall mail or deliver to each adopting Employer who has registered with State Mutual a copy of such amendment as it has been approved by the Internal Revenue Service. Each employer and Trustee shall deemed to have consented to any such amendment by its original execution of the Adoption Agreement for this Plan and Trust unless the State Mutual Life Assurance Company of America is otherwise advised in writing by the Employer. 20.03 EMPLOYER MAY DISCONTINUE PLAN - The Employer reserves the right at any time to reduce its annual payments, to partially terminate the Plan or to terminate the Plan in its entirety. Any such termination or partial termination of such Plan shall become effective immediately upon receipt by the Trustee of a written notice from the Employer of such action. - 64 - In the event of the liquidation of the Employer or the bona fide sale of the controlling interest thereof, such Employer or its successors or assigns shall not be obligated to continue this Plan. In the event of termination of the Plan there shall be a 100% vesting and nonforfeitability of all rights and benefits under this Trust and Plan of all affected Participants irrespective of their length of participation under the Plan. However, the Trust shall remain in existence, and all of the provisions of the Trust shall remain in force which are necessary in the sole opinion of the Trustees, other than the provisions relating to Employer contributions. All of the assets on hand on the date of termination or discontinuance of contributions shall be held, administered and distributed by the Trustees in the manner provided in the Plan, except that a participant shall have a 100% vested and nonforfeitable interest in his Accrued Benefit, subject to Section 20.05. Subject to Section 20.05, in the event of Plan termination any other remaining assets of the Trust Fund shall also be vested in Participants on a pro rata basis based on their respective account balances (other than their Tax Deductible Voluntary Contributions and Rollover accounts) in relation to the aggregate of all such account balances. In the event of a partial termination of Plan, this section will only apply to those Participants who are affected by such partial termination of Plan. In the event that the Employer shall decide to terminate completely the Plan and Trust, they shall be terminated as of a date to be specified in a notice to be delivered to the Trustees. Upon termination of the Plan and Trust, after payment of all expenses and proportional adjustment of Participants' accounts to reflect such expenses, fund profits or losses and reallocations to the date of termination, each Participant shall be entitled to receive any amounts then credited to his accounts. The Trustee may make payment of such amounts in cash, in assets of the fund, or in the form of an immediate or deferred annuity, whichever the Plan Administrator may direct. 20.04 DISCONTINUANCE OF CONTRIBUTIONS - In the event that the Employer shall completely discontinue its contributions, the account of each affected Participant shall be fully vested and nonforfeitable. After a discontinuance of contributions, Plan benefits shall be payable to Participants or their Beneficiary upon death, disability, retirement, termination of employment or termination of Plan in accordance with the provisions of the Plan applicable upon the occurrence of any such event. 20.05 RETURN OF EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS UNDER SPECIAL CIRCUMSTANCES - Notwithstanding any provisions of this Plan and Trust to the contrary: (a) Any contributions made by the Employer because of a mistake of fact must be returned to the Employer within one year of the contributions. - 65 - (b) In the event that the Commissioner of Internal Revenue determines that the Plan is not initially qualified under the Internal Revenue Code, any contribution made incident to that initial qualification by the Employer must be returned to the Employer within one year after date the initial qualification is denied, but only if the application for the qualification is made by the time prescribed by law for filing the Employer's return for the taxable year in which the Plan is adopted, or such later date as the Secretary of the Treasury may prescribe. ARTICLE XXI MISCELLANEOUS 21.01 PROTECTION OF EMPLOYEE INTEREST - To the extent permitted by law, none of the benefits, proceeds, payments, or amounts held or paid by the Trustee or Insurer under the terms of this Trust shall be subject to the claims of creditors of Participants or beneficiaries of this Trust. Wherever possible, any Policy, group annuity contract or certificate providing for the payment or retirement benefits to the Plan Participants shall contain a provision which shall substantially provide that such proceeds shall be free from claims of creditors of the annuitant, payee or beneficiary under such Policy, contract or certificate to the extent permitted by the law of the state having jurisdiction over the proceeds of such contract or certificate. If any Participant shall attempt to alienate or assign his interest provided by the Trust, the Trustee shall take such steps as it deems necessary to preserve such interest for the benefit of the Participant or his Beneficiary. This provision does not preclude the Trustee from complying with a qualified domestic relations order, as defined in Code Section 414(p) or any domestic relations order entered before January 1, 1985. 21.02 MEANING OF WORDS USED IN PLAN AND TRUST - Wherever any words are used herein in the masculine gender, they shall be construed as though they were also used in the feminine or neuter gender in all cases where they would so apply. Wherever any words are used herein in the singular form, they shall be construed as though they were also used in the plural form in all cases where they would so apply. Titles used herein are for general information only and this Plan and Trust is not to be construed by reference thereto. - 66 - EX-5 5 g83562exv5.txt EX-5 OPINION REGARDING ERISA Exhibit 5 June 30, 2003 Securities and Exchange Commission 450 Fifth Street, N:W. Judiciary Square Washington, DC 20549 Re. First BanCorp. Form S-8 Registration Statement Ladies and Gentlemen: We are counsel to First BanCorp. (the "Company") and have acted as counsel to the Company in connection with the filing by the Company on or about June 30, 2003 of its registration statement on Form S-8 (the "Registration Statement") under the Securities Act of 1933 (the "Act") and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (the "Rules and Regulations"). The Registration Statement relates to two hundred and fifty thousand (250,000) shares of the common stock, par value $1 per share of the Company (the "Company Stock"), which may be allocated to the accounts of eligible employees participating in the FirstBank 401(k) Retirement Plan for Residents of Puerto Rico (the "Plan") of FirstBank Puerto Rico, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, and interests therein. This opinion, given as of the date hereof, is based upon facts and conditions presently known and laws and regulations presently in effect, and is being delivered pursuant to Item 601 of Regulation S-K under the Act as required by Item 8 of the Registration Statement. As counsel of the Company and in rendering this opinion we have examined the Plan documents and other related written documentation as we have deemed necessary or appropriate to provide a basis for the opinion set forth below. In our examination, we have assumed the conformity to original documents submitted to us as photostatic copies, the Securities and Exchange Commission June 30, 2003 Page 2 genuineness of all signatures and the taking of all appropriate or required corporate action in relation with the Plan. On the basis of the foregoing, we are of the opinion that the provisions of the written documents constituting the Plan are in compliance with the requirements of Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, pertaining to such provisions. We are members of the bar of the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico and the opinion set forth herein is limited to matters governed by the Federal laws of the United States of America. This opinion is being furnished to you solely for your benefit in connection with the filing of the Registration Statement pursuant to the Act and the Rules and Regulations and is not to be used, circulated, quoted, relied upon or otherwise referred to for any other purpose, without our prior written consent. We hereby consent to the use of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and to the reference to this opinion under the caption "Legal Opinions" therein. This consent is not to be construed as an admission that we are within the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7(a) of the Act or the Rules and Regulations. Very truly yours, Fiddler, Gonzalez & Rodriguez, P.S.C. EX-23.1 6 g83562exv23w1.txt EX-23.1 CONSENTS OF PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP EXHIBIT 23.1 [PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP LETTERHEAD] CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in this Registration Statement on Form S-8 of First BanCorp relating to the FirstBank 401(K) Retirement Plan for Residents of Puerto Rico (the "Registration Statement") of our report dated March 7, 2003 relating to the financial statements of First BanCorp, which appears in the 2002 Annual Report to Shareholders of First BanCorp, which is incorporated by reference in First BanCorp's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002. We also consent to the incorporation by reference in this Registration Statement of our report dated June 20, 2003 relating to the financial statements of the FirstBank 401(K) Retirement Plan for Residents of Puerto Rico, which appears in the Annual Report of First BanCorp. on Form 11-K for the year ended December 31, 2002. /s/ PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP San Juan, Puerto Rico June 26, 2003 -----END PRIVACY-ENHANCED MESSAGE-----

EX-4.3

                                                                     EXHIBIT 4.3

FIRSTBANK 401(K) RETIREMENT PLAN FOR RESIDENTS OF PUERTO RICO

PLAN SPECIFICATIONS

The following plan specifications are provided merely to assist in the
preparation of the legal document necessary for the establishment of the savings
and investment plan. While counsel should feel free to make any changes he
considers appropriate, certain provisions have been included in these plan
specifications to comply with .the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of
1974, the Puerto Rico Internal Revenue Code of 1994 and the Income Tax
Regulations issued thereunder.

THE FIRSTBANK 401(K) RETIREMENT PLAN FOR RESIDENTS OF PUERTO RICO

STATEMENT OF PURPOSE

The First Federal Savings Bank has had in effect since May 15, 1965 The First
Federal Savings Bank 401(k) Retirement Plan (Puerto Rico), to which it made
contributions for the purpose of sharing its profits with its employees in order
to provide for the accumulation of funds for the benefit of eligible employees
and their beneficiaries in the manner and to the extent set forth in such plan.
The plan document, hereinafter set forth, and its related trust agreement,
constitutes an amendment in its entirety to said plan which is continued
effective as of January 1, 2000 with respect to employees and participants who
had not yet retired, terminated employment or died as of such date. The rights
of anyone covered under the plan prior to January 1, 2000, who retired,
terminated employment or died before that date, shall be determined in
accordance with the terms and provisions of the plan in effect on the date of
such retirement, termination of employment or death, except as otherwise
specifically provided herein. This Plan, together with the Trust Agreement, is
intended to meet the application requirements of the following Statutes: the
Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 ("ERISA "); and the Puerto Rico
Internal Revenue Code of 1994 (the "Code") and the Income Tax Regulation
("I.T.R"). This Plan shall be amended from time to time to conform to the
requirements of ERISA, the Code and the I.T.R. In adopting this Plan, the
Adopting Company elects per Section 1O22(i) of ERISA, not to be covered under
Title II of ERISA.

ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS

For purposes of the Plan, the following words and phrases shall have the
following meanings unless a different meaning is plainly required by the
context. Wherever used, the masculine pronoun shall include the feminine
pronoun, the feminine pronoun shall include the masculine, the singular shall
include the plural, and the plural shall include the singular.

1.01 " Account"



The interest of a Participant in the Trust Fund as represented by his accounts
as designated below.

(a) "Elective Deferral Contribution Account" -Portion of Trust Fund attributable
to a Participant's Elective Deferral Contributions in accordance with the
provisions of Section 3.01 and the provisions of the Plan in effect prior to the
Supplemental Effective Date.

(b) "401 (k) Matching Contribution Account" -Portion of Trust Fund attributable
to the Company's Matching Contributions in accordance with the provisions of
Subsection 3.03(a) and with the provisions of the Plan in effect prior to the
Supplemental Effective Date.

(c) "401 (a) Matching Contribution Account" -Portion of Trust Fund attributable
to the Company's Matching Contributions in accordance with the provisions of
Subsection 3.03(b) and with the provisions of the Plan in effect prior to the
Supplemental Effective Date.

(d) "Rollover Account" -Portion of Trust Fund attributable to funds rolled over
from another qualified plan in accordance with Section 3.07.

(e) "Transfer Account" -Portion of Trust Fund attributable to the profit sharing
plan am] defined benefit plan assets transferred or existing prior to September
1, 1991.

(f) "Voluntary Contribution Account" -Portion of Trust Fund attributable to a
Participant's Voluntary Contributions in accordance with the provisions of
Section 3.04 and the provisions of the Plan in effect prior to the Supplemental
Effective Date.

(g) "Qualified Matching Contribution Account" -Portion of Trust Fund
attributable to the Company's Qualified Matching accordance with the provisions
of Subsection 3.03(b).

(h) "Qualifiied Nonelective Contribution Account" -Portion of Trust Fund
attributable to the Company's Qualified Nonelective Contributions In accordance
with the provisions of Subsection 3.03(c).

1.02 "Anniversary Date"

Each January 1.

1.03 "Annuity Starting Date"

The first day of the first period for which an amount is payable as an annuity.
If a benefit is not payable in the form of an annuity, the first day on which
all events have occurred which entitle the Participant to such benefit.

1.04 "Applicable Computation Period"

(a) For purposes of Hours of Employment for eligibility in accordance with
Section 2.01, an Eligible Employee's first Applicable Computation Period shall
be the 12-month period beginning as of the date a person first completed an Hour
of Employment with an Employer. Thereafter, such Eligible Employee's Applicable
Computation Period shall be each Plan Year, commencing with the Plan Year which
begins after the date he first completed an Hour of Employment.



(b) For all other purposes, Applicable Computation Period shall be a Plan Year.

1.05 "Beneficiary"

The person designated to receive benefits payable under the Plan in the event of
death. In the event a Beneficiary is not designated, the Participant's surviving
spouse shall be deemed his Beneficiary or in the absence of a surviving spouse,
the benefits shall be paid to the Participant's estate.

1.06 "Board of Directors"

The Board of Directors of FirstBank of Puerto Rico (formerly known as The First
Federal Savings Bank).

1.07 "Committee"

The persons appointed in accordance with Section 8.01 to administer the Plan. In
the absence of such designation, the Company shall serve as the Committee and in
such case, all references herein to the Committee shall be deemed a reference to
the Company.

1.08 "Company"

(a) FirstBank of Puerto Rico (formerly known as The First Federal Savings Bank
and any successor which shall maintain this Plan; and

(b) any other business entity which duly adopts the Plan with the approval of
the Board of Directors.

1.09 "Compensation"

The Participant's wages for the Plan Year paid by the Employer of the type
reported on Form 499R-2W-2PR, reduced by

(a) any wages in excess of $200,000;

(b) non-qualified deferred compensation payments;

(c) for purposes of Sections 3.01/ 3.03 and 3.04,. the amount paid before an
Eligible Employee was eligible to become a Participant in accordance with
Section 2.01;

(d) welfare benefits, fringe benefits (cash and non-cash), reimbursements or
other expense allowances, moving expenses and deferred compensation; and

(e) for purposes of Section 3.01 only, third party insurance payments.

1.10 "Controlled Group"

Such groups of corporations or partnerships as defined in Section 1028 of the
Code.

1.11 "Disability"

Any physical ,or mental condition which may reasonably be expected to be
permanent and which renders the Participant incapable of continuing as an
Eligible Employee for his customary Hours of Employment.

1.12 "Effective Date"



May 15, 1965, the date as of which the Plan was established
"Supplemental Effective Date"
January 1, 2000, the last date as of which the Plan was amended in its entirety.

1.13 "Election Period"

The period commencing 90 days before the Annuity Starting Date or distribution
date, as selected by the Committee, and ending on such date.

1.14 "Employee"

Any person in the employ of the Company, but excluding individuals who do not
meet the definition of an Employee pursuant to I. T.R. Section 116S-8(h)(I).
"Eligible Employee"
An Employee of the Employer who is a resident of Puerto Rico excluding (a)
temporary employees, (b) independent contractors and (c) persons under the
jurisdiction of a collective bargaining unit (i) having a pension or
profit-sharing plan to which the Company is required to contribute under the
terms of the collective bargaining agreement or (ii) for whom retirement
benefits were the subject of good faith. The Plan shall also exclude individuals
who are or have been treated by the Employer as part-time employees or contract
employees (whether hired by the Employer or by temporary-service companies). If
such individuals or the individuals cited in Subsection (a) or (b) are later
reclassified by a court or government, they shall still be excluded from the
Plan for the period prior to such reclassification.

1.15 "Employer"

The Company and any other business entity in a Controlled or Affiliated Service
Group which includes the Company.

1.16 "Highly Compensated Employee"

Any Employee who, for any Plan Year, receives Compensation higher than that
received by two-thirds of the Eligible Employees during such Plan Year.

1.17 "Nonhighly Compensated Employee"

An Employee who is not a Highly Compensated Employee.

1.18 "Internal Revenue Code" or "Code"

The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, and any amendments thereto.

1.19 " Participant"

(a) An Eligible Employee who participates under the Plan in accordance with
Section 2.01.

(b) Each other Eligible Employee or former Eligible Employee for whom an Account
is maintained.

1.20 "Plan"



The plan of the Company, as herein set forth and as from time to time
supplemented and amended, which Plan is intended to be a profit sharing plan for
purposes of I.T.R. Sections 1165-1(a)(2)(ii) and (b)(1)(ii).

1.21 "Plan Year"

A period of 12 consecutive months commencing on the Effective Date and each
Anniversary Date thereof.

1.22 "Protected Spouse"

The spouse to whom the Participant had been legally married on the date of the
Participant's death.

1.23 "Qualified Domestic Relations Order"

A domestic relations order as defined in Section 8.09 in accordance with ERISA
Section 206(d)(3) and any other requirements of ERISA and the PR Code.

1.24 "Retirement"

The termination of employment of a Participant on his Normal or Deferred
Retirement Date.

1.25 "Retirement Dates"

(a) "Normal Retirement Date"
The date on which the Participant attains age 65.

(b) "Deferred Retirement Date" -The first day of any month subsequent to the
Participant's Normal Retirement Date.

1.26 "Service"

(a) All Hours of Employment with the Employer during an Applicable Computation
Period.

(b) "Break-in-Service" -An Applicable Computation Period during which an
Employee fails to receive credit for 501 Hours of Employment. If, commencing on
or after January 1, 1985, an Employee is absent by reason of (i) the pregnancy
of the Employee, (ii) the birth of a child of the Employee, (iii) the placement
of a child with the Employee in connection with an adoption of such child by
such Employee, or (iv) caring for such child immediately following such birth or
placement, .such Employee will be credited with the number of Hours of
Employment which would normally have been credited but for such absence, or, in
any case in which the Committee is unable to determine such hours normally
credited, eight Hours of Employment per day. The Hours of Employment required to
be credited for such absence shall not exceed 501. Hours of Employment shall be
credited for the Plan Year in which the absence from work begins, only if credit
is necessary to prevent the Employee from incurring a Break-in-Service, or, in
any other case, in the immediately following Plan Year.

(c) "Year of Service" -An Applicable Computation Period during which the



Employee receives credit for at least 1,000 Hours of Employment.

(d) "Hour of Employment"

(i) Each hour during an Applicable Computation Period for which the person is
directly or indirectly paid or entitled to payment for the performance of duties
or for the period of time when no duties are performed, Irrespective of whether
the employment relationship has terminated, such as vacation, holiday, lay-off,
jury duty or approved Leave of Absence.

As used herein and Section 3.03, Leave of Absence shall mean a leave granted for
pregnancy, Disability, illness, death or any other family obligation or status;
personal or family hardship or special business circumstances; educational
purposes; and/or civic, charitable or governmental services, provided that all
Employees under similar circumstances shall be treated in a similar manner.

No more than 501 Hours of Employment are required to be credited to an Employee
on account of any single continuous period during which the Employee performs no
duties (whether or not such period occurs in a single computation period).

(ii) A person shall receive an Hour of Employment for each hour for which back
pay has been awarded or agreed to irrespective of mitigation of damages,
provided that each such hour shall be credited to the Applicable Computation
Period to which it pertains, rather than the Applicable Computation Period in
which the award or agreement is made, and further provided that no such award or
agreement shall have the effect of crediting an Hour of Employment for any hour
for which the person previously received credit under (i) above.

(iii) Notwithstanding the foregoing, Hours of Employment shall be computed and
credited in accordance with Department of labor Regulation 2530.200b-2,
Subparagraphs (b) and (c).

(e) An Employee shall receive credit for the period of his employment with
another business entity to which he had been transferred by the Company solely
for purposes of determining his vested interest in accordance with Section 6.04.

1.27 "Statutes"

The plan shall be governed by the following statutes:

(a) "ERISA" shall mean the Employee Retirement Security Income Act of 1974, as
amended, and any successful statute of similar import.

(b) "ITR" shall mean the Puerto Rico Internal Revenue Code Regulations.

(c) "PR Code" shall mean the Puerto Rico Internal Revenue Code of 1994, as
amended.

(d) "US Code" shall mean the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended.

1.28 "Trust Agreement"

The instrument executed by the Company and the Trustee fixing the rights and



liabilities of each with respect to holding and administering the Trust Fund,
which instrument shall be incorporated by reference into this Plan.

1.29 "Trustee"

The Trustee or arty successor Trustee, appointed by the Board of Directors,
acting in accordance with the terms of the Trust Agreement.

1.30 "Trust Fund"

All assets held by the Trustee for the purposes of the Plan in accordance with
the terms of the Trust Agreement.

1.31 "Valuation Date"

Each business day of the Plan Year as determined by the New York Stock Exchange.

ARTICLE 2 ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION

2.01 Eligibility for Participation

An Eligible Employee may become a Participant upon satisfaction of the following
Requirements, provided he elects to contribute in accordance with Section 3.01.

(a) Each Eligible Employee on the Supplemental Effective Date who was a
Participant of the Plan shall continue as a Participant as of the Supplemental
Effective' Date.

(b) Each other Eligible Employee shall become a Participant as of the
Supplemental Effective Date or as of the first day of the month coincident with
or next following the date he completes one Year of Service.

(c) If a former Participant is reemployed, he shall be eligible to resume his
participation as of the first day of any month following the date of his
reemployment.

2.02 Change in Employment Status

(a) In the event a Participant ceases to be an Eligible Employee as the result
of becoming part of an excluded class, only Compensation up to the date he
ceased to be an Eligible Employee shall be considered for purposes of
contributions in accordance with Article 3. Such Employee shall remain a
Participant but shall not be permitted to contribute in accordance with Article
3 or share in any Company contributions' allocated in accordance with Article 3
for the period beyond the date he ceased to be an Eligible Employee.

In the event such Participant returns to an eligible class and again becomes an
Eligible Employee, he shall be permitted to share in Company contributions
allocated in accordance with Article 3 as of the date he again became .In
Eligible Employee and may elect to comply with the provisions of Section 3.01 as
of such date or the first of any subsequent month. Only



Compensation from the date he again became an Eligible Employee shall be
considered for purposes of such contributions.

(b) If a person otherwise satisfied the eligibility requirements of Section 2.01
and subsequently becomes an Eligible Employee, he shall be eligible to become a
Participant as of the date he became an Eligible Employee.

(c) In the event a collective bargaining agreement is entered into between the
Company and a representative for any class of Employees in the employ of the
Company subsequent to the Supplemental Effective Date, eligibility for
participation in the Plan by such Employees who are not Participants shall not
be extended beyond the effective date of the collective bargaining agreement
unless the agreement extends participation in the plan to such Employees. The
provisions of Subsection (a) shall apply to those Employees who are currently
Participants.

ARTICLE 3 CONTRIBUTIONS

3.01 Elective Deferral Contributions

A Participant may, when first eligible or as of any January 1, April 1, July 1,
or October 1, elect to save, through pay reduction each payroll period, no less
than 1% nor more than 10%, in whole percentages, of that portion of his
Compensation attributable to such payroll period, subject to the limitations on
Elective Deferral Contributions under Sections 4.01 and 4.02. Elective Deferral
Contributions may not be made form third pay insurance payments; but, a
Participant's full savings election may be made from net salary payments from
the Company. Such contributions shall take the form of before tax contributions
(hereinafter known as "Elective Deferral Contributions") and shall be deemed to
be Company contributions.

(a) An initial written election must be made by an Eligible Employee and
submitted to the Committee at least 30 days (or such other period as the
Committee may fix from time to time) prior to the first date the Eligible
Employee would be eligible to become a Participant of the Plan in accordance
with Section 2.01.

(b) An election, once made, shall remain in effect until subsequently changed by
the Eligitlle Employee in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.05 or
3.06.

3.02 Reduction of Excess Elective Deferral Contributions

If Elective Deferral Contributions under Section 3.01 are projected to exceed
the limitations of Sections 4.01 or 4.02 at any time during a Plan Year, the
Committee, in a good faith effort to comply with such limitations, retains the
right to reduce the rate of elective deferrals made by Highly Compensated
Employees. Such reduction shall be made in the sole discretion of the Committee.

3.03 Matching Contributions

The Company shall contribute the following amounts:

(a) 401(k) Matching Contributions -Unless the Board of Directors determines,



by resolution, a different rate of match, the rate will be 25% of that portion
of each Participant's Elective Deferral Contributions each month which does not
exceed 4% of the Participant's Compensation for such month. Only Elective
Deferral Contributions which are not limited under Sections 3.02 or 4.01 shall
be matched.

If as a result of the provisions of Section 3.02, 4.01 or 4.02 or the .last
paragraph of Section 1.09, the Participant's Elective Deferral Contributions are
reduced or discontinued during a Plan Year, Elective Deferral Contributions made
prior to the date of such reduction or discontinuance shall be deemed to be made
in proportion to Compensation throughout the Plan Year of reference for purposes
of determining the Participant's Matching Contribution.

(b) 401 (a) Matching Contributions - Except with respect to any Participants who
are employed by First Federal Finance, d.b.a. Money Express, for any Plan Year,
the Company may contribute such additional amounts as it shall determine equal
to a designated percentage rate of each Participant's Elective Deferral
Contributions with respect to Elective Deferral Contributions which are not
limited under Sections 3.02 or 4.01. Such Matching Contributions shall be
allocated to Participants in the employ of the Company on the last business day
of such Plan Year.

Such percentage rate shall be determined by the Company and announced to the
Eligible Employees after the end of the Plan Year of reference. Qualified
Matching Contributions -For any Plan Year, the Company may contribute such
additional amounts as it shall determine. Such Qualified Matching Contributions
shall be allocated to those Participants who are Nonhighly Compensated
Employees, in the same proportion that the Elective Deferral Contributions of
each such Participant for such Plan Year bears to the aggregate Elective
Deferral Contributions of all such Participants for such Plan Year.

Such contributions shall be subject to I.T.R. Section 1165-8(b)(3). If as a
result of the provisions of Section 3.02, 4.01 or 4.02 or the last paragraph of
Section 1.09, the Participant's Elective Deferral Contributions are reduced or
discontinued during a Plan Year, Elective Deferral Contributions made prior to
the date of such reduction or discontinuance shall be deemed to be made in
proportion to Compensation throughout the Plan Year of reference for purposes of
determining the Participant's Matching Contribution.

(c) Qualified Nonelective Contributions -
Such amount as the Company shall determine for any Plan Year, which shall be
allocated.

(i) to those Participants who are Nonhighly Compensated Employees in the same
proportion that his Compensation bears to the aggregate Compensation of all such
Participants for such Plan Year, which amount shall be credited at the end of
the Plan Year; or

(ii) to Participants who are Nonhighly Compensated Employees starting Nith the
Nonhighly Compensated Employee with the lowest



Compensation until the requirements of Section 4.02 are met. Such contributions
shall be subject to I.T.R. Section 1165(B)(b)(3). For purposes of this
Subsection, Participant shall also include any Eligible Employee who would
otherwise be eligible for the Plan but who declined to make contributions
required under the Plan in accordance with Sections 3.01 or 3.04 at any time.

3.04 Voluntary Contributions

(a) Each Participant may, as of any January 1, April 1, July 1, or October 1,
elect to contribute for each Plan Year, through payroll deductions each pay
period, any amount from 1 % to 8%, in whole percentages, of that portion of
Compensation, as defined in Subsection 1.09(c) attributable to such pay period.

(b) The Committee may also, solely at its discretion, permit a Participant to
contribute to his Voluntary Contribution Account the difference between (i) 10%
of such Participant's Compensation and (ii) the sum of all previous' Voluntary
Contributions actually made by the Participant. If implemented, the Committee
shall promulgate such specific rules and regulations as may be required with
respect to the implementation and operation of this provision.

3.05 Contribution Changes

A Participant may, subject to the minimum and maximum percentages as specified
in Sections 3.01 or 3.04, increase or reduce the percentage rate of his Elective
Deferral Contributions and/or, if applicable, his Voluntary Contributions four
times during a Plan Year, as of any January 1, April 1, July 1, or October 1 (or
as of such other dates as the Committee may fix from time to time), by
notification as soon as possible prior to the effective date of such change.

3.06 Discontinuance of Contributions

(a) A Participant may discontinue his Elective Deferral Contributions and/or, if
applicable, his Voluntary Contributions at any time during a Plan Year by
notification to the Committee as soon as possible prior to the effective date of
such discontinuance.

(b) A Participant may resume his Elective Deferral Contributions and/or, if
applicable, his Voluntary Contributions as of any subsequent January 1, April 1,
July 1, or October 1 (or such other dates as the Committee may fix from time to
time) by notification to the Committee as soon as possible prior to the
effective date of such resumption.

(c) The discontinuance of Elective Deferral Contributions will automatically
include a discontinuance of the Matching Contributions. A discontinuance only of
,the Participant's Voluntary Contributions will not affect contributions to the
Participant's other accounts.



3.07 Rollover Contributions from Other Qualified Plans

(a) Any Eligible Employee upon commencement of employment may make a rollover
contribution to the Trust Fund of all or any portion of the entire amount
including money or any other property acceptable to the Committee and Trustee)
which is an eligible rollover distribution, as defined in I.T.R. Section
1165-6(g), provided such rollover contribution is either (i) a direct transfer
from another qualified plan or (ii) received on or before the 60th day
immediately following the date the Employee received such distribution from a
qualified plan or conduit Individual Retirement Account or Annuity.

(b) The Committee shall credit the fair market value of any rollover
contribution and investment earnings attributable thereto to the Participant's
Rollover Account.

(c) An Eligible Employee who becomes a Participant by virtue of the acceptance
of such rot/over contribution, but who is not otherwise eligible for
participation in accordance with Section 2.01, shall not be entitled to make
contributions or share in any Company contribution allocated in accordance with
this Article 3.

(d) The Committee may promulgate specific rules and regulations governing all
aspects of this Section.

3.08 Transfer of Assets from Other Qualified Plans

(a) The Committee may accept the direct transfer to the Trust Fund from another
qualified trust fund of those assets (including money or any other property
acceptable to the Committee and Trustee) attributable to a Participant's
participation in any qualified plan to which such trust relates.

(b) The amount transferred shall be credited to the Participant's Accounts as
determined by the Committee, taking into "account the applicable vesting
schedules, amounts subject to special tax treatment and withdrawal rules.
Additional Transfer Accounts will be established, "if required, to accommodate
these objectives.

(c) An Eligible Employee who becomes a Participant by virtue of a transfer of
assets, but who is not otherwise eligible for participation in accordance with
Section 2.01, shall not be entitled to make contributions or share in any
Company contribution allocated in accordance with this Article 3.

(d) The Committee may promulgate specific rules and regulations governing all
aspects of this Section but until promulgated, all other provisions of the Plan
shall be applicable based on the Account to which such assets were transferred.

3.09 Deposit of Contributions

The Company shall deliver all contributions to the Trustee.

3.10 Payment of Expenses

In addition to its contributions, the Company may elect to pay all the
administrative



expenses of-the Plan and all fees and retainers of the Plan's Trustee,
accountant,

counsel, consultant, administrator or other specialist so long as the Plan or
Trust Fund remains in effect. If the Company does not pay all or part of such
expenses,

the Trustee shall pay these expenses from the Trust Fund. All expenses relating
directly to the investments of the Trust Fund, including taxes, brokerage
commissions and registration charges, must be paid from the Trust Fund.

ARTICLE 4 CONTRIBUTION LIMITATIONS

4.01 Limitation on elective Deferral Contributions

Each Participant's Elective Deferral Contributions under Section 3.01, when
added to any additional elective deferrals, shall be limited to the lower of the
following amounts: (a) ten (10) percent of the Participant's Compensation or (b)
$8,000 during any calendar year or such other amount as specified in PR Code
Section 1165(e)(7).

In the case that the employer additionally makes contributions to an individual
retirement account under the provision of PR Code Section 1169, the maximum
amount of the contributions under PR Code Section 1165(e) may not exceed the
difference, if any, between the maximum amount allowable as contribution up to
the limit of $8,000 and the contribution under the provisions of said PR Code
Section 1169 excluding the contribution to an individual retirement account
attributable to the spouse of a married tax payer living with his spouse. To the
extent a Participant's Elective Deferral Contributions exceed the above
limitations such excess amount shall be included in the gross income of the
Participant for the year of deferral.

Investment experience will be determined in accordance with the second paragraph
of Section 4.02(b) below.

4.02 Limitation on Elective Deferral Contributions

(a) The Actual Deferral Percentage of Highly Compensated Employees in the
Testing Group for any Plan Year shall be limited to the greater of

(i) the Actual Deferral Percentage for the Nonhighly Compensated Employees in
the Testing Group for such Plan Year multiplied by 1.25; or

(ii) the Actual Deferral Percentage for the Nonhighly Compensated Employees in
the Testing Group for such Plan Year multiplied by 2.00, provided, however, that
the Actual Deferral Percentage for the Highly Compensated Employees in the
Testing Group for the Plan Year may not exceed the Actual Deferral Percentage
for such Plan Year for such Nonhighly Compensated Employees by more than two
percentage points.

If the Actual Deferral Percentage for any Plan Year must be limited due to the
restrictions described in this Subsection (a), such limitation shall be applied



to the Highly Compensated Employee's deferral percentages beginning with the
highest of such percentages until the limitations are met.

(b) Any excess Elective Deferral Contributions that result from the above
limitations shall be refunded to such Highly Compensated Employees with
investment experience, no later than the last day of the Plan Year subsequent to
the Plan Year to which the excess relates.

Investment experience shall be the income or loss allocable to the Participant's
Elective Deferral Contribution Account. for the Plan Year multiplied by a
fraction, the numerator of which is such Participant's excess Elective Deferral
Contributions for the year and the denominator is the sum of (i) the
Participant's Elective Deferral Contribution Account balance as of the beginning
of the Plan Year and (ii) the Participant's Elective Deferral Contributions for
the Plan Year.

(c) Definitions and Special Rules

(i) The Actual Deferral Percentage for the Highly Compensated Employees and
Nonhighly Compensated Employees for a Plan Year shall be the average of the
ratios (calculated separately for each such Ernployee in the Testing Group) of

(A) the amount of contributions credited to the Elective Deferral Contribution
Account on behalf of each such Employee in the Testing Group during such Plan
Year, to

(B) the Compensation of each such Employee in the Testing Group for such Plan
Year.

For purposes of the above, Qualified Matching Contributions and Qualified
Nonelective Contributions may be taken into account in determining the Actual
Deferral Percentage for each Employee in the Testing Group for such Plan Year
provided such amounts comply with the provisions of I. T .R. Section
1165-8(b)(3).

(ii) Testing Group shall mean the group of all Eligible Employees eligible for
participation in accordance with Section 2.01.

(iii) All Eligible Employees in the Testing Group will be included in
determining the Actual Deferral Percentages. The ratio averaged into the
respective percentages will be zero for any Eligible Employee in the Testing
Group if the otherwise applicable numerator ls zero.

(iv) All such ratios and the average of such ratios shall be calculated to the
nearest one-hundredth of one percent.

ARTICLE 5 MAINTENANCE OF ACCOUNTS AND VALUATION OF THE TRUST FUND

5.01 Maintenance of Accounts

The Committee shall establish and maintain a separate accounting in the name of
each Participant to which it shall credit all amounts contributed in accordance
with Article 3.

5.02 Valuation of Trust Fund



(a) The Trust Fund shall be valued by the Trustee as of each Valuation Date on
the basis of its fair market value.

(b) The Trust Fund may also be valued by the Trustee as of any other date as the
Committee may authorize for any reason the Committee deems appropriate.

5.03 Allocation of Investment Earnings and Expenses

On the basis of the valuation as of a Valuation Date, the Accounts of all
Participants shall be

(a) proportionately adjusted to reflect expenses in accordance with Section 3.10
and investment earnings, other than those credited to a specific Account; and

(b) directly adjusted to reflect all other applicable transactions during the
Plan Year attributable to such Accounts including, but not limited to, any
contributions or distributions.

5.04 Investment Election

Each Participant shall designate one or more of the investment funds established
in accordance with regulations promulgated by the Committee as it deems
necessary or appropriate to govern all aspects of investment direction by the
Participant of the Participant's Accounts.

5.05 Investment Funds

The Trust Fund shall be divided into such investment funds as designated by the
Committee and approved by the Trustee for the investment of all Accounts, which
shall be administered as a unit.

ARTICLE 6 BENEFITS PAYABLE UPON TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT

6.01 Upon Retirement

A Participant shall be 100% vested in his Account at all times after first
becoming eligible for Retirement. A Participant shall be eligible to retire on
his Normal or Deferred Retirement Date. In the event a Participant does not
retire on his Normal Retirement Date, he shall continue to be credited with
contributions in accordance with Article 3 until his actual retiremerlt.

6.02 Upon Disability

(a) A Participant who incurs a Disability prior to termination of employment
shall be "100% vested in his Account.

(b) In determining the existence of a Participant's Disability, the Committee
may select a physician to examine such Participant and render a medical opinion.
The final determination shall be made by the Committee on the basis of the
evidence requested and made available.

(c) If such Participant returns to the employ of the Company, he shall resume
his participation as of the date of his return. The Participant's vested
interest in



that portion of his Account attributable to Service from the date of his last
reemployment shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of Article 6,
without regard to his prior Disability.

6.03 Upon Death

(a) A Participant who dies prior to termination of employment shall be 100%
vested in his Account.

(b) Upon the death of a Participant, his Beneficiary shall be entitled to 100%
of such Participant's vested Account.

(c) Each Participant, upon becoming eligible for participation in the Plan, may
designate a primary Beneficiary to receive the benefits payable in the event of
his death and may designate a secondary Beneficiary to receive any benefits
payable in the event of the death of the primary Beneficiary. If a Participant
designates a primary Beneficiary but not a secondary Beneficiary or if any such
secondary Beneficiary dies, the Beneficiary last in receipt of or entitled to
any benefit shall have the right to designate a successor Beneficiary to receive
any benefits payable in the event of his death. In the absence of any such
designation, benefits payable upon the death of the last living Beneficiary
shall be paid in a lump sum to such Beneficiary's estate. A Participant may
change his Beneficiary designation at any time. All Beneficiary designations and
changes shall be made on an appropriate form and filed with the Committee. If
the primary Beneficiary designated by the Participant is anyone other than the
Participant's Protected Spouse, such designation must include the written
acknowledgment and consent of such spouse and be witnessed by a Plan
representative or a notary public, to the extent required by law and the
Committee. Such consent will be limited to a specific alternate Beneficiary and
any change in such alternate Beneficiary will require a new spousal. consent.

6.04 Upon Other Determination of Employment

(a) Upon a Participant's termination of employment for reasons other than
Retirement, Disability or death, the following provisions shall be applicable:

(i) Such Participant shall have a 100% vested interest in his Elective Deferral
Contribution, Voluntary Contribution, Rollover, Transfer, 401 (k) Matching
Contribution, Qualified Matching Contribution and Qualified Nonelective
Contribution Accounts.

(ii) Such Participant's vested interest in his contributions to his 401 (a)
Matching Contribution Account shall, subject to Subsection 6.05(a), be
determined in accordance with the following schedule on the basis of such
Participant's Years of Service.



Number of Years                Percentage of Account
                            
Less than 5 years                        0%
5 or more years                        100%


(b) The portion of a Participant's Account which is not vested shall be
forfeited on the earlier of the date on which the Participant receives a
distribution of his vested benefits or the date on which such Participant incurs
five



consecutive Breaks-in-Service. If a Participant does not have a vested interest
in his Account, he shall be deemed to have received an immediate distribution as
of the first day after the Valuation Date next following the date on which such
Participant terminated employment.

That portion of the Participant's Account which is not vested shall be used to
reduce the Company's contributions in accordance with Section 3.03 or to pay
Plan administrative expenses (including fees and charges imposed under any group
annuity contract funding the Plan).

6.05 Reemployment and Repayment of Benefits

(a) If a Participant is reemployed by the Employer prior to incurring five
consecutive Breaks-in-Service, the dollar amount which was subject to forfeiture
in accordance with Subsection 6.04(b) will be restored to the Participant's
Account if the Participant repays the amount distributed, if any, from EIective
Deferral Contribution, 401 (k) Matching Contribution, 401 (a) Matching
Contribution, Qualified Matching Contribution and Qualified Nonelective
Contribution Accounts. Such amounts must be repaid to the Trust Fund in a lump
sum within five years from the date such Participant resumes his employment with
the Employer. If a Participant who is deemed to receive a distribution pursuant
to Subsection 6.04(b) is reemployed by the Employer prior to incurring five
consecutive Breaks-in-Service, the dollar amount which was subject to forfeiture
in accordance with such Subsection will be restored to the Participant's
Account. The funds required for the restoration of such Account may be paid by
the Company or may, as determined by the Committee, be paid from forfeitures.

Such repaid amounts shall be credited to the Participant's Accounts as
determined by the Committee, taking into account the applicable vesting
schedules, amounts subject to special tax treatment and withdrawal rules.
Additional Accounts will be established, if required, to accommodate these
objectives. Amounts repaid and restored in accordance with this Subsection will
not be treated as annual additions for purposes of Section 4.03.

(b) Notwithstanding the above, no restoration shall be made to a Participant's
Account and no repayment will be permitted with respect to funds accumulated
prior to reemployment in the case of

(i) any Participant who was fully vested, or

(ii) any Participant who is reemployed after incurring five consecutive
Breaks-in-Service,

(iii) any Participant who incurred a one year Break-in-Service prior to January
1, 1985 and reemployment, or

(iv) any Participant who did not incur a one year Break-in-Service prior to
reemployment by January 1, 1983 but failed to repay the amount distributed
within two years of reemployment.

ARTICLE 7 DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS

7.01 Claim Procedure For Benefits



(a) Claims For Benefits

Claims for benefits under the Plan must be made in writing to the Committee. For
the purposes of this procedure, "claim" means a request for a Plan benefit by a
Participant or a Beneficiary of the Participant. If the basis of the claim
includes documentation not a part of the records of the Plan or of the Employer,
all such documentation must be included with the claim.

(b) Notice of Denial of Claim

If a claim is wholly or partially denied, the Committee shall notify the
claimant of the denial of the claim within a reasonable period of time. Such
notice of denial shall

(i) be in writing,

(ii) be written in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant, and

(iii) contain (A) the specific reason or reasons for denial of the claim, (B) a
specific reference to the pertinent Plan provisions upon which. the denial is
based, (C) a description of any additional material or information necessary for
the claimant to perfect the claim, along with an explanation why such material
or information is necessary, and (D) an explanation of the Plan claim review
procedure. Unless special circumstances require an extension of time for
processing the claim, the Committee shall notify the claimant of the claim
denial no later than 90 days after the committee's receipt of the claim. If such
an extension is required, written notice of the extension shall be furnished to
the claimant prior to the termination of the 90-day period. In no event shall
such extension exceed a period of 90 days from the end of such initial period.
The extension notice shall indicate the special circumstances requiring the
extension of time and the date by which the Committee expects to render the
final decision.

(c) Request For Review of Denial of Claim

Within 120 days of the receipt of the denial of the claim or if the claim has
Not been granted within a reasonable period of time, the claimant may file a
written request with the Committee to conduct a full and fair review of the
denial of the claimant's claim for benefits. In connection with the claimant's
appeal of the denial of his/her benefit, the claimant may review pertinent
documents and may submit issues and comments in writing.

(d) Decision on Review of Denial of Claim

The Committee shall deliver to the claimant a written decision on the claim
promptly', but no later than 60 days, after the receipt of the claimant's
request for review, except that if there are no special circumstances which
require an extension of time for processing, the aforesaid 60-day period may be
extended to 120 days by written notice delivered to the claimant prior to the
expiration of the initial 60-day period. Such decision shall (i) be written in a
manner calculated to be understood by the claimant, (ii) include specific
reasons for the decision, and (iii) contain specific references to the pertinent
Plan provisions upon which the decision is based.



The Committee shall have discretion in fulfilling its fiduciary responsibilities
and making determinations under the Plan as it sees fit on a consistent and
nondiscriminatory basis and as he believes a prudent person acting in like
capacity and familiar with such matters would do. Such determinations shall be
final and shall bind all parties.

The decision of the Committee will become final and binding and will not be
subject to review unless determined to be arbitrary or capricious.

If the claimant does not submit an appeal in accordance to the procedure
discussed above, he/she will lose his/her right to have a court review the
decision of the Committee.

If claimant decides to file a case to request the court to review the decision
of the Committee, such case must be filed no later than two years of the date of
the decision of the Committee denying the claim.

7.02 Commencement of Benefits

The following provisions shall be applicable for determining when distribution
of benefits shall be made.

(a) Unless otherwise provided in Subsection (c) in the event of termination of
employment, benefits which total $5,000 ($3,500 for Plan Years beginning before
January 1, 1998 or less will commence as soon as administratively feasible
following the Valuation Date next subsequent to such termination.

(b) Unless otherwise provided in this Section, in the event of
termination of employment, benefits which total more than $5,000 ($3,500 for
Plan Years beginning before January 1, 1998) will commence as soon as
administratively feasible following the Valuation Date next subsequent to such
termination, provided that, if the Participant has not attained his Normal
Retirement Date, the Participant consents to such distribution within his
Election Period.

Notwithstanding the above, no consent to a distribution prior to the date the
Participant attained his Normal Retirement Date shall be valid until after
written notification of the right to defer is received by the Participant.
Except as provided in Section 7.10, the Committee shall provide such written
notification of the right to defer any benefit payable no less than 30 days nor
more than 90 days before the Annuity Starting Date or intended distribution
date, as applicable.

If a Participant does not consent to the distribution at the time specified
above and fails to elect deferral in accordance with Subsection (d), benefits
will commence as of the 60th day following the last day of the Plan Year during
which the Participant's Normal Retirement Date occurs.

(c) The amount of any benefit payable will be determined as of the Valuation
Date such transaction is processed.

If the amount of any payment under this Section would adversely affect the Trust
Fund by forcing the premature liquidation of assets, such payment may be delayed
until the timely and orderly liquidation of investments can be accomplished, but
in no event later than the 60th day following the last day of the Plan Year
during which occurs the latest of



(i) the date a Participant attains the earlier of his Normal Retirement Date or
age 65;

(ii) the tenth anniversary of the year during which the Participant commenced
participation in the Plan; or

(iii) the date the Participant terminates his employment.

If the amount of any payment under this Section would adversely affect the Trust
Fund by permitting former Participants to enter into direct competition with the
Company, such payment will be delayed until the 60th day after the end of the
Plan Year during which the Participant's Normal Retirement Date occurs.

If the amount of any payment under this Section cannot be ascertained by the
applicable commencement date, payment shall be made no later than 60 days after
the earliest date on which the amount of such payment can be ascertained.

(d) If the designated Beneficiary is,

(i) the Participant's spouse, benefit payments will commence in accordance with
Subsection (b).

If such spouse dies prior to the commencement of benefits, and if the
distribution of any death benefit payable to the spouse's Beneficiary is made in
a form that may extend beyond the December 31 of the calendar year during which
the fifth anniversary of such spouse's death occurs, such distribution must
commence no later than the December 31 of the calendar year immediately
following the date of such spouse's death or such later date as may be
promulgated by the Internal Revenue Service.

(ii) other than the Participant's spouse, and the death benefit payable is made
in a form that may extend beyond the December 31 of the calendar year during
which the fifth anniversary of such Participant's death occurs, such
distribution must commence no later than the December 31 of the calendar year
immediately following the date of such Participant's death or such later date as
may be promulgated by the Internal Revenue Service.

(e) If a Participant is in receipt of benefits from the Company's insured
long-term disability' program, if applicable, payment of the Participant's
Elective Deferral Contribution, 401 (k) Matching Contribution, 401 (a) Matching
Contribution, Transfer, Qualified Matching Contribution and Qualified
Nonelective Contribution Accounts shall be deferred to the first day of the
month in which such Participant is no longer eligible to receive such benefits
or, if earlier, the 60th day following the last day of the Plan Year during
which the Participant's Normal Retirement Date occurs, provided the benefits
payable under the long-term disability program would otherwise be reduced by the
benefits payable under the Plan.

7.03 Method and Form of Payment of Benefits

The following provisions shall be applicable for determining the method and form
of payment of all benefits.



(a) Subject to Section 7.02, all benefits will be distributed in a lump sum.

(b) Any benefits payable under this Article may be paid in cash, securities, or
such other assets of the Trust Fund as the Committee may direct.

The distribution of a lump sum payment to the Participant or his Beneficiary
will constitute the complete discharge of all obligations of the Plan.

7.04 Disposition of Unclaimed Benefits

In the event that any check or notice with respect to the payment of benefits
under the Plan remains outstanding at the expiration of six months from the date
of mailing of such check to the last known address of the payee, the Committee
shall notify the Trustee to stop payment of all such outstanding checks and to
suspend the issuance of any further checks, if any, to such payee. If, during
the three-year period (or such other period as specified in the Trust Agreement)
from the date of mailing of the first such check or of notice that a benefit is
due under the Plan, the Committee cannot establish contact with the payee by
taking such action as it deems appropriate and the payee does not make contact
with the Committee, the remaining benefits shall be forfeited and used to reduce
the Company's contributions in accordance with Section 3.03. In the event the
payee is located subsequent to the date the benefits were forfeited, the dollar
amount of such benefits shall be restored in accordance with the provisions of
Article 6.

7.05 Non-Assignability

(a) No benefit under the Plan shall be subject in any manner to anticipation,
alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance or charge, and any
such action shall be void for all purposes of the Plan. No benefit shall in any
manner be subject to the debts, contracts, liabilities, engagements or torts of
any person, nor shall it be subject to attachments or other legal process for or
against any person.

(b) The provisions of Subsection (a) do not apply to any

(i) amount that must be withheld because of the tax withholding provisions of
the PR Code or a state's income tax act or amounts payable pursuant to a
Qualified Domestic Relations Order or in such other instances and to such extent
as may be required by law or except as provided in Article 13.

(ii) offset of a Participant's benefits against an amount that the Participant
is ordered or required to pay under a judgment or conviction for a crime
involving the Plan, under a civil judgment (including a consent order or decree)
entered by a court in an action brought in connection with a violation (or
alleged violation) of Part 4 of Subtitle B of Title I of ERISA, or pursuant to a
settlement agreement between the Secretary of Labor and the Participant in
connection with a violation (or alleged violation) of Part 4 of such Subtitle by
a fiduciary or any other person, on or after January 1, 1998.

Notwithstanding the above, the judgment, order, decree or settlement agreement
must expressly provide for the offset of all or part of the



amount ordered or required' to be paid to the Plan against the Participant's
Plan benefits.

7.06 Substitute Payee

If a Participant or Beneficiary entitled to receive any benefits hereunder is in
his minority or is,. in the judgment of the Committee, legally, physically, or
mentally incapable of personally receiving and receipting any distribution, the
Committee may instruct the Trustee to make distributions to his legally
appointed guardian.

7.07 Satisfaction of Liability

After all benefits have been distributed in full to a Participant or to his
Beneficiary, all liability to such Participant or to his Beneficiary shall
cease.

7.08 Direct Rollover to Eligible Retirement Plans

(a) Notwithstanding any provisions of the Plan to the contrary that would
otherwise limit a Distributee's election under this Section, a Distributee may
elect, at the time and in the manner prescribed by the Committee, to have any
portion of an Eligible Rollover Distribution paid directly to an Eligible
Retirement Plan specified by the Distributee in a Direct Rollover.

(b) Definitions

(i) Eligible Rollover Distribution

An Eligible Rollover Distribution is any distribution of all or any portion of
the balance to the credit of the Distributee

(ii) Eligible Retirement Plan

An Eligible Retirement Plan is an individual retirement account described in
Article 1169 of the Puerto Rico Treasury Regulations, an individual retirement
annuity described in Article 1169 of the Puerto Rico Treasury Regulation, or a
qualified trust described in Article 1165 of the Puerto Rico Treasury
Regulation, that accepts the Distributee's Eligible Rollover Distribution.

(iii) Distributee

A Distributee includes an Employee or former Employee.

(iv) Direct Rollover

A Direct Rollover is a payment by the Plan to the Eligible Retirement Plan
specified by the Distributee.

7.09 Waiver of 30 Day Notice Requirement

Notwithstanding any provisions of the Plan to the contrary, if a distribution is
one to which Section!; 401 (a)(11) and 417 of the US Code does not apply, such
distribution may commence less than 30 days after the notice required under
Section" .411 (a)-11 (c) of the Treasury Regulations is given, provided that:

(a) the Committee clearly informs the Participant that the Participant has a
right to a period of at least 30 days after receiving the notice to consider the
decision of whether or not to elect a distribution (and, if applicable, a
particular distribution option), and

(b) the Participant, after receiving the notice, affirmatively elects a
distribution.



ARTICLE 8 ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN

8.01 Assignment of Administrative Authority

The Board of Directors shall appoint a Committee to administer the Plan which
shall be the "named fiduciary." The Committee may consist of directors,
officers, Employees, or any other individuals, who, upon acceptance of such
appointment, shall serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors. Any member
may resign by delivering his written resignation to the Board of Directors and
to the Committee. Vacancies in the Committee arising from resignation, death or
removal shall be filled by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors shall
also appoint the Trustee and may appoint an investment manager.

8.02 Organization and Operation of the Committee

(a) The Committee shall act, in carrying out its duties and responsibilities, in
the interest of the Participants and Beneficiaries with the care, skill,
prudence, and diligence under the circumstances then prevailing that a prudent
man, acting in a like capacity and familiar with such matters, would use in the
conduct of an enterprise of like character and aims.

(b) The Committee shall act by a majority of its members unless unanimous
consent is required by the Plan or by unanimous approval of its members if there
are two or less members in office at the time. In the event of a Committee
deadlock, the Committee shall determine the method for resolving such deadlock.
If there are two or more Committee members, no member shall act upon any
question pertaining solely to himself, and the other member or members shall
make any determination required by the Plan in respect thereof.

(c) If, at any time, a majority of the individuals serving on such Committee and
eligible to vote are unable to agree, any action required of the Committee shall
be taken by the Board of Directors and its decision shall be final.

(d) An individual serving on such Committee who is a Participant shall not vote
or act on any matter relating solely to himself.

(e) The Committee may authorize anyone or more of its members to execute
documents on behalf of the Committee and shall notify the Trustee in writing of
such action and the name or names of the member or members so designated.

(f) The Committee may, by unanimous consent, delegate specific authority and
responsibilities to one or more of its members. The member or members so
designated shall be solely liable, jointly and severally, for their acts or
omissions with respect to such delegated authority and responsibilities. Members
not so designated, except as provided under Subsection 8.06(b), shall be
relieved from liability for any act or omission resulting from such delegation.

(g) The Committee shall endeavor not to engage in any prohibited transactions,
as specified in the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, or any
successor act. However, any member of the Committee who is a Participant



or Beneficiary shall not be precluded from receiving benefits payable under the
Plan.

8.03 Authority and Responsibility

The Committee and its delegates shall have full discretionary authority and
responsibility for administration of the Plan. Such authority and responsibility
shall include, but shall not be limited to, the following areas.

(a) Appointment of qualified accountants, consultants, administrators, counselor
other persons it deems necessary or advisable, who shall serve the Committee as
advisors only and shall not exercise any discretionary authority, responsibility
or control with respect to the management or administration of the Plan.

Any action of the Committee on the basis of advice, opinion, reports, etc.
furnished by such qualified accountants, consultants, administrators and counsel
shall be the sole responsibility of the Committee.

Members of the Committee shall not be precluded from serving the Committee in
any other capacity, provided any compensation paid for such services is
reasonable.

(b) Determination of eligibility to participate and all benefits, and resolution
of all questions arising from the administration, interpretation and application
of the Plan, including the determination of the validity of any Qualified
Domestic Relations Order in accordance with Section 8.09.

(c) Notification to the Trustee of all benefits payable under the Plan and the
manner in which such benefits are to be paid.

(e) Adoption of forms and regulations for the administration of the Plan.

(d) Remedy of any inequity resulting from incorrect information received or
communicated, or of administrative error.

(f) Assurance that its members, the Trustee and other persons who handle funds
or other property of the Trust Fund are bonded as required by law.

(g) Settlement or compromise of any claims or debts arising from the operation
of the plan and the commencement of any legal actions or administrative
proceeding.

(h) Direction to the Trustee as to specific investments which, under the terms
of the Trust Agreement, may be made only upon written direction of the Committee
or which are made in accordance with specific provisions of the Plan, such as
annuity or group investment contracts, loans to Participants, or earmarked
investments selected by Participants.

(i) Action as agent for the service of legal process.

(j) Communication regarding the liquidity needs of the Plan so that investment
discretion can be exercised to effect specific objectives.

8.04 Records and Reports

(a) The Committee shall keep a record of its proceedings and acts and shall keep
books of account, records and other data necessary for the proper administration
of the Plan.

(b) The Committee shall make its records available for examination by the



Employer, or any Participant or Beneficiary during business hours at the
principal place of business of the Company. However, a Participant or
Beneficiary may examine only records pertaining exclusively to himself and such
other records specified by law.

(c) The Committee shall make available to any Participant or Beneficiary any
material required by law without cost. The Committee may, upon written request
by any Participant or Beneficiary, provide copies of such material as it deems
appropriate and shall furnish copies of such material required by law. The
Participant or Beneficiary may be required to pay the reasonable cost as
determined by the Committee of preparing and furnishing such material or the
cost as prescribed by law.

8.05 Required Information

The Company and Participants or Beneficiaries entitled to benefits shall furnish
forms, including but not limited to annuity applications, and any information or
evidence, as requested by the Committee for the proper administration of the
Plan.

Failure on the part of any Participant or Beneficiary to comply with such
request within a reasonable period of time shall be sufficient grounds for delay
in the payment of benefits until the information or evidence requested is
received.

8.06 Fiduciary Liability

(a) A member of the Committee who breaches the responsibilities, obligations, or
duties imposed by law shall be liable to the Plan for any losses resulting from
such breach,

(b) A member of the Committee shall be liable for a breach of
fiduciary responsibility by another Committee member or Trustee, with respect to
the Plan or Trust Fund, under the following circumstances.

(i) The member knowingly participates in or undertakes to conceal an act or
omission of another member of the Committee or Trustee, with knowledge that the
act or omission is such a breach.

(ii) If the member's failure to comply with Subsection 8.02(a) has enabled
another member or Trustee to commit such a breach.

(iii) The member has knowledge of such a breach by another member or Trustee and
does not make reasonable efforts under the circumstances to remedy the breach.

8.07 Payment of Expenses

Those members of the Committee who are full-time paid employees of the
Company shall serve without compensation. The expenses of the Committee,
including reasonable compensation as may be agreed upon in writing between the
Company and the Committee for members of the Committee who are not full-time
employees of the Company, shall be deemed administrative expenses payable in
accordance with Article 3.

8.08 Indemnification



The Company shall indemnify members of the Committee against personal financial
loss resulting from liability incurred in the administration of the Plan, unless
such liability and loss were caused by such individual's gross negligence or
willful misconduct.

8.09 Qualified Domestic Relations Orders

(a) Qualified Domestic Relations Order

(i) A Qualified Domestic Relations Order (hereinafter referred to as "QDRO") is
a Domestic Relations Order which creates or recognizes the existence of an
Alternate Payee's right to, or assigns to an Alternate Payee the right to,
receive all or a portion of the benefits payable with respect to a Participant
under the Plan, and which the Committee has determined meets the requirements of
Paragraphs (ii) and (iii).

(ii) A Domestic Relations Order meets the requirements of a QDRO only if the
order clearly specifies

(A) the name and the last known mailing address (if any) of the Participant and
the name and mailing address of each Alternate Payee covered by the order;

(B) the amount or percentage of the Participant's benefits to be paid by the
Plan to each such Alternate Payee, or the manner in which such amount or
percentage is to be determined;

(C) the number of payments or period to which such order applies; and

(D) that the order applies to this Plan.

(iii) A Domestic Relations Order meets the requirements of a QDRO only if the
order

(A) does not require the Plan to provide any type or form of benefits, or any
option, not otherwise provided under the Plan;

(B) does not require the Plan to provide increased benefits (determined on the
basis of actuarial value); and

(C) does not require the payment of benefits to an Alternate Payee which are
required to be paid to another Alternate Payee under another Domestic Relations
Order previously determined to be a QDRO.

(iv) In. the case of any payment before a Participant has separated from
service, a QDRO shall not be treated as failing to meet the requirements of
Paragraph (iii)(A) above solely because the order requires the payment of
benefits to an Alternate Payee

(A) on or after the date on which the Participant attains (or would have
attained) the Earliest Retirement Age;

(B) as if the Participant had retired on the date such payment is to begin under
such order; and

(C) in any form in which such benefits may be paid under the Plan to the
Participant (other than in the form of a joint and survivor annuity with respect
to his or her subsequent spouse).



(v) For purposes of Paragraph (iv), Earliest Retirement Age means the earlier of

(A) the date on which the Participant is entitled to a distribution under the
Plan; or

(B) the later of (1) the date the Participant attains age 50 or (2) the earliest
date on which the Participant could begin receiving benefits under the Plan if
such Participant separated from service.

Notwithstanding any provisions of the Plan to the contrary, for purposes of
Subparagraph (A) above, a distribution to an Alternate Payee may be made prior
to the date on which the Participant is entitled to a distribution under Section
7.02 or Article 12 if requested by the Alternate Payee to the extent such
distribution is permitted under the QDRO. Nothing in this provision shall permit
the Participant to receive a distribution at a date otherwise not permitted
under Section 7.02 or Article 12 nor shall it permit the Alternate Payee to
receive a form of payment not permitted in Section 7.03.

ARTICLE 9 AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

9.01 Amendment

(a) The Plan may be amended or otherwise modified by the Board of Directors, or
the Committee to the extent authorized in accordance with Subsection (c). Copies
of any such amendment or modification shall be sent to the governing body of
each Company. It shall be deemed each Company consented to such amendment or
modification unless its governing body delivers written notice to the contrary
to the Board of Directors, the Committee and the Trustee within 30 days of its
receipt of such amendment or modification.

(b) No amendment or modification shall

(i) permit any part of the Trust Fund, other than such part as is required to
pay taxes, administrative expenses and expenses incurred in effectuating such
changes, to be used for or diverted to purposes other than the exclusive benefit
of the Participants or Beneficiaries and/or persons entitled to benefits under
the Plan or permit any portion of the Trust Fund to revert to or become the
property of the Company;

(ii) have the effect of reducing the Account of any Participant as of the date
of such amendment or deprive any Participant or Beneficiary of a benefit accrued
and payable; or

(iii) eliminate any option which constitutes a valuable right available to a
Participant with respect to benefits previously accrued to the extent the
Participant satisfied, either before or after the amendment, the conditions for
the form of payment except as otherwise permitted by applicable law and
regulations.

(c) The Committee may amend or modify the Plan in order to bring the Plan into
compliance with applicable law or regulations, provided said amendment or



modification does not have a material effect on the estimated cost of
maintaining the Plan and does not create a new class of benefits or
entitlements.

9.02 Termination

While the Plan and Trust Fund are intended to be permanent, they may be
terminated at the discretion of the Board of Directors. Written notification of
such action shall be given to each Company, the Trustee and the Committee.
Thereafter, no further contributions shall be made to the Trust Fund.

9.03 Vesting Upon Termination

Upon the complete discontinuance of Company contributions or the termination or
partial termination of the Plan and Trust Fund, the Account of each affected
Participant shall become fully vested and shall not be reduced except

(a) for adjustments resulting from a valuation in accordance with Article 5,
which valuation shall also reflect the expenses incurred for administration of
the Plan and/or Trust Fund after such discontinuance or termination date, and
all expenses incurred in effectuating the complete discontinuance of Company
contributions or termination or partial termination of the Plan and Trust Fund,
such as the fees and retainers of the Plan's Trustee, accountant, custodian,
administrator, consultant, counsel and other specialists if such expenses are
not paid by the Company;

(b) for distributions of benefits by the Trustee to the Participant in
accordance with the Plan and at the written direction of the Committee; and

(c) as provided in Section 13.01.

9.04 Distribution of Benefits After Termination

As soon as administratively feasible following the termination of the Plan and
Trust Fund, the Trustee, as authorized and directed by the Committee, shall
distribute each Account, after adjustment in accordance with Subsection 9.03(a),
in a manner consistent with the provisions of Article 7.

ARTICLE 10 PARTICIPATING COMPANIES

10.01 Adoption by Other Entities

Any corporation or other business entity may, by resolution of its own governing
body, and with the approval of the Board of Directors, adopt the Plan and
thereby become a Company. Notwithstanding the adoption of the Plan by other
entities, the Plan will be' administered as a single plan and all Plan assets
will be available to pay benefits to .ill Participants under the Plan.

10.02 Alternative Provisions

No Company may adopt alternative provisions as to itself or its Employees. Upon
request of the governing body of a Company, the Board of Directors may amend the
Plan with respect to the Employees of such Company provided that any change will
only apply if any inequity resulting from such changed Plan



provisions is not found to be discriminatory on behalf of Highly Compensated
Employees.

10.03 Right to Withdraw (Plan Spinoff)

Each Company having adopted the Plan shall have the right as of the last day of
any month to withdraw from the Plan and/or Trust Agreement by delivering to the
Board of Directors, the Committee and the Trustee written notification from its
own governing body of such action and setting forth the date as of which the
withdrawal shall be effective. The date specified in such written notice shall
be deemed a Valuation Date.

10.04 Procedure Upon Withdrawal

(a) If a Company withdraws from the Plan and Trust Agreement as the result of
its adoption of a different plan, the Trustee shall segregate the portion of the
Trust Fund attributable to the Accounts of Participants employed solely by such
Company. As soon as administratively feasible, the Trustee shall transfer the
segregated assets to the insurance carrier or fiduciary designated by the
Company as the agency through which the benefits of such successor plan are to
be disbursed.

(b) If a Company withdraws from the Plan and Trust Agreement as the result of
its adoption of a resolution to terminate its participation in the Plan and to
distribute assets to its Employees who are Participants, the Trustee shall
segregate the portion of the Trust Fund attributable to the Accounts of the
Participants who are employed solely by such Company, and the termination
provisions of Section 9.03 and 9.04 shall apply with respect to such segregated
assets.

ARTICLE 11 WITHDRAWAL OF FUNDS

11.01 Withdrawals from all Accounts

Subject to the general withdrawal rules below, a Participant may withdraw up to
100% of any Account in which he has a 100% vested interest after attaining age
70-1/2.

11.02 Withdrawals from Elective Deferral Contribution Account

Subject to the general withdrawal rules below, a Participant may withdraw up to

(a) 100% of his Elective Deferral Contribution Account after attaining age
59-1/2 or

(b) 50% of his Elective Deferral Contribution Account before attaining age
59-1/2, provided such withdrawal meets the Financial Hardship Rules below.

11.03 Withdrawals from 401 (k) Matching Account

Subject to the general withdrawal rules below, a Participant may withdraw up to
100% of his 401 (k) Matching Contribution Account after attaining age 59-1/2.



11.04 Withdrawals from 401 (a) Matching Account

Subject to Section 11.01, no withdrawals shall be permitted from a Participant's
401 (a) Matching Contribution Account.

11.05 Withdrawals from Rollover Account

Subject to the general withdrawal rules below and Section 11.01, a Participant
may elect to withdrawal up to 100% of his Rollover Account provided the
withdrawal is for health, education or welfare.

11.06 Withdrawals from Transfer Account

Subject to the general withdrawal rules below and Section 11.01, a Participant
may elect to withdraw-up to 100% of his Transfer Account provided the withdrawal
is for health, education, or welfare.

11.0.7 Withdrawals from Voluntary Contribution Account

Subject to the general withdrawal rules below, a Participant may elect to
withdraw up to 100% of his Voluntary Contribution Account.

11.08 Withdrawals from Qualified Matching Contribution and Qualified

Nonelective Contribution Accounts

Subject to the general withdrawal rules below, a Participant who has attained
age 59-1/2 may withdraw up to 100% of his Qualified Matching Contribution and
Qualified Nonelective Contribution Accounts.

11.09 Financial Hardship Rules

(a) For purposes of this Article, a Financial Hardship withdrawal may be made
only if i1: is on account of an immediate and heavy financial need of the
Participant and is necessary to satisfy such financial need.

(b) The following needs shall be recognized ,as immediate and heavy financial
needs:

(i) medical expenses, as described in Section 213(d) of the US Code, previously
incurred by the Participant, the Participant's spouse or the Participant's
dependents; or funds necessary for these persons to obtain medical care
described in Section 213(d) of the US Code,

(ii) purchase of a principal residence for the Participant,

(iii) tuition payments, related educational fees and room and board expenses for
the next 12 months of post-secondary education for the Participant or the
Participant's spouse, children or other dependents,

(iv) the need to prevent eviction from or foreclosure on the mortgage of the
Participant's principal residence, and

(v) an}' other financial need as may be promulgated by the Internal Revenue
Service.



(c) The following requirements will be applicable:

(i) The Participant must have obtained all other distributions and loans
available under all plans maintained by the Employer.

(ii) Elective Deferral Contributions and any other Employee contributions under
all plans maintained by the Employer will be suspended for 12 months following
the receipt of the Financial Hardship withdrawal. The Participant's Elective
Deferral Contributions under Section 3.01 will automatically be resumed
following the required period of suspension, unless the Participant elects
otherwise.

(iii) The limitation of Section 4.01 which is imposed on a Participant's
Elective Deferral Contributions for the calendar year immediately following the
calendar year of the Financial Hardship withdrawal will be reduced by the amount
of such contributions and/or deferrals for the calendar year of such withdrawal.

(d) The amount of such Financial Hardship withdrawal may not exceed the amount
required to meet the specified need plus any amounts necessary to pay any
federal, state or local income taxes or penalties reasonably anticipated to
result from the withdrawal. In addition, effective for Plan Years beginning
after December 31, 1988, the amount of such withdrawal from a Participant's
Elective Deferral Contribution Account shall be limited to the sum of the
Participant's Elective Deferral Contributions made, plus the income credited to
such Account as of the last Valuation Date in 1988.

(e) A Financial Hardship withdrawal from a Participant's Elective Deferral
Contribution Account will be available only after the total amount available
from all other Accounts has been withdrawn.

11.10 General Withdrawal Rules

Any withdrawal shall be subject to the following requirements:

(a) A request for a withdrawal must be submitted to the Committee prior to the
withdrawal date. Withdrawals will be taken from the investment funds
proportionately.

(b) A withdrawal may be requested at any time. Such withdrawals will be
processed as soon as administratively feasible following notification by the
Committee that the withdrawal is approved.

ARTICLE 12 LOANS

12.01 Activation of loan Provisions

The Committee, solely in its discretion and in accordance with the provisions of
this Article, may permit Participants to borrow from the Trust Fund.

12.02 Amount of Loan sand Terms of Repayment

At such time as loans are permitted, the Committee shall promulgate any
additional specific rules and regulations governing all aspects of this Article
as it deems necessary. The following general rules shall serve as the basis for
any specific rules and regulations:



(a) Upon application on forms provided by the Committee, the Committee may grant
a loan to a Participant, except terminated Participants other than a "party in
interest" as defined in ERISA Section 3(14) and shareholder employees or owner
employees as referred to in Section 497S(d) of the US Code.

(b) In no event shall a loan exceed the lesser of

(i) $50,000, reduced by the highest outstanding loan balance during the one year
period ending on the day before the date on which any new loan is to be granted
minus the outstanding loan balance on the date such new loan is granted, or

(ii) 50% of the amount to which the Participant is vested under this Plan on the
date the loan is granted.

Such maximum loan amount shall be adjusted for any defaulted loans, plus
interest thereon.

ARTICLE 13 GENERAL PROVISIONS

13.01 Exclusiveness of Benefits

The Plan has been created for the exclusive benefit of the Participants and
their Beneficiaries. No part of the Trust Fund shall ever revert to the Company
nor shall such Trust Fund ever be used other than for the exclusive benefit of
the Participants and their Beneficiaries, except as provided in Sections 3.10
and 9.03 and Subsection 4.03(d) provided, however, that contributions made by
the Company by mistake of fact or which are not deductible under Section 404 of
the US Code, may be returned to the Company within one year of the mistaken
payment of the contribution or the date of disallowance of the deduction, as the
case may be. All contributions made by the Company shall be conditional upon
their deductibility under Section 404 of the US Code. No person shall have any
interest in or right to any part of the Trust Fund, or any equitable right under
the Trust Agreement, except to the extent expressly provided in the Plan or
Trust Agreement.

13.02 Limitation of Rights

Neither the establishment of the Plan, nor any modification thereof, nor the
creation of any fund, trust or account, nor the purchase of any policy, nor the
payment of any benefits shall be construed as giving any Participant,
Beneficiary, or any other person whomsoever, any legal or equitable right
against the Company, the Committee, or the Trustee, unless such right shall be
specifically provided for in the Plan or conferred by affirmative action of the
Committee or the Company in accordance with the terms and provisions of the
Plan; or as giving any Participant or any other employee of the Company the
right to be retained in the service of the Company and all Participants and
other employees shall remain subject to discharge to the same extent as if the
Plan had never been adopted.

13.03 Limitation of Liability and Legal Actions



In any action or proceeding involving the Trust Fund, or any part thereof, or
the administration thereof, the Company, the Committee, and the Trustee shall be
the only necessary parties. Any final judgment entered in any such action or
proceeding, which is not appealed or appealable, shall be binding and conclusive
on the parties thereto, and all persons having or claiming to have an interest
in the Trust Fund or under the Plan.

13.04 Construction of Agreement

The Plan shall be construed according to the laws of the State in which the
Company named under Article I has its principal place of business, and all
provisions hereof shall be administered according to, and its validity shall be
determined under, the laws of such State except where pre-empted by Federal law.

13.05 Title to Assets

No Participant, Beneficiary or any other person shall have any legal or
equitable right or interest in the funds set aside by the Company, or otherwise
received or held under the Plan, or in any assets of the Trust Fund, except as
expressly provided in the Plan, and no Participant, Beneficiary or any other
person shall be deemed to possess a right 1:0 any assets except as herein
provided.

13.06 Severability

Should any provision of the Plan or any regulations adopted thereunder be deemed
or held to be unlawful or invalid for any reason, such fact shall not adversely
affect the other provisions or regulations unless such invalidity shall render
impossible or impractical the functioning of the Plan and, in such case, the
appropriate parties shall immediately adopt a new provision or regulation to
take the place of the one held illegal or invalid.

13.07 Titles and Headings

The titles and headings of the Sections in this instrument are for convenience
of reference only and, in the event of any conflict, the text rather than such
titles or headings shall control.

13.08 Counterparts as Original

The Plan has been prepared in counterparts, each of which so prepared shall be
construed an original.

13.09 Merger of Plans

Upon the merger or consolidation of any other plan with this Plan or the
transfer of assets or liabilities from this Plan to any other plan, all
Participants of this Plan shall be entitled to a benefit immediately after the
merger, consolidation or transfer (if the merged, consolidated or transferee
plan had then been terminated) at least equal to the benefit they would have
been entitled to immediately prior to such merger, consolidation or transfer (if
the Plan had then terminated).

EX-4.4

                               AGREEMENT ADOPTION
                                       FOR
     STATE MUTUAL OF AMERICA GROUP PROTOTYPE 401(k) PROFIT SHARING PLAN NO.3
                             AS USED IN PUERTO RICO

For the benefit of its employees, the undersigned adopts this Profit Sharing
Plan and in connection therewith makes the following statements and
designations, which designations are subject to change as required to obtain
approval by the Department of Revenue of Puerto Rico. This Adoption Agreement
should only be used with State Mutual Basic Plan Document No. 5.

                          NON-INTEGRATED AND INTEGRATED
                             PROFIT SHARING FORMULAS

                                      ITEMS

   
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.    Name of Employer:

      First Federal Savings Bank

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.    Address of Employer:                      3.    Employer's Telephone Number:
      1519 Ponce de Leon Avenue
      Santurce. PR 00908                              (809) 729-8171

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4.    Name and Address of Other Participating Employers Adopting Plan:

      Are all of the Employers under common control adopting the Plan?: [ ] Yes [ ] No
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5.    Name of Employer's Profit Sharing Plan:

      First Federal Savings Bank 401(k) Retirement Plan (Puerto Rico)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.    (a) Original Effective Date               7.    Date of
          of plan and Trust:                          Adoption Agreement:

          May 15, 1965                                December 9, 1991
                                                ---------------------------------------------------
      (b) Effective Date of this                8.    Plan Number Assigned by the
          Restated Plan and Trust:                    Employer (Circle One): 001,002,
          September 1,1991                            003,004
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9.    Name and Address of Trustee(s):

      Laura Villarino Tur, Jorge Rodriguez and Francisco Cortes same address as item # 2
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.   Name, Address and EIN/Tax I.D. Number of Plan Administrator (if other than Employer):

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11.   Designation of Profit Sharing Committee (if applicable):

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12.   Is this Employer a member of:             13.   Type of Entity:
      (a) Affiliated Service Group
          [ ] Yes   [X] No                            [X] Corporation         [ ] Partnership
      (b) Control Group?                              [ ]"Sub S" Corporation  [ ] Other (specify):
          [ ] Yes   [x] No                            [ ] Sole Proprietor         _________________
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
14.   Nature of Employer's Business,            15.   Employer Identification
      and Standard Industrial                         Number (Tax I.D. Number):
      Classification No. of Employer:                 66-0183103
      Federal Savings Bank -6022
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------



                                      - 1 -



   
16.   Predecessor Employers (Service with Employers named below shall be treated as
      Service with the Employer - see Section 2.42 of the Plan):
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
17.   Fiscal Year for Income Tax Purposes:
              [X] Calendar Year         [ ] Year Beginning first day of ____________ (month)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
18.   First Plan Anniversary: January 1, 1992 (Each Plan Anniversary thereafter shall be an
      anniversary of such date)

Note:    The Plan Anniversary must be the first day of the Employer's fiscal year. See Section 2.34
of the Plan.





===================================================================================================
                                     DESIGNATED PLAN PROVISIONS
===================================================================================================
                      
Section 2.08             Plan Compensation of Earned Income shall be limited as follows (check
COMPENSATION             or complete (a), (b) or (c) below, if any are applicable):
LIMITATIONS              * [ ] (a)     For the firs year of plan Participation, Compensation
                                       shall exclude compensation received prior to the date
                                       the Employee becomes a Participant.

                           [x] (b)     Maximum Compensation for Plan purposes: $200,000;

                         * [ ] (c)     Compensation for the Plan Year which is actually paid or
                                       accrued within such Year, but excluding:

                                    [ ] (i)   overtime pay
                                    [ ] (ii)  commissions
                                    [ ] (iii) bonuses
                                    [ ] (iv)  other (specify):_______________________________

                         *NOTE: Choices (a) and (c) may not be elected if the Plan is intended
                                 to benefit a Self-Employed Individual; choice (c) may not be
                                 elected if an Integrated Allocation Formula is used.

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Section 2.22             Hours of Service shall be determined on the basis of the method selected
HOURS OF SERVICE         below. The method selected shall be applied to all Employees covered under
                         the Plan (Check one of the following):

                           [x] (a)     On the basis of actual hours for which an Employee is paid
                                       or entitled to payment.

                           [ ] (b)     On the basis of days worked.

                                       An Employee shall be credited with 10 Hours of Service if
                                       under Section 2.22 of the Plan such Employee would be
                                       credited with at least one Hour of Service during the day.

                           [ ] (c)     On the basis of weeks worked.

                                       An Employee shall be credited with 45 Hours of Service if
                                       under Section 2.22 of the Plan such Employee would be
                                       credited with at least one Hour of Service during the week.


                                      - 2 -



                      
                           [ ] (d)     On the basis of months worked.

                                       An Employee shall be credited with 190 Hours of Service if
                                       under Section 2.22 of the Plan such Employee would be
                                       credited with at least one Hour of Service during the month.
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Section 2.26            The limitation Year of the Plan shall be (Check or complete one of the
LIMITATION YEAR          following):

                           [x] (a)     Calendar Year

                           [ ] (b)     Plan Year

                           [ ] (c)     Other 12 consecutive month period (specify):________________
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Section 2.29             The Normal Retirement Age of a Participant shall be (Check and complete
   NORMAL                one of the following):
RETIREMENT
    AGE                    [ ] (a)     the date the Participant attains Age 65 (Up to Age 65).

                           [ ] (b)     the ______ (up to 10th) anniversary of the date the
                                       Participant commenced Participation in the Plan or the date
                                       he attains Age 65, whichever is later.

                           [ ] (c)     the _____ (up to 10th) anniversary of the date the
                                       Participant commenced participation in the Plan or the date
                                       he attains Age 65, whichever is later, but in no event later
                                       than Age 70.
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Section 3.02(1)         The following Employees are eligible to become Participants
  PARTICIPATION          (Check or complete on of the following):
  REQUIREMENTS
(Classification)           [ ] All Employees of the Employer maintaining the Plan.

                           [ ] All Employees of the Employer maintaining the Plan or of any other
                               Employer required to be aggregated under Section 414(b), (c) or (m)
                               of the Internal Revenue Code. Any individual deemed under
                               Section 414(n) of the Code to be an employee of any employer
                               described in the previous sentence shall also be considered an
                               Employee.

                           [ ] All Employees of the Employer maintaining the Plan compensated on an
                               hourly basis.

                           [ ] All Employees of the Employer maintaining the Plan compensated on a
                               salaried basis.

                           [ ] All Employees of the Employer maintaining the Plan not eligible to
                               participate in another qualified pension of profit sharing plan to
                               which the Employer is making contributions.



                                      - 3 -



                      
                           [x] All Employees of the Employer maintaining the Plan who are residents
                               of Puerto Rico except lease employees and Employees included in a
                               unit of Employees covered by a collective bargaining agreement
                               between the Employer and Employee representatives, if retirement
                               benefits were the subject of good faith bargaining. For this
                               purpose, the term "employee representative" does not include any
                               organization more than half of whose members are Employees who are
                               owners, officers or executives of the Employer.

                           [ ] All Employees of the Employer maintaining the Plan covered by a
                               collective bargaining agreement between the Employer and Employee
                               representatives (as described above).

                           [ ] All Employees except Employees who are nonresident aliens and who
                               receive no earned income from the Employer which constitutes
                               income from sources within the United States.

                           [ ] Other Employee classification (specify):____________________________
                         __________________________________________________________________________
                         __________________________________________________________________________

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Section 3.02(2)          The Plan eligibility requirements are (Check and complete (a), (b) and (c)
PARTICIPATION            below:
REQUIREMENTS
(Entry Date)             (a) Entry Date (Check (i) or (ii) and (iii) if applicable):

                           [ ] (i)     Semiannual Entry: Each eligible Employee who complies with
                                       the requirements set forth in the Plan and Trust shall
                                       become a Participant on whichever of the following dates
                                       first occurs after the Employee meets the Age and Service
                                       Requirements specified in (b) and (c) below, if he is then
                                       employed:

                                       (aa) The following Plan Anniversary; or

                                       (bb) The date six months following the Effective Date or
                                            thereafter the date six months following each Plan
                                            Anniversary.

                           [x] (ii)    Monthly Entry: Each eligible Employee who complies with the
                                       requirements set forth in the Plan and Trust shall become a
                                       Participant on the first day of the month coincident with or
                                       next following the date the Employee meets the Age and
                                       Service requirements specified in (b) and (c) below, if he
                                       is then employed.

                           [ ] (iii)   An eligible employee who is employed on the Effective Date,
                                       and who complies with the requirements set forth in the Plan
                                       and Trust, shall become a Participant on the Effective Date
                                       without regard to any Plan Age and Service Requirements
                                       specified in (b) or (c) below.



                                      - 4 -



                      
                         (b) Service Requirement:

                           [ ] (i)       No Service requirement.

                           [X] (ii)      The Employee has completed 1 year of Service (not more
                                         than 1).

                         NOTE: If the Year(s) of Service elected is or includes a fractional
                               year, an Employee shall not be required to complete any
                               specified number of Hours of Service to receive credit for such
                               fractional year.

                         (c) Age Requirement

                           [X] (i)     No Age requirement.

                           [ ] (ii)    The Employee has attained Age___________ (not more than 21).

                         Notwithstanding (a)(i) and (a)(ii) above, an eligible Employee who
                         satisfies the Plan Age and Service requirements on the Effective Date
                         and who complies with the requirements set forth in the Plan and Trust
                         will become a Participant on such date if he is then employed.

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Section 3.02(3)          In determining when an Employee is eligible to participate, the
PARTICIPATION            following periods of Service shall be disregarded (Check (a) or (b),
REQUIREMENTS             if applicable):
(Service Exclusions)

                           [ ] (a)     In the case of a Participant who does not have any
                                       nonforfeitable right to an Accrued Benefit derived from
    N/A                                Employer contributions, Years of Service before a period of
                                       consecutive One Year Breaks in Service will not be taken
                                       into account in computing eligibility service if the number
                                       of consecutive One Year Breaks in Service in such period
                                       equals or exceeds the greater of five or the aggregate
                                       number of Years of Service. Such aggregate number of Years
                                       of Service will not include any Years of Service disregarded
                                       under the preceding sentence by reason of prior Breaks in
                                       Service.

                           [ ] (b)     If an Employee had a One Year Break in Service before he had
                                       become a Participant, Service before the Break shall not be
                                       counted (applicable only if the Plan provides full and
                                       immediate vesting, i.e., when Section 13.01 (1)(a) of the
                                       adoption Agreement is checked).
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------



                                      - 5 -



                  
 Section 4.01        (1)  401(a) Employer Contributions (Check or complete (a), (b) or (c)
   4.01(a)                and, if applicable, (d), (e) and (f) below):
  EMPLOYER
CONTRIBUTIONS,         [X] (a) The Employer does not intend to make 401(a) Employer
    401(k)                     Contributions.
  EMPLOYER
CONTRIBUTIONS,         [ ] (b) For each Plan Year the Board of Directors or other
  EMPLOYER                     governing authority of the Employer shall determine the
  401(a) and                   amount of 401(a) Employer Contributions.
    401(k)
   EMPLOYER            [ ] (c) For each Plan Year the Board of Directors or other
    MATCH                      governing authority of the Employer shall determine the
CONTRIBUTIONS                  amount of 401(a) Employer Contributions. However, if no
                               resolve is made, the amount contributed shall be
                               ____________% of each Participant's Plan Compensation for
                               such Plan Year.

                      *[ ] (d) In order to share in 401(a) Employer Contributions for a
                               Plan Year, a Participant must complete _________ (0 - 1,000)
                               Hours of Service during such Plan Year.

                      *[ ] (e) A Participant whose employment is terminated before the end
                               of a Plan Year but after he has completed the Hours of
                               Service specified in (d) above (Check (i) or (ii) below):

                           [ ] (i)  shall share in 401(a) Employer Contributions for such
                                    Plan Year.

                           [ ] (ii) shall not share in 401(a) Employer Contributions for
                                    such Plan Year unless termination is due to (check
                                    whichever of the following is applicable below):

                               [ ]  (aa) no exceptions [ ] (bb) death

                               [ ]  (cc) disability    [ ] (dd) attainment of Normal
                                                                Retirement Age

                       [ ] (f) Profits [ ] are [ ] are not required for 401(a) Employer
                               Contributions.
                     -------------------------------------------------------------------------

                     (2)  401(k) Employer Contributions (Check or complete (a), (b) or (c)
                          and, if applicable, (d), (e) and (f) below):

                       [X] (a) The Employer does not intend to make 401(k) Employer
                               Contributions.

                       [ ] (b) For each Plan Year the Board of Directors or other governing
                               authority of the Employer shall determine the amount of 401(k)
                               Employer Contributions.



                          - 6 -



                  
                       [ ] (c) For each Plan Year the Board of Directors or other
                               governing authority of the Employer shall determine the
                               amount of 401(k) Employer Contributions. However, if no
                               resolve is made, the amount contributed shall be__________%
                               of each Participant's Plan Compensation for such Plan Year.

                      *[ ] (d) In order to share in 401(k) Employer Contributions for a
                               Plan Year, a Participant must complete____________(0-1,000)
                               Hours of Service during such Plan Year.

                      *[ ] (e) A Participant whose employment is terminated before the end
                               of a Plan Year but after he has completed the Hours of
                               Service specified in (d) above (Check (i) or (ii) below):

                           [ ] (i)   shall share in 401(k) Employer Contributions for such
                                     Plan Year.

                           [ ] (ii)  shall not share in 401(k) Employer Contributions for
                                     such Plan Year unless termination is due to (check
                                     whichever of the following is applicable below):

                               [ ] (aa) no exceptions [ ] (bb) death

                               [ ] (cc) disability    [ ] (dd) attainment of Normal
                                                               Retirement Age

                       [ ] (f) Profits [ ] are [ ] are not required for 401(k) Employer
                               Contributions.
                     -------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     (3)  Employer Match Contributions (Check or complete (a), (b) or (c),
                          and, if applicable, (d), (e), (f), (g) below):

                       [ ] (a) The Employer does not intend to make Employer Match
                               Contributions.

                       [ ] (b) For each Plan Year the Board of Directors or other governing
                               authority of the Employer shall determine a percentage(s) to
                               contribute of each eligible Participant's Salary Savings
                               Contributions.

                       [X] (c) For each Plan Year the Board of Directors or other governing
                               authority of the Employer shall determine a percentage(s) to
                               contribute of each eligible Participant's Salary Savings
                               Contributions; however, if no resolve is made, the amount
                               contributed shall be 25% of each eligible Participant's
                               Salary Savings Contributions. No match shall be provided for
                               Salary Savings Contributions made in excess of 1% of
                               Compensation. (Complete last sentence if applicable.)**

                      *[X] (d) In order to share in Employer Match Contributions for a Plan
                               Year, a Participant must complete 0 (0-1,000) Hours of
                               Service during such Plan Year.



**This amount will be contributed on a monthly basis. In addition to this
  monthly contribution, for each Plan Year the Board of Directors or other
  governing authority of the Employer shall determine a percentage to contribute
  at the end of each Plan Year of each eligible Participant's Salary Savings
  Contributions.

                                      - 7 -



                  

                      *[x] (e) A Participant whose employment is terminated before the
                               end of a Plan Year but after he has completed the Hours of
                               Service specified in (d) above (Check (i) or (ii) below):

                           [x] (i)  shall share in 401(k) Employer Match Contributions for
                                    such Plan Year.

                           [x] (ii) shall not share in 401(a) Employer Match Contributions
                                    for such Plan Year unless termination is due to (check
                                    whichever of the following is applicable below):

                               [x]  (aa) no exceptions   [ ] (bb) death

                               [ ]  (cc) disability      [ ] (dd) attainment of Normal
                                                                  Retirement Age

                       [x] (f) Profits  [x] are  [ ] are not required for Employer Match
                               Contributions.

                       [x] (g) Employer Match Contributions shall be allocated to a
                               Participant's account (check (i) or (ii) below, whichever is
                               applicable):

                           [X] (i) 401(k) Employer Match Contribution account, and thus
                                   shall be nonforfeitable when made for match contribution
                                   allocated on a monthly basis only.

                           [x] (ii) 401(a) Employer Match Contribution account, and thus
                                    shall be subject to the vesting schedule applicable to
                                    401(a) Employer contributions for match contributions
                                    allocated on an annual basis only.

                      *Note: When contributions are allocated monthly, all options (d)
                       should be filled out with "0" and options (e)(i) should be selected.

                       Note to Section 4.01: Employer Match and 401(k) Employer Contributions
                       may be reduced to comply with the Average Deferral Test.
                       (See Plan Article VIII.)

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Section 4.3         For each Plan Year Participants may direct the Employer to reduce their
   SALARY            Compensation in order that the Employer may make Salary Savings
   SAVINGS           Contributions, subject to the following (Complete (a), (b) and (c) below):
CONTRIBUTIONS

                       (a) Minimum Salary Savings Contribution permitted:

                           [ ]  (i)  No minimum

                           [x]  (ii) (Other, specify amount or percentage, and period)
                                     1% of compensation per pay period
                                     _________________________________________________
                                     _________________________________________________

                       (b) Maximum Salary Savings Contribution permitted (not greater
                           than ten): 10% of Compensation per Plan Year.



                          - 8 -



                  
                     (c) Change in Savings Amount

                          [ ]  (i)  no limit on frequency

                          [x]  (ii) limited to: (specify) 1/1, 4/1, 7/1 and 10/1
                                    (at least once every calender year)

                     NOTE: Salary Savings Contributions are limited to 10% of Plan
                           Compensation. The Plan Administrator may further limit
                           Salary Savings Contributions if required to comply with
                           Article VIII.

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Section 4.04        After-Tax Contributions (Check (a) or (b) and, if applicable, complete
  AFTER-TAX          (c) and (d):
CONTRIBUTIONS
                     [x]  (a) are permitted

                     [ ]  (b) are not permitted

                     [x]  (c) Minimum permitted (Check and complete,
                              if applicable):

                               [x]  (i) No minimum

                               [ ]  (ii)________% of annual total compensation

                               [ ]  (iii) $________ per _________ (week, month, year)

                     [x]  (d) will be maintained and accounted for in

                               [x]  (i) one After-Tax Contribution Account.

                               [ ]  (ii) two After-Tax Contribution Accounts, one for
                                         contributions made before 1987 and one for contributions
                                          made after 1986.

                     NOTE: The maximum a Participant may contribute to the Plan on a
                           voluntary basis is specified in Plan Section 4.04.
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Section 5.02      Allocation formula (choose (a) or (b) below):
    METHOD OF
   ALLOCATING        [ ]  (a)  Non-Integrated Allocation Formula
401(a) EMPLOYER
 CONTRIBUTIONS                 Any additional 401(a) Employer Contributions for each Plan
                               Year shall be allocated among the accounts of eligible
   N/A                         Participants in amounts determined in accordance with the
                               ratio which each eligible Participant's Plan Compensation
                               bears to the total Plan Compensation of all Participants
                               eligible to share in 401(a) Employer Contributions for such
                               Year.



                          - 9 -



              
                     [ ]  (b)  Integrated Allocation Formula:

                               Any additional 401(a) Employer Contributions for each Plan
                               Year shall be allocated among the Participant's accounts in
                               amounts determined as follows:

                               Each Participant's share will be determined in accordance
                               with the ratio that his Plan Compensation in excess of:

                                 [ ] $____________

                                 [ ] the Taxable Wage Base

                               bears to the total Plan Compensation in excess of such
                               amount of all Participants eligible to share in 401(a)
                               Employer Contributions for such Year; however, in no event
                               may a Participant's share exceed ___________________% of his
                               Compensation in excess of such amount.

                               Any remaining 401(a) Employer Contributions will be
                               allocated to all eligible Participants in accordance with
                               the ratio which each eligible Participant's Plan
                               Compensation bears to the total Plan Compensation of all
                               Participants eligible to share in 401(a) Employer
                               Contributions for such Year.

                               The maximum percentage share of Compensation above the
                               dollar amount used is the OASDI tax rate in effect at the
                               beginning of the Plan Year. If the dollar amount used
                               exceeds the Taxable Wage Base, the maximum percentage share
                               is produced by the following formula:

                                   (Taxable Wage Base)      X  the OASDI tax rate in effect
                                ------------------------       at the beginning of the Plan
                               (Designated Dollar Amount)      Year

                     Note: All reference to the Taxable Wage Base are to the Base in effect
                     at the beginning of the Plan Year.

- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Section 5.03        Amounts forfeited for each Plan Year shall be applied as follows
  METHOD OF          (Check one):
ALLOCATING PLAN
 FORFEITURES     [ ] (a) Forfeitures shall be allocated per the same method as 401(a) Employer
                         Contributions are allocated for the Plan Year in which the forfeiture
                         occurs.

                 [x] (b) Forfeitures shall be used to reduce Employer contributions for the
                         Plan Year following that in which the forfeiture occurs.
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------



                         - 10 -



              
Section 5.04         Any dividend paid by Insurer pursuant to the terms of any group
GROUP ANNUITY        annuity contract issued to the Trustee shall be (Check (a) or (b)
 CONTRACT            below, if applicable):
 DIVIDENDS
                 [x] (a) added to the Employer's contribution for the Plan Year during
                         which the dividend is credited to the Contract.

                 [ ] (b) applied to reduce the Employer's contribution for the Plan
                         Year during which the dividend is credited to the Contract.

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Article VII         If the Employer maintains or ever maintained another qualified plan in
LIMITATION OF        which any Participant in this Plan is (or was) a participant or could
 ALLOCATIONS         possibly become a participant, this section must be completed.

(Other Defined       1. If the Participant is covered under another qualified defined
 Contribution           contribution plan maintained by the Employer, other than a Master or
   Plans)               Prototype Plan:

                     [x] (i)   The determination of the maximum permissible contribution
                               under the other defined contribution plan shall be made only
                               after crediting a participant with his Annual Addition for a
                               Limitation Year under this defined contribution plan.

                     [ ] (ii)  The determination of the maximum permissible contribution
                               under this defined contribution plan shall be only after
                               crediting a participant with his Annual Addition under the
                               other defined contribution plan.

                     [ ] (iii) Specify _____________________________________________________
                               _____________________________________________________________
                               _____________________________________________________________

(Other Defined       2. If the Participant is or has ever been a participant in a defined
Benefit Plans)          benefit plan maintained by the Employer (the adopting Employer
                        must provide language which will satisfy the 1.0 limitation of
                        Section 415(e) of the Internal Revenue Code. Such language must
                        preclude employer discretion. See Section 1.415-1 of the Income
                        Tax Regulations for guidance).

                     [x] (i)  The determination of the maximum permissible contribution
                              under any defined contribution plan shall be made only after
                              crediting a participant with his earned benefit for a
Defined benefit               Limitation Year under any defined benefit plan in which he
 plan has                     is also participating.
terminated
                     [ ] (ii) Other (Specify):_____________________________________________
                              __________________________________________________________________
                              __________________________________________________________________



                                     - 11-



                  
  Section 10.02A     In-Service Withdrawals by the Participant of the amount in his Salary
   IN-SERVICE        Savings Contribution and 401(k) Employer and 401(k) Employer Match
   WITHDRAWALS       Contribution accounts, for any reason, after he attains age 59 1/2
(after age 591/2)    (Check one):

                     [x] (a) are permitted

                     [ ] (b) are not permitted

- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Section 10.02B       Determinations of "financial hardship" under Plan Section 10.02 shall
  HARDSHIP           be made using the following criteria:
WITHDRAWALS **
 (Criteria)          [x] (a) Safe Harbor

                             Immediate and Heavy Financial Needs: Such a need exists when
                             the withdrawal will be used to pay any of the following:
                             (1) deductible medical expenses incurred by the Participant,
                             Participant's spouse or any dependent of the Participant; (2)
                             down payment on the principal residence of the Participant;
                             (3) tution for the next semester or quarter of post-secondary
                             education for the Participant, his or her spouse, children or
                             other dependents; or (4) to prevent eviction of the
                             Participant from his or her principal residence or
                             foreclosure on the mortgage of the Participant's principal
                             residence.

                             Amount of Above: The amount withdrawn, less any income and
                             penalty taxes, must be less than or equal to the amount
                             identified by the Participant as needed for the above.

                             Reasonable Availability of Other Financial Resources: The
                             Participant will be ineligible and must acknowledge that he
                             or she is ineligible to make Salary Savings Contributions or
                             After Tax Contributions under this or any other plan
                             maintained by the Employer: (1) for one year from the date
                             of withdrawal; and (2) such that the sum of any Salary
                             Savings Contributions made (a) prior to the above suspension
                             in the calendar year in which the suspension begins and (b)
                             after the suspension in the calendar year in which the
                             suspension ends is less than or equal to (c) the limit set
                             forth in Code Section 402(g)(1) as applicable in the year in
                             which the suspension ends. Further, the Participant must
                             have obtained all distributions, other than hardship
                             distributions, and all non-taxable loans available as of the
                             above acknowledgement under all plans maintained by the
                             Employer.

                     [ ] (b) Other

                             Attach a description of the criteria for determining: (1)
                             the immediacy and weight of a Participant's financial need;
                             (2) the amount of any heavy and immediate financial need and
                             (3) the reasonable availability of other financial resources
                             of the Participant.
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------



**Hardship withdrawals of profit sharing plan and defined benefit plan assets
  transferred or existing in this plan prior to 9/1/91 are permitted at any time
  for health, education or welfare.

                                     - 12 -



                
Section 11.01      Participant Loans (Check One):
PARTICIPANT
   LOANS             [X] (a)  are permitted

                     [ ] (b)  are not permitted

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Section 12.02      Check and complete one of the below, and any applicable subparts:
 EARLY
RETIREMENT AGE       [X] (a)  There is no Early Retirement Age.
(if any)
                     [ ] (b)  The Early Retirement Age of a Participant shall be the
                              first day of any month selected by the Participant
                              coincident with or next following the date he satisfies
                              the following requirements (Check and complete the
                              applicable requirements set forth below);

                              [ ] Termination of employment within _________ years of Normal
                                  Retirement Age

                              [ ] Attainment of Age ____________

                              [ ] Completion of ___________ Years of Service

                              [ ] Completion of ___________ Years of Plan Participation

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Section 13.01(1)   A Participant's 401(a) Employer and 401(a) Employer Match
 VESTING           Contributions, if any, shall be vested to the extent designated
SCHEDULES          below:

                     [X] (a)  100% at all times for all assets transferred from prior
                              defined benefit plan and profit sharing plan.

                     [X] (b)  100% after 5 (1 to 10) Years of Service for all 401(a)
                              Employer Match Contributions received after 9/1/91.

                     [ ] (c)  A percentage determined in accordance with the following
                              schedule (5-15 vesting):

                                                                   Nonforfeitable
                                    Years of Service                 Percentage
                                    ----------------               --------------
                                    Less than 5                          0%
                                              5                         25
                                              6                         30
                                              7                         35
                                              8                         40
                                              9                         45
                                             10                         50
                                             11                         60
                                             12                         70
                                             13                         80
                                             14                         90
                                             15 or more                100



                                           - 13 -



                
                   [ ] (d)  A percentage which is the greater of (i) or (ii) below (Rule
                            of 45):

                            (i)  A Participant with at least 5 Years of Service whose
                                 Age and Years of Service at least equal 45 shall be
                                 vested in accordance with the following schedule:

                                                                          then the Non
                                 If Completed Years  and sum of Age and    forfeitable
                                  of Service equal     Service equals     Percentage is
                                 ------------------  ------------------   -------------

                                     5                  45 or 46               50%
                                     6                  47 or 48               60
                                     7                  49 or 50               70
                                     8                  51 or 52               80
                                     9                  53 or 54               90
                                    10 or more          55 or more            100

                            (ii) After completion of 10 Years of Service, all
                                 Participants shall be 50% vested, plus 10% for each of
                                 the next 5 Years of Service.

                   [ ] (e)  A percentage determined in accordance with the following
                            schedule (4-40 vesting):

                                                                Nonforfeitable
                                    Years of Service              Percentage
                                    ----------------            --------------

                                    Less than 4                        0%
                                              4                       40
                                              5                       45
                                              6                       50
                                              7                       60
                                              8                       70
                                              9                       80
                                             10                       90
                                             11 or more              100

                   [ ] (f)  other _______________________________________________________
                            ______________________________________ full vesting after
                            completion of ___________ Years of Service (not to exceed 10).

                   [ ] (g)  A percentage determined in accordance with the following
                            schedule:

                                                                Nonforfeitable
                                    Years of Service              Percentage
                                    ----------------            --------------

                                    Less than 2                        0%
                                              2                       20
                                              3                       40
                                              4                       60
                                              5                       80
                                              6 or more              100



                                     - 14 -



                
                   [ ] (h)  A percentage determined in accordance with the
                            following schedule:

                                                          Nonforfeitable
                            Years of Service                Percentage
                            ----------------              --------------
                            Less than 3                           0%
                                      3                          20
                                      4                          40
                                      5                          60
                                      6                          80
                                      7 or more                 100

                     NOTE:  Notwithstanding the above, in any event a
                            Participant's vesting percentage shall be 100% on the
                           date he attains his Normal Retirement Age, or, if
                           earlier, on the date he attains his Early Retirement
                           Age.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Section 13.01(3)     In determining a Participant's Vesting Percentage, the
    VESTING          following periods of Service shall be disregarded (Check one
(Service             or more boxes, if applicable):
 Exclusions)

                     NOTE:  If all Years of Service are to be counted, no boxes
                            should be checked.

                     [ ] *(a)  Years of Service before Age 18 (except that if
  N/A                          Section 13.01(1)(d) of the Adoption Agreement is
                               checked, such Years during which the Employee was a
                               Participant shall not be disregarded).

                     [ ] *(b)  Periods during which the Plan or a predecessor plan
                               was not maintained by the Employer.

                     [ ]  (c)  If a Participant has a One Year Break in Service,
                               Service before the Break shall not be taken into
                               account until he has completed a Year of Service
                               after such Break in Service.

                     [ ]  (d)  In a case of a Participant who has 5 or more
                               consecutive One Year Breaks in Service, the
                               Participant's pre-break service will count in
                               vesting of the Employer-derived accrued benefit
                               only if either:

                               (i)   such Participant has any nonforfeitable
                                     interest in the Accrued Benefit attributable
                                     to Employer contributions at the time of
                                     separation from service, or

                               (ii)  upon returning to service the number of
                                     consecutive One Year Breaks in Service is
                                     less than the number of Years of Service.



                                     - 15 -



                
                     [ ]  (e)  Years of Service before January 1, 1971, unless the Employee has
                               had at least 3 Years of Service after December 31,1970.

                     [ ]  (f)  Years of Service before the Plan Year in which Internal Revenue
                               Code Section 411 became applicable to the Plan, if such Service
                               would have been disregarded under the rules of the plan with
                               regard to Breaks in Service as in effect on the applicable date.
                               For this purpose, Break in Service rules are rules which result
                               in loss of prior vesting or benefit accruals, or which deny an
                               employee eligibility to participate, by reason of separation or
                               failure to complete a required period of service within a
                               specified period of time.

                   NOTE: In all events Years of Service during which the Employee did not
                         complete at least 1,000 Hours of Service shall be disregarded.

                   *Subsection (a) and (b) may not be checked if Section 13.01(1)(e) of the
                   Adoption Agreement has been elected.

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Section 13.02(1)   A terminated Participant (or his Beneficiary) may request that the
  DISTRIBUTION     participant's deferred Normal Retirement Benefit be distributed (Check one
      OF           of the following ):
   DEFERRED
    NORMAL           [X] (a)   at any time after the date the Participant terminates employment
  RETIREMENT                   with the Employer.
   BENEFIT
                     [ ] (b)   No earlier than the earliest of the terminated Participant's death,
                               attainment of the Participant's Normal or Early Retirement Date or
                               Normal Retirement Age.

                     [ ] (c)   If earlier than (b) above, at any time after the end of the Plan
                               Year in which the Participant terminated employment with the Employer.

                     [ ] (d)   If earlier than (b) above, at any time after the end of the _____
                               Plan Year following the plan year in which the Participant terminated
                               employment with the Employer.

                     [ ] (e)   If earlier than (b) above, __________________________________
                               ________________________________________________________________
                               (Specify the time when or other objective criteria under which a
                               Participant may request a distribution of his deferred Normal
                               Retirement Benefit.)

                   NOTE:       Employers may not eliminate or restrict the availability of
                               distribution options except in accordance with Code Sections 401(a)(4)
                               and 411(d)(6) and Rules and Regulations promulgated thereunder.



                                     - 16 -



                  
Section 17.01        (a)  Without limiting the Trustee's powers in any other respect,
 INVESTMENT               contributions made by or on behalf of each Participant shall be
  IN LIFE                 invested in life insurance Policies as follows (Check and complete one
 INSURANCE                of the following):
 POLICIES
                            [ ] (i)  Subject to any restrictions specified in (b) below, the
                                     percentage of plan contributions allocated to the purchase of
                                     life insurance Policies shall be as elected by each Participant.

                            [X] (ii) No life insurance Policies shall be purchased by the Trustee.

                     (b)  If item (a)(i) above is checked, the purchase of life insurance
                          policies shall be subject to the following restrictions (Check and
                          complete the following, if applicable):

                       [ ](i)   All Policies will have a common issue date (the plan
                                Anniversary) i.e., no Policies will be issued by the Insurer on
                                other than the Plan Anniversary.

                       [ ](ii)  The amount of life insurance issued on the life of any
                                Participant shall not exceed $____________.

                     NOTE:  Any purchase of life insurance Policies shall be subject to the rules
                            and restrictions specified in Section 2.38 and in Article XVII of the
                            Plan.

                     NOTE:  In no event may Tax Deductible Voluntary Contributions be used to
                            purchase life insurance - See Section 17.01(1) of the Plan.



                                                     - 17 -



                            EXECUTION AND ACCEPTANCE
                                       BY
                             EMPLOYER AND TRUSTEE(S)

     STATE MUTUAL OF AMERICA GROUP PROTOTYPE 401(k) PROFIT SHARING PLAN NO.3

                             AS USED IN PUERTO RICO

The Employer hereby agrees that the Insurer is not responsible for the
qualification of the Plan or Trust, assumes full responsibility therefor, hereby
accepts the provisions of State Mutual of America Group Prototype 401(k) Profit
Sharing Plan No. 3, agrees to be bound by the provisions thereof, and adopts
such Profit Sharing Plan by causing its name to be signed hereto by its duly
authorized officer, all as of this 9th day of December, 1991.

In order to obtain reliance with respect to the qualification of Plan
provisions, the Employer must apply to the Puerto Rico Department of Revenue for
a determination letter.

Employer First Federal Savings Bank             Employer _______________________

      By Aida M. Garcia - Vice President              By _______________________
         -------------------------------
      Title: Human Resources Director                 Title:

================================================================================

The undersigned Trustee(s), hereby accepts the provisions of State Mutual of
America Group Prototype 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan No. 3 and the trusts provided
for therein, and hereby declares, and agrees with the aforesaid Employer to
receive, hold, invest, expend and distribute all funds deposited with,
contributed to, earned or otherwise received by, the Trustee(s), all in
accordance with the terms and provisions of said Plan and Trust.

          Laura Villarino Tur                    Date December 9,1991
- -----------------------------------------------

Name  Laura Villarino Tur

Title (if any) Senior Vice President (Trustee)

           Jorge Rodriguez                       Date December 9, 1991
- -----------------------------------------------

Name Jorge Rodriguez

Title (if any) Senior Vice President (Trustee)

           Francisco Cortes                      Date December 9, 1991
- -----------------------------------------------

Name Francisco Cortes

Title (if any) Senior Vice President (Trustee)

                                     - 18 -



                             State Mutual of America
                Group Prototype 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan No. 3
                           Puerto Rico Amendment No. 1

The Group Prototype 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan No. 3 is hereby amended as
follows:

1.       Section 2.21: "Highly Compensated Employee" means, for any Plan Year,
         any Employee who receives compensation higher than that received by
         two-thirds of the eligible employees during that Plan Year.

2.       Section 2.27 is replaced by the following: "Non-Highly Compensated
         Employee" means any Employee who is not a Highly Compensated Employee.

3.       Section 2.25, 2.28, 2.43, 2.46, 2.47, and 4.02, Article VI, Article IX,
         and the third paragraphs of Section 7.14 and 7.15 are deleted.

4.       Article VIII is replaced by the following:

                                  ATTACHMENT A

                                  ARTICLE VIII

              REFUND OR REALLOCATION OF EXCESS 401(k) CONTRIBUTIONS

8.01     SPECIFIC DEFINITIONS - For purposes of this Article, the following
         definitions shall be used:

 (a)     "Actual Deferral Percentage" means the ratio (expressed as a
         percentage) of Salary Savings Contributions, made on behalf of an
         Eligible Participant to that Participant's compensation for the Plan
         Year. The Plan Administrator may include 401(k) Employer Contributions
         and 401(k) Employer Match Contributions made for the Participant in the
         above described numerator, if such inclusion is made on a uniform
         nondiscriminatory basis for all Participants.

         Additionally, if one or more other plans allowing contributions under
         Puerto Rico Income Tax Code Section 165(3) are considered with this
         Plan as one for purposes of Puerto Rico Income Tax Code Section
         165(a)(3) or (4), the Actual Deferral Percentages for all Eligible
         Participants under all such plans shall be determined as if this Plan
         and all such other plans were one. If any Highly Compensated Employee
         is also an Eligible Participant in one or more other Plans allowing
         contributions under Code Section 165(e), the Actual Deferral Percentage
         for that Employee shall be determined as if this Plan and all such
         other plans were one.

 (b)     "Average Actual Deferral Percentage" means the average (expressed as a
         percentage) of the Actual Deferral Percentages of a group.

 (c)     "Eligible Participant' means a Participant eligible to have Salary
         Savings Contributions made on his behalf.



         (d)      "Excess 401(k) Contributions" means the excess of: (i) the
                  numerator of the Actual Deferral Percentage of a Highly
                  Compensated Employee over (ii) the maximum numerator permitted
                  under Plan Section 8.02, determined by reducing the numerators
                  of Highly Compensated Employees in order of their Actual
                  Deferral Percentages beginning with the highest of such
                  percentages.

         (e)      "Excess Deferrals" means: (1) the excess of Salary Reduction
                  Contributions for any Participant over $7,000 (or such amount
                  as the Secretary of the Treasury may designate); (2) any
                  amount identified in Plan Section 8.07; and (3) any amount
                  over 10% of the Participant's Compensation.

8.02     AVERAGE ACTUAL DEFERRAL PERCENTAGE TEST - The Average Actual Deferral
         percentage for Highly Compensated Employees for each Plan Year and the
         Average Actual Deferral Percentage for Non-Highly compensated Employees
         for the same Plan Year must satisfy one of the following tests:

         (a)      The Average Actual Deferral Percentage for Eligible
                  Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan
                  Year shall not exceed the Average Actual Deferral Percentage
                  for Eligible Participants who are Non-Highly Compensated
                  Employees for the Plan Year multiplied by 1.25; or

         (b)      The Average Actual Deferral Percentage for Eligible
                  Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan
                  Year shall not exceed the Average Actual Deferral Percentage
                  for Eligible Participants who are Non-Highly Compensated
                  Employees for the Plan Year multiplied by 2, provided that the
                  Average Actual Deferral Percentage for Eligible Participants
                  who are Highly Compensated Employees does not exceed The
                  Average Actual Deferral Percentage for Eligible Participants
                  who are Non-Highly Compensated Employees by more than two (2)
                  percentage points.

8.03     REFUND OF EXCESS 401(k) CONTRIBUTIONS - Notwithstanding any other
         provision of this Plan, except Section 8.05 herein, Excess 401(k)
         Contributions and income allocable thereto shall be distributed to the
         affected Participant, or, at the Participant's election, and in
         accordance with regulations, recharacterized as Voluntary After Tax
         Contributions. The Plan Administrator shall make every effort to refund
         or recharacterize Excess 401(k) Contributions within 2 1/2 months of
         the end of the affected Plan Year.

8.04     ACCOUNTING FOR EXCESS 401(k) CONTRIBUTIONS - Amounts distributed and
         reallocated under this Article shall be treated as being made from
         Salary Savings Contributions, 401(k) Employer Contributions and 401(k)
         Employer Match Contributions as determined by the Plan Administrator on
         a uniform nondiscriminatory basis.



8.05     SPECIAL 401(k) EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS - Notwithstanding any other
         provisions of this Plan, except Section 8.09, in lieu of reallocating
         or distributing Excess 401(k) Contributions as provided in Section
         8.03, the employer may make 401(k) Employer Contributions and or 401(k)
         Employer Match Contributions on behalf of Non-Highly Compensated
         Employees that are sufficient to satisfy either of the Average Actual
         Deferral Percentage Tests; any such 401(k) Employer Contributions must
         be allocated among the Non-Highly Compensated Employees in proportion
         to Compensation.

8.06     MAXIMUM SALARY SAVINGS CONTRIBUTIONS - No employee shall be permitted
         to have Salary Savings Contributions made under this Plan during any
         calendar year in excess of the lesser of $7,000 (or such other amount
         as the Secretary of the Treasury may designate) or 10% of their
         compensation. The foregoing limit will not apply to Salary Savings
         Contributions attributable to services performed in 1986 and described
         on Sections 1105(c)(4) or (5) of the Tax Reform Act of 1986.

8.07     PARTICIPANT CLAIMS - Participants under other plans described in Code
         Section 165(e) may submit a claim to the Plan Administrator specifying
         the amount of their Excess Deferral. Such claim shall: (1) be in
         writing; (2) be submitted no later than March 1 of the year after the
         Excess Deferral was made; and (3) state that such amount, when added to
         amounts deferred under other plans described in Code Section 165(e),
         exceeds $7,000 (or such other amount as the Secretary of the Treasury
         may designate).

8.08     DISTRIBUTION OF EXCESS DEFERRALS - The plan Administrator shall make
         every effort to see that Excess Deferrals and income allocable thereto
         shall be distributed to the affected Participant no later than the
         April 15 following the calendar year in which such Excess Deferrals
         were made.

8.09     OPERATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH REGULATIONS - The determination and
         treatment of Actual Deferral Percentages and Excess 401(k)
         Contributions, and the operation of the Average Actual Deferral
         Percentage Test shall be in accordance with such additional
         requirements as may be prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury.



GROUP PROTOTYPE

401(k) PROFIT SHARING

PLAN

Prototype Plan No. 3

FORM 07244



                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
                             STATE MUTUAL OF AMERICA
                GROUP PROTOTYPE 401(k) PROFIT SHARING PLAN NO. 3



  ARTICLE                                      TITLE
  -------                                      -----
                                                                                       
    I        NAME, PURPOSE AND EFFECTIVE DATE OF PLAN .....................................   1

   II        DEFINITIONS ..................................................................   1

  III        PARTICIPATION REQUIREMENTS ...................................................  12

   IV        EMPLOYER AND PARTICIPANT CONTRIBUTIONS .......................................  16

    V        PARTICIPANT ACCOUNTS, ALLOCATION OF CONTRIBUTIONS
               AND VALUATION OF ASSETS ....................................................  19

   VI        PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO TOP HEAVY PLANS .....................................  21

  VII        415 LIMITATIONS ON ALLOCATION ................................................  25

 VIII        REFUND OR REALLOCATION OF EXCESS 401(k) CONTRIBUTIONS ........................  30

   IX        REFUND OR FORFEITURE OF EXCESS 401(m) CONTRIBUTIONS ..........................  33

    X        IN-SERVICE WITHDRAWALS .......................................................  35

   XI        PARTICIPANT LOANS ............................................................  36

  XII        RETIREMENT AND DEATH BENEFITS ................................................  38

 XIII        BENEFITS UPON TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT ......................................  48

  XIV        PLAN FIDUCIARY RESPONSIBILITIES ..............................................  51

   XV        TRUSTEE AND TRUST FUND INVESTMENTS ...........................................  55

  XVI        THE INSURER ..................................................................  59

 XVII        LIFE INSURANCE POLICIES ......................................................  59

XVIII        TRANSFER OF ASSETS, ROLLOVER CONTRIBUTIONS ...................................  61

  XIX        CLAIMS PROCEDURE .............................................................  62

   XX        AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION ....................................................  63

  XXI        MISCELLANEOUS ................................................................  66


FORM 7244 (IRS-88)



                            STATE MUTUAL OF AMERICA
                GROUP PROTOTYPE 401(k) PROFIT SHARING PLAN NO. 3

State Mutual Life Assurance Company of America is the sponsor of this Prototype
401(k) Profit Sharing Plan, which an Employer may adopt by executing a Plan
Adoption Agreement. The three Adoption Agreements available have been designated
Plan Nos. 001 (Non-Standardized), 002 (Standardized) and 003 (Simplified
Standardized) by the internal Revenue Service. The Trustee who is to act as
Trustee hereunder shall indicate acceptance of the provisions of this plan and
Trust upon the page and in the manner provided for that purpose, whereupon this
instrument shall be a valid and binding Plan and Trust in accordance with its
terms and provisions.

                                   ARTICLE I

                    NAME, PURPOSE AND EFFECTIVE DATE OF PLAN

1.01     This Plan shall be known as State Mutual of America Group Prototype
         401(k) Profit Sharing Plan No. 3. This Plan is State Mutual Basic Plan
         Document No. 05.

1.02     This Plan and Trust has been established for the exclusive benefit of
         the eligible Employees of each Employer and their Beneficiaries, and as
         far as possible shall be interpreted and administered in a manner
         consistent with this intent and consistent with the requirements of
         Code Section 401. If the Employer's plan fails to attain or retain
         qualification under Code Section 401, such plan shall no longer
         participate under this Prototype Plan and will be considered an
         individually designed plan.

1.03     Subject to Article VII and to Section 20.05, under no circumstances
         shall any property of the Trust, or any contributions made by the
         Employer under its Plan or Trust, be used for, or diverted to, purposes
         other than for the exclusive benefit of the Employees of such Employer,
         or their Beneficiaries.

1.04     The Effective Date of this Plan and Trust shall be the date specified
         as such in Item 6 of the Adoption Agreement.

                                   ARTICLE II

                                  DEFINITIONS

As used in this Agreement, the following words and phrases shall have the
meanings set forth herein unless a different meaning is clearly required by the
context.

2.01     "Accrued Benefit" means the sum of the balances of the separate
         accounts maintained on a Participant's behalf pursuant to Section 5.01.

2.02     "Administrator" means the person or persons designated by the Employer
         in Item 10 of the Adoption Agreement to administer the Plan on behalf
         of the Employer.

2.03     "Adoption Agreement" means the separate agreement executed by each
         Employer adopting the Plan, in which the Employer's selection of
         options under the Plan are indicated.

                                     - 1 -



2.04     "After-Tax Contribution" means a contribution made to the Trust
         pursuant to Section 4.04 of the Plan and Adoption Agreement.

2.05     "Age" means the age of a person at his last birthday.

2.06     "Beneficiary" means the person, trust, organization or estate
         designated to receive Plan benefits payable on or after the death of a
         Participant.

2.07     "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 as amended and any
         future Internal Revenue Code or similar Internal Revenue laws.

2.08     "Compensation" means:

         (i)      for purposes of applying the limitations of Article VII, the
                  compensation includible in gross income for the Limitation
                  Year ending with or within the Plan Year.

         (ii)     for purposes of Section 4.02 (minimum Employer Contributions
                  for Top Heavy Plans) and Section 2.25 (Definition of "Key
                  Employee"), the compensation includible in gross income for
                  the Plan Year.

         (iii)    for all other purposes, except as noted below, the
                  compensation includible in gross income for the Plan Year, and
                  salary reduction Contributions contributed in the
                  Participant's behalf for the Plan Year under Code Sections
                  401(k), 408(k), 403(b) and 125.

                  If an incorporated Employer adopts a Non Standardized Plan and
                  the allocation formula is not integrated with Social Security,
                  the Employer may specify that certain items of compensation
                  may be excluded for purposes of allocating 401(a) Employer
                  Contributions.

                  Additionally, if the Employer is incorporated, for the first
                  year of Plan participation, compensation paid before the date
                  the Employee becomes a Participant shall be excluded for
                  purposes of making all contributions and for purposes of
                  Articles VIII and IX if the Employer so specifies in Adoption
                  Agreement Section 2.08.

         Compensation of any Self-Employed Individual for any year shall mean
         his Earned Income for such year.

         Notwithstanding the above definitions, for any Top Heavy Plan Year and
         for Plan Years beginning after 1988, Compensation in excess of $200,000
         (or such other amount as the Secretary of the Treasury may designate)
         shall be disregarded.

2.09     "Control Group" means a group of corporations which are members of a
         controlled group of corporations (as defined in Section 414(b) of the
         Internal Revenue Code) and all trades or businesses (whether or not
         incorporated) which are under common control (as defined in Code
         Section 414(c)).

                                      - 2 -



         The term "Control Group" shall also include all members of an
         affiliated service group (as defined in Code Section 414(m)).

2.10     "Earned Income" means net earnings from self-employment for services
         actually rendered to the trade or business for which this Plan is
         established, in which trade or business personal services of an
         Owner-Employee or a Self-Employed Individual are a material
         income-producing factor. Earned Income of such trade or business shall
         also include gains (other than gains from the sale of a capital asset,
         as defined in the Code) and net earnings derived from the sale or other
         disposition of, the transfer of any interest in, or the licensing of
         the use of, property (other than good will) by an individual whose
         personal efforts created such property. Net earnings will be determined
         without regard to items not included in gross income and the deductions
         allocable to such items. Net earnings shall be reduced by contributions
         by the Employer to a qualified retirement plan to the extent deductible
         under Code Section 404. For Plan Years beginning after 1988, net
         earnings shall be reduced by amounts deductible under Code Section
         164(f).

2.11     "Employee" means any Self-Employed Individual and any common-law
         employee who is employed by the Employer.

         In addition, any leased employee shall be treated as an Employee of the
         recipient Employer; however, contributions or benefits provided by the
         leasing organization which are attributable to services performed for
         the recipient Employer shall be treated as provided by the recipient
         Employer. The preceding sentence shall not apply to any leased employee
         if no more than 20% of the Non-Highly Compensated Employees of the
         Employer are leased employees, and if such employee is covered by a
         money purchase pension plan providing:

         (a)      a nonintegrated employer contribution rate of at least 10
                  percent of compensation,

         (b)      immediate participation, and

         (c)      full and immediate vesting.

         For purposes of this section, the term "leased employee" means any
         person who pursuant to an agreement between the recipient and any other
         person ("leasing organization") has performed services for the
         recipient (or for the Employer and related persons determined in
         accordance with Code Section 414(n)(6)) on a substantially full time
         basis for a period of at least one year and such services are of a type
         historically performed by employees in the business field of the
         recipient Employer.

2.12     "Employer" means the entity specified in Item 1 of the Adoption
         Agreement, any Participating Employer who completed and executed the
         Adoption Agreement, any successor employer which shall maintain this
         Plan and any Predecessor Employer which has maintained this Plan.
         Participating Employers shall be listed in Item 4 of the Adoption
         Agreement. Predecessor Employers shall be listed in Item 16 of the
         Adoption Agreement.

                                      - 3 -



         Except as provided in Section 7.16, for purposes of Code Sections 401,
         408(k), 410, 411 and 415, all employees of the members of a control
         Group shall be treated as employed by a single employer.

2.13     "Family member" means, with respect to any Employee, such Employee's
         spouse and lineal ascendants and descendants, and the spouses of lineal
         ascendants and descendants.

2.14     "Fiduciary" means any person who (a) exercises any discretionary
         authority or discretionary control respecting management of the Plan or
         exercises any authority or control respecting management or disposition
         of its assets, (b) renders investment advice for a fee or other
         compensation, direct or indirect, with respect to any monies or other
         property of the Plan or has any authority or responsibility to do so,
         or (c) has any discretionary authority or discretionary responsibility
         in the administration of the Plan, including, but not limited to, the
         Trustee, the Employer and the Plan Administrator.

2.15     "Five Percent Owner" means, in the case of a corporation, any person
         who owns (or is considered as owning within the meaning of Code Section
         318) more than five percent of the outstanding stock of the Employer or
         stock possessing more than five percent of the total combined voting
         power of all stock of the Employer. In the case of an Employer that is
         not a corporation, "Five Percent Owner" means any person who owns or
         under applicable regulations is considered as owning more than five
         percent of the capital or profits interest in the Employer. In
         determining percentage ownership hereunder, employers that would
         otherwise be aggregated under Code Sections 414(b), (c), and (m) shall
         be treated as separate employers.

2.16     "Former Participant" means a person who has been a Participant, but
         who has ceased to be a Participant for any reason.

2.17     "401(a) Employer Contribution" means a 401(a) Plan contribution made by
         the Employer to the Trust pursuant to Plan Section 4.01 and Adoption
         Agreement Section 4.01(1).

2.18     "401(a) Employer Match Contribution" means a match contribution made to
         the Trust pursuant to Plan Section 4.01 and Adoption Agreement Section
         4.01(3) and subject to the vesting schedule applicable to 401(a)
         Employer Contributions pursuant to Adoption Agreement Section
         4.01(3)(f)(ii) of Plan 001 or Plan 002 ( the Non Standardized and
         Standardized Plans) or when made pursuant to Adoption Agreement Section
         4.01(3)(c)(ii) of Plan 003 (the Simplified Standardized Plan).

2.19     "401(k) Employer Contribution" means a 401(k) Plan contribution made by
         the Employer to the Trust pursuant to Section 4.01 of the Plan and
         Section 4.01(2) of the Adoption Agreement.

2.20     "401(k) Employer Match Contribution" means a match contribution made to
         the Trust pursuant to Plan Section 4.01 and Adoption Agreement Section
         4.01(3), and nonforfeitable when made pursuant to Adoption Agreement
         Section 4.01(3)(f)(i) of Plan 001 or Plan 002 (the Non Standardized and
         Standardized Plans) or when made pursuant to Adoption Agreement Section
         4.01(3)(c)(i) of Plan 003 (the Simplified Standardized Plan).

                                      - 4 -



2.21     "Highly Compensated Employee" means any Employee who, at any time
         during the current or preceding Plan Year:

         (a)      is a 5% owner;

         (b)      received annual compensation in excess of $75,000 (or such
                  other amount as the Secretary of the Treasury may designate);

         (c)      received annual compensation in excess of $50,000 (or such
                  other amount as the Secretary of the Treasury may designate)
                  and who is in the group consisting of the top twenty percent
                  of Employees when ranked on the basis of compensation for such
                  year. In determining the number of Employees in the top twenty
                  percent, those Employees described in Code Section 414(q)(8)
                  shall be excluded;

         (d)      is an officer described in Plan Section 2.25(a); or

         (e)      is a former Employee described in Code Section 414(q)(9).

         Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Employee described in (b), (c) or
         (d) above for the current but not the previous Plan Year shall not be
         considered a Highly Compensated Employee unless such Employee is one of
         the one hundred most highly compensated Employees for the current Plan
         Year.

2.22     "Hour of Service" means:

         (a)      Each hour for which an Employee is paid, or entitled to
                  payment, for the performance of duties for the Employer. These
                  hours shall be credited to the Employee for the computation
                  period in which the duties are performed;

         (b)      Each hour for which an Employee is paid, or entitled to
                  payment, by the Employer on account of a period of time during
                  which no duties are performed (irrespective of whether the
                  employment relationship has terminated) due to vacation,
                  holiday, illness, incapacity (including disability), layoff,
                  jury duty, military duty or leave of absence. No more than 501
                  hours of service shall be credited under this paragraph for
                  any single continuous period (whether or not such period
                  occurs in a single computation period). Hours under this
                  paragraph shall be calculated and credited pursuant to Section
                  2530.200b-2 of the Department of Labor Regulations which are
                  incorporated herein by this reference; and

         (c)      Each hour for which back pay, irrespective of mitigation of
                  damages, is either awarded or agreed to by the Employer. The
                  same hours of service shall not be credited both under
                  paragraph (a) or paragraph (b), as the case may be, and under
                  this paragraph (c). These hours shall be credited to the
                  Employee for the computation period or periods to which the
                  award or agreement pertains rather than the computation period
                  in which the award, agreement or payment is made.

                                      - 5 -



                  In addition to the foregoing rules, hours of service will be
                  credited for employment with other members of an affiliated
                  service group (under Section 414(m) of the Internal Revenue
                  Code), a controlled group of corporations (under Section
                  414(b) of the Internal Revenue Code), or a group of trades or
                  businesses under common control (under Section 414(c) of the
                  Internal Revenue Code), of which the adopting Employer is a
                  member.

                  Hours of Service will also be credited for any individual
                  considered an Employee for purposes of the Plan under Section
                  414(n) of the Internal Revenue Code.

                  Solely for purposes of determining whether a One Year Break in
                  Service, as defined in Section 2.30, for participation and
                  vesting purposes has occurred in a computation period, an
                  individual who is absent from work for maternity or paternity
                  reasons shall receive credit for the Hours of Service which
                  would otherwise have been credited to such individual but for
                  such absence, or in any case in which such Hours cannot be
                  determined, 8 Hours of Service per day of such absence. For
                  purposes of this paragraph, an absence from work for maternity
                  or paternity reasons means an absence (1) by reason of the
                  pregnancy of the individual, (2) by reason of a birth of a
                  child of the individual, (3) by reason of the placement of a
                  child with the individual in connection with the adoption of
                  such child by such individual, or (4) for purposes of caring
                  for such child for a period beginning immediately following
                  such birth of placement. The Hours of Service credited under
                  this paragraph shall be credited (1) in the computation period
                  in which the absence begins if the crediting is necessary to
                  prevent a break in service in that period, or (2) in all other
                  cases, in the following computation period.

                  Hours of Service shall be determined on the basis of the
                  method selected in Adoption Agreement Section 2.22.

2.23     "Insurer" means State Mutual Life Assurance Company of America or any
         affiliate thereof, all employees and agents thereof, and with the
         consent of State Mutual, any other legal reserve life insurance or
         annuity company.

2.24     "Investment Manager" means any person, firm or corporation who is a
         registered investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940
         or a bank, and (a) who has the power to manage, acquire, or dispose of
         Plan assets, and (b) who acknowledges in writing his fiduciary
         responsibility to the Plan.

         In no event may the Insurer be an Investment Manager for the Plan.

2.25.    "Key Employee" means any Employee or former Employee (and the
         beneficiaries of any such Employee) who, at any time during the Plan
         Year or any of the preceding four Plan Years, is:

                                      - 6 -



         (a)      an officer of the Employer (as that term is defined within the
                  meaning of the regulations under Code Section 416) having an
                  annual Compensation (as defined for purposes of Article VII)
                  for the Plan Year which exceeds 150% of the dollar limitation
                  under Code Section 415(c)(1)(A) in effect for the calendar
                  year in which such Plan Year ends. If there are 500 or more
                  Employees, in no event will more than 50 Employees be
                  considered Key Employees by reason of being officers. If there
                  are fewer than 500 Employees, in no event will more than the
                  greater of 3 Employees or 10% of all Employees be considered
                  Key Employees by reason of being officers.

         (b)      one of the ten Employees owning (or considered as owning
                  within the meaning of Code Section 318) both more than a 1/2
                  percent ownership interest in value and the largest percentage
                  ownership interests in value of any employers required to be
                  aggregated under Code Sections 414(b), (c) and (m). Only those
                  Employees whose Compensation (as defined for purposes of
                  Article VII) for the Plan Year exceeds the dollar limitation
                  under Code Section 415(c)(1)(A) in effect for the calendar
                  year in which such Plan Year ends shall be considered an owner
                  under this Subsection (b). For purposes of this Subsection (b)
                  if more than one Employee owns the same interest in the
                  Employer, the Employee having the highest annual compensation
                  (as defined for purposes of Article VII) shall be treated as
                  owning a larger interest.

         (c)      a "five percent owner" of the Employer.

         (d)      a "one percent owner" of the Employer having an annual
                  Compensation (as defined for purposes of Article VII) for the
                  Plan Year from the Employer of more than $150,000. In the case
                  of a corporation, "one percent owner" means any person who
                  owns (or is considered as owning within the meaning of Code
                  Section 318) more than one percent of the outstanding stock of
                  the Employer or stock possessing more than one percent of the
                  total combined voting power of all stock of the Employer. In
                  the case of an Employer that is not a corporation, "one
                  percent owner" means any person who owns (or under applicable
                  regulations is considered as owning) more than one percent of
                  the capital or profits interest in the Employer. In
                  determining percentage ownership hereunder, employers that
                  would otherwise be aggregated under Code Sections 414(b), (c)
                  and (m) shall be treated as separate employers. However, in
                  determining whether an individual has Compensation of more
                  than $150,000, Compensation from each employer required to be
                  aggregated under Sections 414(b), (c) and (m) of the Internal
                  Revenue Code shall be taken into account.

2.26     "Limitation Year" means a calendar year or any other twelve consecutive
         month period elected by the Employer. The Limitation Year shall be
         specified by the Employer in Section 2.26 of the Adoption Agreement.
         All qualified plans of the Employer must use the same Limitation Year.
         If the Limitation Year is amended to a different twelve consecutive
         month period, the new Limitation Year must begin on a date within the
         Limitation Year in which the amendment is made.

                                      - 7 -



2.27     "Non-Highly Compensated Employee" means any employee who is neither:
         (a) a Highly Compensated Employee nor (b) a Family Member of either:
         (1) a Five Percent Owner or (2) a Highly Compensated Employee who is
         also one of the ten most highly compensated Employees for the current
         Plan Year.

2.28     "Non-Key Employee" means any Employee who is not a Key Employee.

2.29     "Normal Retirement Age" means the age specified in Adoption Agreement
         Section 2.29 at which time a Participant shall become eligible to
         receive his normal retirement benefit. A Participant shall become fully
         vested in his Accrued Benefit upon attaining his Normal Retirement Age.
         In the event a mandatory retirement age is enforced by the Employer
         Which is less than the Normal Retirement Age specified in the Adoption
         Agreement, such mandatory age shall be deemed to be the Normal
         Retirement Age.

2.30     (a)      "One Year Break in Service" means, except for purposes of
                  determining plan entry under Article III (Participation
                  Requirements), any Plan Year or any corresponding twelve
                  consecutive month period for periods Prior to the commencement
                  of the first twelve-month Plan Year during which the Employee
                  has not completed more than 500 Hours of Service.

         (b)      For purposes of determining plan entry under Article III, "One
                  Year Break in Service" means a twelve consecutive month
                  period, computed with reference to the date the Employee's
                  employment commenced, during which the Employee does not
                  complete more than 500 Hours of Service.

         Notwithstanding the above, an authorized leave of absence shall not
         cause a One Year, Break in Service. An "authorized leave of absence"
         means a temporary cessation from active employment with the Employer
         pursuant to an established nondiscriminatory policy, due to illness,
         military service, or other reason.

2.31     "Owner-Employee" means with respect to an unincorporated business, a
         sole proprietor who owns the entire interest in the Employer or a
         partner who owns more than 10% of either the capital interest or the
         profits interest in the Employer.

2.32     "Participant" means any eligible Employee who participates in the Plan
         as provided in Article III and has not for any reason become ineligible
         to participate further in the Plan.

2.33     "Plan" means the Prototype 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan as herein set
         forth, together with the Adoption Agreement.

2.34     "Plan Anniversary" means the first day of any Plan Year.

2.35     "Plan Year" means the twelve consecutive month period which corresponds
         to the fiscal Year of the Employer, except that the first Plan Year
         shall be the period commencing on the Plan Effective Date and ending on

                                      - 8 -



         the day preceding the First Plan Anniversary. The First Plan
         Anniversary shall be the date so specified in Item 18 of the
         Adoption Agreement.

2.36     "Policy" means any form of individual life insurance contract,
         including any supplementary agreements or riders in connection
         therewith, issued by the Insurer on the life of a Participant. Any life
         insurance death benefits referred to in the following paragraph of this
         Section 2.36 pertain to amounts purchased with other than Voluntary
         After-Tax Contributions. A Policy may include a provision for waiver of
         premium or waiver of premiums and monthly income during disability.

         (a)      If ordinary life insurance contracts are purchased for a
                  Participant, the aggregate life insurance premium for a
                  Participant shall be less than 50% of the aggregate Employer
                  contributions made on behalf of such Participant Plus
                  allocations of any forfeitures credited to the account of such
                  Participant. For purposes of these incidental insurance
                  provisions, ordinary life insurance contracts are contracts
                  with both non-decreasing death benefits and non-increasing
                  premiums.

         (b)      If term insurance or universal life policies are used, the
                  aggregate life insurance premium for a Participant shall not
                  exceed 25% of the aggregate Employer contributions made on
                  behalf of such Participant plus allocation of any forfeitures
                  credited to the account of such Participant.

         (c)      If a combination of ordinary life insurance and other life
                  insurance policies is used, the aggregate premium for the
                  ordinary life insurance plus twice the aggregate premium for
                  the other life insurance shall be less than 50% of the
                  aggregate Employer contributions made by the Employer on
                  behalf of the Participant plus allocations of any forfeitures
                  credited to the account of such Participant.

         The limitation on aggregate life insurance premium payments stated in
         this Section 2.36 shall not apply to any funds, from whatever source,
         which have accumulated in the Participant's Account for a period of two
         (2) or more years, and are applied toward the purchase of such life
         insurance. Provided, however, that in no event may Tax Deductible
         voluntary Contributions be invested in Policies of life insurance.

         Subject to Section 12.08, at the election of the Participant, the
         Policies on a Participant's life will be converted to cash or an
         annuity or distributed to the Participant upon commencement of
         benefits.

2.37     "Profits" means, for any taxable year of the Employer, the net income
         or profits of the Employer for such year without any deduction for
         taxes, based upon its income or contributions to the Trust, and the
         accumulated net earnings or profits of the Employer, as the Employer
         shall determine upon the basis of its books of account in accordance
         with its regular accounting practices.

                                      - 9 -



2.38     "Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity" means an annuity for the life of
         the Participant, with a survivor annuity for the life of his spouse, if
         any, in a amount equal to 50% of the amount of the annuity payable
         during the joint lives of the Participant and his spouse, and which is
         the amount of benefit which can be purchased with the Participant's
         Accrued Benefit.

2.39     "Rollover Contribution" means a contribution made to the Trust pursuant
         to Plan Section 18.01.

2.40     "Salary Savings Contribution" means a contribution made by the Employer
         to the Trust pursuant to Section 4.03 of the Plan and Adoption
         Agreement.

2.41     "Self-Employed Individual" means a person who has Earned Income under
         the trade or business or partnership with the respect to which this
         Plan was adopted; also, an individual who would have had Earned Income
         but for the fact that the trade or business had no Profits for the
         taxable year. A partner who owns 10% or less of the capital or profits
         interest in a partnership and all Owner-Employees are Self-Employed
         Individuals.

2.42     "Service" means the entire period of an Employee's employment with the
         Employer. If an Employer is maintaining a Plan of a predecessor
         Employer, service with the predecessor shall be treated as service with
         the Employer. Predecessor Employers shall be listed in Item 16 of the
         Adoption Agreement.

2.43     "Super Top Heavy Plan" means for any Plan Year beginning after December
         31, 1983 that any of the following conditions exists:

         (a)      If the top Heavy ratio (as defined in Article VI) for this
                  Plan exceeds 90 percent and this Plan is not part of any
                  required aggregation group or permissive aggregation group of
                  Plans.

         (b)      If this Plan is a the part of a required aggregation group of
                  plans but not part of a permissive aggregation group and the
                  top heavy ratio for the group of plans exceeds 90 percent.

         (c)      If this Plan is a part of a required aggregation group and
                  part of a permissive aggregation group of plans and the top
                  heavy ratio for the permissive aggregation group exceeds 90
                  percent.

         See Article VI for requirements and additional definitions applicable
         to Super Top Heavy Plans.

2.44     "Suspense Account" means the account established by the Trustee or
         Insurer for maintaining contributions and forfeitures which have not
         yet been allocated to Participants.

2.45     "Tax Deductible Voluntary Contribution" means a deductible employee
         contribution described in Code Section 72(o)(5). Such contributions
         will be 100% vested and nonforfeitable at all times. No such
         contributions will be accepted for tax years beginning after 1986.

                                     - 10 -



2.46     "Top Heavy Plan" means for any Plan Year beginning after December 31,
         1983 that any of the following conditions exists:

         (a)      If the top heavy ratio (as defined in Article VI) for this
                  Plan exceeds 60 percent and this Plan is not part of any
                  required aggregation group or permissive aggregation group of
                  plans.

         (b)      If this Plan is a part of a required aggregation group of
                  plans but not part of a permissive aggregation group and the
                  top heavy ratio for the group of plans exceeds 60 percent.

         (c)      If this Plan is a part of a required aggregation group and
                  part of a permissive aggregation group of plans and the top
                  heavy ratio for the permissive aggregation group exceeds 60
                  percent.

         See Article VI for requirements and additional definitions applicable
         to Top Heavy Plans.

2.47     "Top Heavy Plan Year" means that, for a particular Plan Year commencing
         after December 31, 1983, the Plan is a Top Heavy Plan.

2.48     "Total and Permanent Disability" means the inability of a Participant
         to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of a physical
         or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or which
         has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not
         less than 12 months. The permanence and degree of such impairment shall
         be supported by medical evidence.

         In determining the nature, extent and duration of any Participant's
         disability, the Plan Administrator may select a physician to examine
         the Participant. The final determination of the nature, extent and
         duration of such disability shall be made solely by the Plan
         Administrator upon the basis of such evidence as he deems necessary and
         acting in accordance with uniform principles consistently applied.

2.49     "Trust" means the Plan and Trust set forth herein, as adopted by the
         Employer. The Trust of the Employer shall be separate and apart from
         the Trust of any other employer which adopts this Plan.

2.50     "Trustee" means the Individual(s), Bank or Trust Company which has
         agreed to be Trustee of the Employer's Plan.

2.51     "Trust Fund" means any and all property held by the Trustee pursuant to
         the Plan and Trust.

2.52     "Valuation Date" means the last day of the Plan Year or, if more
         frequently, such other date or dates as may be directed by the
         Employer.

2.53     "Year of Service" means, except for any periods otherwise disregarded
         in the Adoption Agreement, any Plan Year or any corresponding twelve
         consecutive month period for periods prior to the commencement of the
         first twelve consecutive month Plan Year during which the Employee
         completes at least 1,000 Hours of Service; provided, however, that for

                                     - 11 -



         purposes of determining eligibility for participation under Article
         III, Year of Service shall mean any twelve consecutive month period
         during which he completes 1,000 Hours of Service computed from the date
         an Employee first performs an Hour of Service, or any anniversary
         thereof (or again performs an Hour of Service upon re-employment
         following a termination resulting in a One Year Break in Service).

                                   ARTICLE III

                           PARTICIPATION REQUIREMENTS

3.01     ACTION BY EMPLOYER - An Employer may adopt this Plan and Trust by:

         (a)      signing the Adoption Agreement and such other forms as the
                  Trustee may require,

         (b)      designating the Trustee to act as Trustee under the Plan and
                  Trust,

         (c)      having the designated Trustee execute this Trust and accept
                  the Employer's participation by signing the Adoption Agreement
                  as completed by the Employer.

3.02     (a)      EMPLOYEE PARTICIPATION - 401(k) Plan and 401(a) Plan - Those
                  Employees eligible to become Participants shall be specified
                  in Section 3.02(1) of the Adoption Agreement.

                  If the Employer specifies in Section 4.01 of the Adoption
                  Agreement that the Employer will make 401(k) Employer
                  Contributions or 401(a) Employer Contributions to the Trust,
                  each eligible Employee who complies with the requirements set
                  forth in this Plan and Trust shall become a Participant on the
                  entry date specified in Section 3.02(2) of the Adoption
                  Agreement if he is employed on such date.

         (b)      EMPLOYEE PARTICIPATION - Salary savings Plan - If specified by
                  the Employer in Adoption Agreement Section 4.03, on or after
                  an eligible Employee's entry date the Employee may direct the
                  Employer to reduce his Compensation or Earned Income in order
                  that the Employer may make Salary Savings Contributions to the
                  Trust on the Employee's behalf. Any such Employee shall become
                  a Participant in the Salary Savings Plan on the date his
                  compensation reduction agreement becomes effective. Any such
                  direction shall be made by filing an appropriate form with the
                  Plan Administrator. The Compensation or Earned Income of any
                  eligible Employee electing salary savings shall be reduced by
                  the percentage or dollar amount requested by the Employee
                  (which percentage or dollar amount may not be less than any
                  minimum or more than any maximum specified by the Employer in
                  Adoption Agreement Section 4.03); provided, however, that the
                  Plan Administrator may reduce the Employee's Compensation by
                  smaller percentage or dollar amount or refuse to enter into or
                  comply with a salary savings agreement with the Employee if
                  the requirements of the Code Section 401(k) would otherwise be
                  violated or if the Participant has previously discontinued a
                  salary savings

                                     - 12 -



                  agreement. Any salary savings agreement shall become effective
                  on the first day of the first payroll period which begins at
                  least 15 days after an appropriate form is received by the
                  Plan Administrator. The reduction in Compensation will remain
                  in effect until terminated in accordance with the rules set
                  forth in the Plan and Trust.

                  A Participant may elect at any time to discontinue his salary
                  savings agreement with the Employer, and may change his salary
                  savings agreement subject to any limitation specified by the
                  Employer in Adoption Agreement Section 4.03. Any such change
                  or discontinuance shall become effective on the first day of
                  the first payroll period which begins at least 15 days after a
                  written notice thereof is received by the Plan Administrator.

         (c)      REELIGIBILITY OF FORMER EMPLOYEES - Notwithstanding the rules
                  set forth in Section 3.02(a), in the case of a Plan to which
                  the Employer is making 401(a) Employer Contributions or 401(k)
                  Employer Contributions, a former Employee who had previously
                  met the age and service requirements specified in Adoption
                  Agreement Section 3.02 or a Former Participant, either of whom
                  again becomes eligible to participate in the Plan, will become
                  a Participant on the date of his recommencement of Service,
                  unless his prior Service is disregarded under the rules set
                  forth in Adoption Agreement Sections 3.02(3)(a) or 3.02(3)(b),
                  if designated as applicable by the Employer. Any other former
                  Employee or Participant who again becomes eligible will become
                  a Participant on the entry date determined under the rules set
                  forth in Section 3.02(a).

                  Notwithstanding the rules set forth in Plan Section 3.02(b), a
                  former Employee who had previously met the age and service
                  requirements specified in Adoption Agreement Section 3.02 or
                  a Former Participant, either of whom again becomes eligible to
                  participate in the Plan, will again be eligible to enter into
                  a compensation reduction agreement with the Employer on the
                  date of his recommencement of Service, unless his prior
                  Service is disregarded under the rules set forth in Adoption
                  Agreement Sections 3.02(3)(a) or 3.02(3)(b), if designated as
                  applicable by the Employer. Any other former Employee or
                  Participant who again becomes eligible may enter into a
                  compensation reduction agreement with the Employer on or after
                  his entry date, as determined under the rules set forth in
                  Section 3.02(a).

         (d)      INELIGIBILITY, PARTICIPATION IN OTHER PLANS - In the event
                  that the Employer specifies in the Adoption Agreement that
                  Employees eligible for other qualified pension or profit
                  sharing plans to which the Employer contributes are not
                  eligible to participate in this Plan, a Participant for whom a
                  contribution is subsequently made under such other qualified
                  pension or profit sharing plan shall no longer participate
                  under this Plan; and in the event of such subsequent
                  contribution the further rights of such Participant shall be
                  determined in accordance with Section 3.04.

                                     - 13 -



3.03     CHANGE IN EMPLOYEE STATUS - The plan Administrator shall notify the
         Trustee in the event a Participant's status with respect to the Plan
         shall change, and shall furnish the Trustee with such additional
         information relative to the Plan as the Trustee may from time to time
         request.

3.04     CLASSIFICATION CHANGES - In the event of a change in job classification
         or in the event Section 3.02(d) becomes applicable to a Participant,
         such that an Employee, although still in the employment of the
         Employer, no longer is an eligible Employee, all contributions and
         forfeitures to be allocated on his behalf shall cease and any amount
         credited to the Employee's accounts on the date the Employee shall
         become ineligible shall continue to vest, become payable or be
         forfeited, as the case may be, in the same manner and to the same
         extent as if the Employee had remained a Participant.

         In the case of a plan under which an Employer is to make 401(a) or
         401(k) Employer Contributions, if a Participant becomes ineligible to
         share in future Employer contributions and forfeitures because he is no
         longer a member of an eligible class of Employees, but has not incurred
         a One Year Break in Service (as defined in Section 2.30(a)), such
         Employee shall again be eligible to share in Employer contributions and
         forfeitures immediately upon his return to an eligible class of
         Employees. If such Participant incurs such a One Year Break in Service,
         his eligibility to again participate shall be determined pursuant to
         Section 3.02(c).

         In the event an Employee who is not a member of the eligible class of
         Employees becomes a member of the eligible class, such Employee shall
         participate immediately if such Employee has satisfied the minimum Age
         and Service requirements and would have previously become a Participant
         had he been in the eligible class.

3.05     LEAVE OF ABSENCE - The accounts of a Participant who is an authorized
         leave of absence (as described in Plan Section 2.30) shall share in the
         allocation of 401(a),401(k) Employer and Employer Match Contributions
         and forfeitures to the extent that the Participant receives
         Compensation from the Employer, if such Participant otherwise satisfies
         the requirements of Section 4.01 of the Adoption Agreement, and such
         accounts shall continue to share in allocation of Trust Fund income or
         losses under the provisions of Article V.

3.06     ADDITIONAL RULES FOR PLANS COVERING OWNER-EMPLOYEES - If this Plan
         provides contributions or benefits for one or more Owner-Employees who
         control both the business for which this Plan is established and one or
         more other trades or businesses, this Plan and the plan established for
         other trades or businesses must, when looked at as a single plan,
         satisfy Code Sections 401(a) and (d) for the employees of this and all
         other trades or businesses.

                                     - 14 -



         If the Plan provides contributions or benefits for one or more
         Owner-Employees who control one or more other trades or businesses, the
         employees of the other trades or businesses must be included in a plan
         which satisfies Code Sections 401(a) and (d) and which provides
         contributions and benefits not less favorable than provided for
         Owner-Employees under this Plan.

         If an individual is covered as an Owner-Employee under the plans of two
         or more trades or businesses which are not controlled and the
         individual controls a trade or business, then the contributions or
         benefits of the employees under the plan of the trades or businesses
         which are controlled must be as favorable as those provided for him
         under the most favorable plan or the trade or business which is not
         controlled.

         For purposes of the preceding paragraphs, an Owner-Employee, or two or
         more Owner-Employees, will be considered to control a trade or business
         if the Owner-Employee, or two or more Owner-Employees together:

         (1)      own the entire interest in an unincorporated trade or
                  business, or

         (2)      in the case of a partnership, own more than 50 percent of
                  either the capital interest or the profits interest in the
                  partnership.

         For purposes of the preceding sentence, an Owner-Employee, or two or
         more Owner-Employees shall be treated as owning any interest in a
         partnership which is owned, directly or indirectly, by a partnership
         which such Owner-Employee, or such two or more Owner-Employees, are
         considered to control within the meaning of the preceding sentence.

3.07     OMISSION OF ELIGIBLE EMPLOYEE - If, in any Plan Year, any Employee who
         should be included as a Participant in the Plan is erroneously omitted
         and discovery of such omission is not made until after a contribution
         by his Employer for the year has been made and allocated, the Employer
         shall make a subsequent contribution with respect to the omitted
         Employee in the amount which the Employer would have contributed with
         respect to him had he not been omitted. Such contribution shall be made
         regardless of whether or not it is deductible in whole or in part by
         the Employer in any taxable year under applicable provisions of the
         Code.

3.08     INCLUSION OF INELIGIBLE EMPLOYEE - If, in any Plan Year, any person who
         should not have been included as a Participant in the Plan is
         erroneously included and discovery of such incorrect inclusion is not
         made until after a contribution for the year has been made and
         allocated, the Employer shall not be entitled to recover the
         contribution made with respect to the ineligible person regardless of
         whether or not a deduction is allowable with respect to such
         contribution.

                                     - 15 -



                                   ARTICLE IV

                     EMPLOYER AND PARTICIPANT CONTRIBUTIONS

4.01     401(a) EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS, 401(k) EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS AND
         EMPLOYER MATCH CONTRIBUTIONS - The Employer shall make 401(a) Employer,
         401(k) Employer and Employer Match contributions to the Trust for each
         Plan Year to the extent and in the manner specified in Section 4.01 of
         the Adoption Agreement.

         The Employer shall pay its 401(a) Employer, 401(k) Employer and
         Employer Match contributions for each Plan Year to the Trustee on any
         date or dates which the Employer may select, subject to the consent of
         the Trustee; provided that, to then be deductible, the total
         contributions for each Plan Year shall be paid within the time
         prescribed by law for the deduction of such contributions for purposes
         of the Employer's Federal Income Tax for such year.

4.02     MINIMUM EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS FOR TOP HEAVY PLANS

         (a)      Minimum Allocation for Non-Key Employees - Notwithstanding
                  anything in the Plan to the contrary except (b) through (f)
                  below, for any Top Heavy Plan year, the sum of the Employer's
                  contributions and forfeitures allocated to the Accounts of
                  each Non-Key Employee Participant shall be equal to at least
                  three percent of such Non-Key Employee's Compensation (as
                  defined for purposes of Article VII) for the Plan Year.
                  However, should the sum of the Employer's contributions and
                  forfeitures allocated to the Accounts of each Key Employee for
                  such Top Heavy Plan Year be less than three percent of each
                  Key Employee's Compensation, the sum of the Employer's
                  contributions and forfeitures allocated to the Accounts of
                  each Non-Key Employee shall be equal to the largest percentage
                  allocated to Accounts of a Key Employee. For Plan Year
                  beginning after 1988, Salary Savings Contributions will not be
                  considered in determining such percentages. The preceding two
                  sentences do not apply to any plan required to be included in
                  an Aggregation Group if such plan enables a defined benefit
                  plan required to be included in such group to meet the
                  requirements of Sections 401(a) (4) or 410 of the Internal
                  Revenue Code.

                  The minimum contribution provided for in this Section shall be
                  determined without regard to any Social Security contribution.
                  For Plan Years beginning after 1988, the minimum contribution
                  provided for in this Section shall be determined without
                  regard to Salary Savings Contributions.

         (b)      Extra Minimum Allocation Permitted for Top Heavy Plans other
                  than Super Top Heavy Plans - If a Key Employee is a
                  Participant in both a defined contribution plan and a defined
                  benefit plan that are both part of a Required or Permissive
                  Aggregation Group of Top Heavy Plans (but neither of such
                  plans is a Super Top Heavy plan), the defined contribution and
                  the defined benefit fractions described in Article VII shall
                  remain unchanged, provided each Non-Key Employee who is
                  Participant receives an extra allocation

                                     - 16 -



                  (in addition to the minimum allocation set forth above) equal
                  to not less then one percent of such Non-Key Employees' total
                  annual Compensation (as defined for purposes of Article VII)
                  for the Plan Year.

         (c)      For purposes of the minimum allocations set forth above, the
                  percentage allocated to the Accounts of any Key Employee shall
                  be equal to the ratio of the sum of the Employer's
                  contribution and forfeitures allocated on behalf of such Key
                  Employee divided by the first $200,000 of annual Compensation
                  (as defined for purposes of Article VII) for such Key Employee
                  for the Plan Year.

         (d)      For any Top Heavy Plan Year, the minimum allocations set forth
                  above shall be allocated to the Accounts of all Non-Key
                  Employees who are Participants and who are employed by the
                  Employer on the last day of the Plan Year, including (1)
                  Non-Key Employee Participants who have failed to complete a
                  Year of Service; (2) Non-Key Employees otherwise eligible to
                  participate in the Plan who declined to make any Required or
                  Salary Savings Contributions to the Plan, and (3) Non-Key
                  Employees whose compensation is less than a stated amount.

         (e)      Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in any Plan
                  Year in which a Non-Key Employee is a Participant in both this
                  Plan and a defined benefit pension plan included in a Required
                  or Permissive Aggregation Group of Top Heavy Plans, the
                  Employer shall not be required to proved a Non-Key Employee
                  with both the full separate minimum defined benefit plan
                  benefit and the full separate minimum defined contribution
                  plan allocation described in this Section. Therefore, if the
                  Employer maintains such a defined benefit and defined
                  contribution plan, the top-heavy minimum benefits shall be
                  provided as follows:

                  (i)      If an Non-Key Employee is a participant in such
                           defined benefit plan but is not a participant in this
                           defined contribution plan, the minimum benefits
                           provided for Non-Key Employees in the defined benefit
                           plan shall be provided to the employee if the defined
                           benefit plan is a Top Heavy or Super Top Heavy Plan
                           and the minimum contributions described in this
                           Section 4.02 shall not be provided.

                  (ii)     If an Non-Key Employee is participant in such defined
                           benefit plan and is also a participant in this
                           defined contribution plan, the provisions of
                           Subsections (a) and (b) above shall be applicable to
                           each such Non-Key Employee meeting the requirements
                           of Subsection (d) above, except that the minimum
                           contribution shall be increased from 3% to 5% and the
                           extra minimum contribution, if applicable, shall be
                           increased from 1% to 2 1/2%. The minimum benefits for
                           Non-Key Employee participants in Top Heavy or Super
                           Top Heavy Plans provided in the defined benefit plan
                           shall not be applicable to any such Non-Key Employee
                           who receives the full maximum contribution described
                           in the preceding sentence.

                                     - 17 -



                  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no minimum
                  contribution will be required under this Plan (or the minimum
                  contribution under this Plan will be reduced, as the case may
                  be) for any Plan Year if the Employer maintains another
                  qualified defined contribution plan and the Employer has
                  specified in Section 4.02 of the Adoption Agreement that the
                  minimum allocation requirement applicable to Top Heavy or
                  Super Top Heavy Plans will be met in the other plan.

         (f)      The minimum allocation required under this Section 4.02 (to
                  the extent required to be nonforfeitable under Code Section
                  416(b)) may not be forfeited under Code Sections 411(a)(3)(B)
                  or 411(a)(3)(D)).

4.03     SALARY SAVINGS CONTRIBUTIONS - The Employer shall make Salary Savings
         Contributions to the Trust for each Plan Year to the extent and in the
         manner specified in Article III and in Section 4.03 of the Adoption
         Agreement.

         The Employer shall pay its Salary Savings Contributions to the Trustee
         within 30 days of the date such contributions would have been payable
         to the Employee in the absence of the Salary Savings Agreement.

4.04     AFTER-TAX CONTRIBUTIONS - If and to the extent permitted by
         Section 4.04 of the Adoption Agreement, a Participant may make
         After-Tax Contributions to the Trust, provided that the Plan
         Administrator may refuse to accept such contributions if the
         requirements of Code Section 401(m) would otherwise be violated. There
         shall be no obligation to maintain them at any level, provided that
         such contributions shall not in total exceed ten percent of the
         Participant's compensation. In the event a Participant participates in
         more than one retirement plan sponsored by his Employer, the total
         After-Tax Contributions that can be made to all plans in which he
         participates cannot exceed ten percent of the Participant's
         compensation.

         "Ten percent of the Participant's compensation" means ten percent of
         the Participant's aggregate W-2 compensation or Earned Income for all
         periods of his participation under this Plan and under all qualified
         plans of the Employer reduced by his prior After-Tax Contributions
         under this Plan and under such other qualified plans.

         A Participant shall have the right at any time to request a withdrawal
         in cash of the portion of his Accrued Benefit attributable to his
         After-Tax Contributions. If necessary to comply with the requirements
         of Section 12.08, the Plan Administrator shall require the consent of
         the Participant's spouse before making any withdrawal. Any such consent
         shall satisfy the requirements of Section 12.08. Any such amount
         requested to be withdrawn shall be paid within 90 days following the
         date written request therefor is received by the Plan Administrator.
         Values not so withdrawn, including any increments earned on withdrawn
         amounts prior to withdrawal, shall be distributed to the Participant or
         his beneficiary at such time and in such manner as the Trust otherwise
         provides for Account distributions.

                                     - 18 -



         No forfeitures will occur solely as a result of an Employee's
         withdrawal of After-Tax Contributions.

         The portion of a Participant's Accrued Benefit attributable to
         After-Tax Contributions shall be 100% vested and nonforfeitable at all
         times.

4.05     PAYMENT OF CONTRIBUTIONS TO TRUSTEE - The Employer shall make payment
         of all contributions, including Participant contributions which shall
         be remitted to the Employer by payroll deduction or otherwise, directly
         to the Trustee in accordance with this Article IV but subject to
         Section 4.06.

4.06     RECEIPT OF CONTRIBUTIONS BY TRUSTEE - The Trustee shall accept and hold
         under the Trust such contributions of money, or other property approved
         by the Employer for acceptance by the Trustee, on behalf of the
         Employer and Participants as it may receive from time to time from the
         Employer, other than cash it is instructed to remit to the Insurer for
         deposit with the Insurer. However, the Employer may pay contributions
         directly to the Insurer and such payment shall be deemed a contribution
         to the Trust to the same extent as if payment had been made to the
         Trustee. All such contributions shall be accompanied by written
         instructions from the Employer accounting for the manner in which they
         are to be credited and specifying the appropriate Participant Account
         to which they are to be allocated. All Employer contributions shall be
         credited by the Trustee or Insurer to a Suspense Account until
         allocated to Participants as provided in the Trust.

                                    ARTICLE V

                       PARTICIPANT ACCOUNTS, ALLOCATION OF
                      CONTRIBUTIONS AND VALUATION OF ASSETS

5.01     PARTICIPANT ACCOUNTS - Separate accounts shall be maintained for the
         portion of a Participant's Accrued Benefit attributable to the
         following: (1) Salary Savings Contributions; (2) 401(a) Employer
         Contributions; (3) 401(k) Employer Contributions; (4) 401(k) Match
         Contributions; (5) 401(a) Match Contributions; (6) After-Tax
         Contributions; (7) Tax Deductible contributions; and (8) Rollover
         Contributions. Each separate account shall be credited with the
         applicable contributions, earnings and losses, distributions, and other
         applicable adjustments.

         Additionally, there will be separate accounts for After-Tax
         Contributions made before 1987, and those made after 1986, if the
         Employer has so elected in the Adoption Agreement.

5.02     METHOD FOR ALLOCATION OF 401(a) EMPLOYER, 401(k) EMPLOYER AND EMPLOYER
         MATCH CONTRIBUTIONS TO EMPLOYEES - For each Plan Year, 401(k) Employer
         Contributions to be made by the Employer, shall be allocated among
         eligible Participants in proportion to Compensation. 401(a) Employer
         contributions will be allocated as specified by the Employer in

                                     - 19 -



         Adoption Agreement Section 5.02 among all eligible Employees who were
         Participants in the Plan for such year. For purposes of Adoption
         Agreement Section 5.02, "Taxable Wage Base" means the maximum amount of
         earnings which may be considered wages for such year under Section
         3121(a)(l) of the Internal Revenue Code; "OASDI Tax Rate" means the
         rate of tax applicable under Code Section 3111(a), and "OAI Tax Rate"
         means the rate of tax applicable under Code Section 3111(a) which is
         attributable to old-age insurance.

         Employer Match Contributions shall be allocated among eligible
         Participants as specified by the Employer in Section 4.01(3)(b) or (c)
         of the Adoption Agreement.

         In order to be eligible to share in 401(a) Employer Contributions,
         401(k) Employer Contributions and Employer Match Contributions for a
         Plan Year, an Employer must complete during such Plan Year the Hours of
         Service specified in Adoption Agreement Section 4.01 and, in addition,
         if so specified in such Section of the Adoption Agreement, must be
         employed on the last day of the Plan Year, subject to any exceptions
         there specified.

5.03     APPLICATION OF FORFEITURES - For each Plan Year, amounts forfeited
         during such year pursuant to Article XIII (Benefits upon Termination of
         Employment) shall be allocated or applied as specified in Adoption
         Agreement Section 5.03.

         No forfeitures will occur solely as a result of an Employee's
         withdrawal of employee contributions.

         Forfeitures arising hereunder will be allocated only for the benefit of
         Employees of the Employer who adopted this Plan.

5.04     GROUP ANNUITY CONTRACT DIVIDENDS - Any dividend payable by the Insurer
         in accordance with the terms of any group annuity contract purchased by
         the Trustee will be added to the Employer's contribution for the Plan
         Year during which the dividend is credited to the contract or shall be
         applied to reduce the Employer's contribution for such year, whichever
         is elected by the Employer in Adoption Agreement Section 5.04.

         The Insurer shall credit any group annuity contract dividend to the
         Suspense Account maintained pursuant to the terms of the group annuity
         contract until the dividend is allocated or applied.

5.05     ANNUAL VALUATION OF TRUST FUND - The Trustee, as of the last Valuation
         Date of each Plan Year and prior to the allocation of contributions as
         provided under Section 5.02 or the allocation of forfeitures or
         dividends if so specified in the Adoption Agreement under Sections 5.03
         and 5.04, shall determine the net value of the Trust Fund assets and
         the amount of net income or net loss and shall report such value to the
         Employer in writing. In determining such value the Trustee shall value
         such assets as have a fair market value at market value, and all other

                                     - 20 -



         assets shall be appraised by the Trustee at fair and reasonable value,
         in the discretion of the Trustee. The determination of such value shall
         not include any contributions made by the Employer or Participants for
         such Plan Year, amounts allocated to any group annuity contract funding
         the plan or any Policies purchased as investments for Participant
         accounts. However, the net value of the Trust Fund shall include any
         life insurance Policies held by the Trustee on the lives of key
         employees pursuant to Section 17.03. Key man life insurance policies
         shall be valued at their respective cash surrender values as of the
         Valuation Date. The resulting net income or loss of the Trust Fund
         shall then be debited or credited to each Participant's accounts in the
         same ratio as each such account bears to the aggregate of all such
         accounts. After such crediting of the valuation to each Participant's
         account, contributions and forfeitures shall be allocated to each such
         account as set forth in the Adoption Agreement pursuant to Sections
         5.02 and 5.03.

5.06     GROUP ANNUITY CONTRACT EXPENSES - Expenses charged by the Insurer shall
         be deducted as provided in any group annuity contract funding the Plan,
         unless the Employer pays the Insurer directly and such item of expenses
         in addition to Employer contributions.

5.07     STATEMENT OF ACCRUED BENEFIT - As soon as practicable after the end of
         each Plan Year, the Plan Administrator shall present to each
         Participant a statement of his Accrued Benefit showing the credit to
         his Accrued Benefit at the beginning of such Year, any changes during
         the Year, the credit to this Accrued Benefit at the end of the Year,
         and such other information as the Plan Administrator may determine.
         However, the statements of Accrued Benefit shall not operate to vest in
         any Participant any right or interest to any assets of the Trust except
         as the Trust specifically provides.

                                   ARTICLE VI

                    PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO TOP HEAVY PLANS

6.01     TOP HEAVY PLAN REQUIREMENTS

         (a)      For any Top Heavy Plan Year, the Plan shall provide the
                  following:

                  (i)      the minimum vesting requirements set forth in
                           Adoption Agreements Section 13.01(1) if a
                           Standardized Plan, or Adoption Agreement Section
                           13.01(2) if a Non-Standardized Plan;

                  (ii)     the minimum contribution requirements set forth in
                           Section 4.02 of the Plan; and

                  (iii)    the special Compensation limitations applicable to
                           Top Heavy Plan Years set forth in Section 2.08 of the
                           Plan.

                                     - 21 -



         (b)      Once a Plan has become a top Heavy Plan, if the Employer so
                  Specifies in Section 6.01(b) of Adoption Agreement, the
                  Requirement for Top Heavy Plans described in Section 6.01(a)
                  shall be applicable in all subsequent Plan years, regardless
                  of whether such years are Top Heavy plan years.

         (c)      In the case of a nonstandardized Plan, once a Plan has become
                  a Top Heavy plan, the vesting requirements described in
                  Section 13.01 (2) of the Adoption Agreement shall be
                  applicable to all subsequent Plan Years, regardless of whether
                  such years are Top Heavy Plan years.

         If the Plan is or become a Top Heavy Plan in any Plan Year beginning
         after December 31, 1983, the provision of this Article VI will
         supersede any conflicting provision in the Plan or Adoption Agreement.

         The top heavy minimum vesting schedule applies to all benefits within
         the meaning of Code Section 411(a) (7) except those attributable to
         Employee contributions, including benefits accrued before the effective
         date of Section 416 of the Code and benefits accrued before the plan
         became top heavy. Further, no reduction in vested benefits may occur in
         the event the plan's status as top heavy changes for any Plan Year.
         However, this Section does not apply to the Account balances of any
         Employee who does not have an Hour of Service after the Plan has
         initially become top heavy and such Employee's Account balance
         attributable to Employer contribution and forfeitures will be
         determined without regard to this Section.

6.02     DETERMINATION OF TOP HEAVY STATUS

         (a)      This Plan shall be a Top Heavy Plan for any Plan Year
                  commencing after December 31, 1983, if any of the following
                  conditions exists:

                  (i)      If the top heavy ratio for this Plan exceeds 60
                           percent and this Plan is not part of any required
                           aggregation group or permissive aggregation group of
                           plans.

                  (ii)     If this Plan is a part of a required aggregation
                           group of plans but not part of a permissive
                           aggregation group and the top heavy ratio for the
                           group of plans exceeds 60 percent.

                  (iii)    If this Plan is a part of a required aggregation
                           group and part of a permissive aggregation group of
                           plans and the top heavy ratio for the permissive
                           aggregation group exceeds 60 percent.

         (b)      This Plan shall be a Super Top Heavy Plan for any Plan Year
                  commencing After December 31, 1983 if any of the following
                  conditions exists:

                  (i)      If the top heavy ratio for this Plan exceeds 90
                           percent and this Plan is not part of any required
                           aggregation group or permissive aggregation group of
                           plans.

                                     - 22 -



                  (ii)     If this Plan is a part of a required aggregation
                           group of plans but not part of a permissive
                           aggregation group and the top heavy ratio for the
                           group of plans exceeds 90 percent.

                  (iii)    If this Plan is a part of a required aggregation
                           group and part of a permissive aggregation group of
                           plans and the top heavy ratio for the permissive
                           aggregation group exceeds 90 percent.

         (c)      The plan top heavy ratio shall be determined as follows:

                  (i)      If the Employer maintains one or more defined
                           contribution plans (including any Simplified Employee
                           Pension Plan) and the Employer has not maintained any
                           defined benefit plan which during the 5-year period
                           ending on the determination date(s) has or has had
                           accrued benefits, the top-heavy ratio for this Plan
                           alone or for the required or permissive aggregation
                           group, as appropriate, is a fraction, the numerator
                           of which is the sum of the account balances of all
                           Key Employees as of the determination date(s)
                           (including any part of any account balance
                           distributed in the 5-year period ending on the
                           determination date(s)), and the denominator of which
                           is the sum of all account balances (including any
                           part of any account balance distributed in the 5-year
                           period ending on the determination date(s)), both
                           computed in accordance with Code Section 416 and the
                           regulations thereunder. Both the numerator and
                           denominator of the top-heavy ratio are adjusted to
                           reflect any contribution not actually made as of the
                           determination date, but which is required to be taken
                           into account on that date under Section 416 of the
                           Code and the regulations thereunder.

                  (ii)     If the Employer maintains one or more defined
                           contribution plans (including any Simplified Employee
                           Pension Plan) and the Employer maintains or has
                           maintained one or more defined benefit plans which
                           during the 5-year period ending on the determination
                           date(s) has or has had any accrued benefits, the
                           top-heavy ration for any required or permissive
                           aggregation group, as appropriate, is a fraction, the
                           numerator of which is the sum of account balances
                           under the aggregated defined contribution plan or
                           plans for all Key Employees, determined in accordance
                           with (i) above, and the present value of accrued
                           benefits under the aggregated defined benefit plan or
                           plans for all Key Employees as of the determination
                           date(s), and the denominator of which is the sum of
                           the account balances under the aggregated defined
                           contribution plan or plans for all Employees,
                           determined in accordance with (i) above, and the
                           present value of accrued benefits under the defined
                           benefit plan or plans for all Employees as of the
                           determination date(s), all determined in accordance
                           with Code Section 416 and the regulations thereunder.
                           The

                                     - 23 -



                           accrued benefits under a defined benefit plan in both
                           the numerator and denominator of the top-heavy ratio
                           are adjusted for any distribution of an accrued
                           benefit made in the five-year period ending on the
                           determination date.

                  (iii)    For purposes of (i) and (ii) above the value of
                           Account balances and the present value of accrued
                           benefits will be determined as of the most recent
                           valuation date that falls within or ends with the
                           12-month period ending on the determination date,
                           except as provided in code Section 416 and the
                           regulations thereunder for the first and second plan
                           years of a defined benefit plan. The account balances
                           and accrued benefits of an Employee (1) who is not a
                           key Employee but who was a key Employee in a prior
                           year, or (2) who has not had at least one Hour of
                           Service with any Employer maintaining the Plan at any
                           time during the 5-year period ending on the
                           determination date will be disregarded. The
                           calculation of the top-heavy ratio, and the extent to
                           which distributions, rollovers, and transfers are
                           taken into account will be made in accordance with
                           Section 416 of the Code and the regulations
                           thereunder. Deductible employee contributions will
                           not be taken into account for purposes of computing
                           the top-heavy ratio. To the extent required by Code
                           Section 401(k)(4), Salary Savings Contributions made
                           for Plan Years beginning after 1988 will not be taken
                           into account for purposes of computing the top heavy
                           ratio. When aggregating plans the value of account
                           balances and accrued benefits will be calculated with
                           reference to the determination dates that fall within
                           the same calendar year.

         (d)      Permissive aggregation group: The required aggregation group
                  of plans plus any other plan or plans of the Employer which,
                  when considered as a group with the required aggregation
                  group, would continue to satisfy the requirements of Code
                  Sections 401(a)(4) and 410.

         (e)      Required aggregation group: (1) Each qualified plan of the
                  Employer in which at least one Key Employee participates, and
                  (2) any other qualified plan of the Employer which enables a
                  plan described in (1) to meet the requirements of Code
                  Sections 401(a)(4) or 410.

         (f)      Determination date: For any Plan Year subsequent to the first
                  Plan year, the last day of the preceding Plan Year. For the
                  first Plan Year of the Plan, the last day of that year.

         (g)      Valuation date: The date elected by the employer in Adoption
                  Agreement Section 6.02(g) as of which Account balances or
                  accrued benefits are valued for purposes of calculating the
                  top heavy ratio.

         (h)      Present value: Present value shall be based only on the
                  interest and mortality rates specified in Adoption Agreement
                  Section 6.02(h).

                                     - 24 -



                                   ARTICLE VII

                         415 LIMITATIONS ON ALLOCATIONS

(See Section 7.13 - 7.21 for definitions applicable to this Article VII).

7.01     If the Participant does not participate in, and has never participated
         in another qualified plan or a welfare benefit fund, as defined in Code
         Section 419(c), maintained by the adopting Employer, the amount of
         Annual Additions which may be credited to the Participant's Accounts
         for any Limitation Year will not exceed the lesser of the Maximum
         Permissible Amount or any other limitation contained in this Plan. If
         the Employer contribution that would otherwise be contributed or
         allocated to the Participant's Accounts would cause the Annual
         Additions for the Limitation Year to exceed the Maximum Permissible
         Amount, the amount contributed or allocated will be reduced so that the
         Annual Additions for the Limitation Year will equal the Maximum
         Permissible Amount.

7.02     Prior to determining the Participant's actual Compensation for the
         Limitation Year, the Employer may determine the Maximum Permissible
         Amount on the basis of a reasonable estimation of the Participant's
         annual Compensation for the Limitation Year, uniformly determined for
         all Participants similarly situated.

7.03     As soon as is administratively feasible after the end of the Limitation
         Year, the Maximum Permissible Amount for the Limitation Year will be
         determined on the basis of the Participant's actual compensation for
         the Limitation Year.

7.04     If there is an Excess Amount, the excess will be disposed of as
         follows:

         (a)      Any After-Tax Contributions, to the extent they would reduce
                  the Excess Amount, will be returned to the Participant;

         (b)      If after the application of paragraph (a) an Excess Amount
                  still exists, and the Participant is covered by the Plan at
                  the end of the Limitation Year, the Excess Amount in the
                  Participant's Account will be used to reduce Employer
                  contributions (including any allocation of forfeitures) for
                  such Participant in the next Limitation Year, and each
                  succeeding Limitation Year if necessary;

         (c)      If after the application of paragraph (a) an Excess Amount
                  still exists, and the Participant is not covered by the Plan
                  at the end of the Limitation Year, the Excess Amount will be
                  held unallocated in a Suspense Account. The Suspense Account
                  will be applied to reduce future Employer contributions
                  (including allocation of any forfeitures) for all remaining
                  Participants in the next Limitation Year, and each succeeding
                  Limitation Year if necessary;

         (d)      If a Suspense Account is in existence at any time during the
                  Limitation Year pursuant to this Section, it will not
                  participate in the allocation of the Trust's investment gains
                  and losses.

                                     - 25 -



         Sections 7.05 through 7.10 (These Sections apply if, in addition to
         this Plan, the Participant is covered under another qualified Master or
         Prototype defined contribution plan or a welfare benefit fund, as
         defined in Code Section 419(e), maintained by the Employer during any
         Limitation Year.)

7.05     The Annual Additions which may be credited to a Participant's accounts
         under this Plan for any such Limitation Year will not exceed the
         Maximum Permissible Amount reduced by the Annual Additions credited to
         a Participant's account under the other plans and welfare benefit funds
         for the same Limitation Year. If the Annual Additions with respect to
         the Participant under other defined contribution plans maintained by
         the Employer are less than the Maximum Permissible Amount and the
         Employer contribution that would otherwise be contributed or allocated
         to the Participant's Accounts under this Plan would cause the Annual
         Additions for the Limitation Year to exceed this limitation, the amount
         contributed or allocated will be reduced so that the Annual Additions
         under all such plans for the Limitation Year will equal the Maximum
         Permissible Amount. If the Annual Additions with respect to the
         Participant under such other defined contribution plans and welfare
         benefit funds in the aggregate are equal to or greater than the Maximum
         Permissible Amount, no amount will be contributed or allocated to the
         Participant's Accounts under this Plan for the Limitation Year.

7.06     Prior to determining the Participant's actual Compensation for the
         Limitation Year, the Employer may determine the Maximum Permissible
         Amount in the manner described in Section 7.02.

7.07     As soon as is administratively feasible after the end of the Limitation
         Year, the Maximum Permissible Amount for the Limitation Year will be
         determined on the basis of the Participant's actual Compensation for
         the Limitation Year.

7.08     If, pursuant to Section 7.07, a Participant's Annual Additions under
         this Plan and such other plans would result in an Excess Amount for a
         Limitation Year, the Excess Amount will be deemed to consist of the
         Annual Additions last allocated.

7.09     If an Excess Amount was allocated to a Participant on an allocation
         date of this Plan which coincides with an allocation date of another
         plan, the Excess Amount attributed to this Plan will be the product of,

         (a)      the total Excess Amount allocated as of such date, times

         (b)      the ratio of (i) the Annual Additions allocated to the
                  Participant for the Limitation Year as of such date under this
                  Plan to (ii) the total Annual Additions allocated to the
                  Participant for the Limitation Year as of such date under this
                  and all the other qualified Master or Prototype defined
                  contribution plans.

7.10     Any Excess Amount attributed to this Plan will be disposed in the
         manner described in Section 7.04.

                                     - 26 -



         (This Section applies only to Employers who, in addition to this Plan,
         maintain one or more qualified defined contribution plan other than a
         Master or Prototype Plan.)

7.11     If the Employer also maintains another qualified defined contribution
         plan which is not a Master or Prototype plan, Annual Additions which
         may be credited to any Participant's Accounts under this Plan for any
         Limitation Year will be limited in accordance with Sections 7.05
         through 7.10 as though the other plan were a Master or Prototype plan
         unless the Employer provides other limitations in Article VII of the
         Adoption Agreement.

         (This Section applies to Employers who, in addition to this Plan,
         maintain or have maintained a defined benefit plan.)

7.12     If the Employer maintains, or at any time maintained, a qualified
         defined benefit plan covering any Participant in this Plan, the sum of
         the Participant's defined benefit plan fraction and defined
         contribution plan fraction will not exceed 1.0 in any Limitation Year.
         The Annual Additions which may be credited to the Participant's Account
         under this Plan for any Limitation Year will be limited in accordance
         with Article VII of the Adoption Agreement.

         (Section 7.13 - 7.21 are definitions used in Article VII.)

7.13     Annual Additions - The sum of the following amounts credited to a
         Participant's Accounts for the Limitation Year:

         (a)      Employer Contributions;

         (b)      Forfeitures;

         (c)      After-Tax Contributions; and

         (d)      Salary Savings Contributions.

         For this purpose, any Excess Amount applied under Sections 7.04 or 7.10
         in the Limitation Year to reduce Employer contributions will be
         considered Annual Additions for such Limitation Year.

         Amounts allocated, after March 31, 1984, to an individual medical
         account, as defined in Section 415(l)(2) of the Internal Revenue Code,
         which is part of a defined benefit plan maintained by the Employer, are
         treated as Annual Additions to a defined contribution plan. Also,
         amounts derived from contributions paid or accrued after December 31,
         1985, in taxable years ending after such date, which are attributable
         to post-retirement medical benefits allocated to the separate account
         of a key employee, as defined in Code Section 419A(d)(2), under a
         welfare benefit fund, as defined in Code Section 419(e), maintained by
         the Employer, are treated as Annual Additions to a defined contribution
         plan.

                                     - 27 -



7.14     Defined Benefit Fraction - A fraction, the numerator of which is the
         sum of the Participant's Projected Annual Benefits under all the
         defined benefit plan (whether or not terminated) maintained by the
         Employer, and the denominator of which is the lesser of 125 percent of
         the dollar limitation in effect for the Limitation Year under Section
         415(b)(1)(A) of the Internal Revenue Code or 140 percent of the Highest
         Average Compensation.

         Notwithstanding the above, if the Participant was a participant in one
         or more defined benefit plans maintained by the Employer which were in
         existence on July 1, 1982, the denominator of this fraction will not be
         less than 125 percent of the sum of the annual benefits under such
         plans which the Participant had accrued as of the later of September
         30, 1983, or the end of the last Limitation Year beginning before
         January 1, 1983. The preceding sentence applies only if the defined
         benefit plans individually and in the aggregate satisfied the
         requirements of Code Section 415 as in effect at the end of the 1982
         limitation year. For purposes of this paragraph, a Master or Prototype
         Plan with an opinion letter issued before January 1, 1983, which was
         adopted by the Employer on or before September 30, 1983, is treated as
         a plan in existence on July 1, 1982.

         Notwithstanding the foregoing, for any Top Heavy Plan Year, 100 percent
         shall be substituted for 125 percent unless the extra minimum
         allocation is made pursuant to Section 4.02 of the Plan. However, for
         any Plan Year in which this Plan is a Super Top Heavy Plan, 100 percent
         shall be substituted for 125 percent in any event.

7.15     Defined Construction Fraction - A fraction, the numerator of which is
         the sum of the Annual Additions to the Participant's accounts under all
         the defined contribution plans (whether or not terminated) maintained
         by the Employer for the current and all prior Limitation Years
         (including the Annual Additions attributable to the Participant's
         nondeductible employee contributions to all defined benefit plans,
         whether or not terminated, maintained by the Employer and the Annual
         Additions attributable to all welfare benefit funds, as defined in Code
         Section 419(e), maintained by the Employer), and the denominator of
         which is the sum of the maximum aggregate amounts for the current and
         all prior Limitation Years of service with the Employer (regardless of
         whether a defined contribution plan was maintained by the Employer).
         The maximum aggregate amount in any Limitation Year is the lesser of
         125 percent of the dollar limitation in effect under Code Section
         415(c)(1)(A) or 35 percent of the Participant's Compensation for such
         year.

         If the Employee was a participant in one or more defined contribution
         plans maintained by the Employer which were in existence on July 1,
         1982, the numerator of this fraction will be adjusted if the sum of
         this fraction and the defined benefit fraction would otherwise exceed
         1.0 under the terms of this Plan. Under the adjustment, an amount equal
         to the product of (1) the excess of the sum fractions over 1.0 times
         (2) the denominator of this fraction, will be permanently subtracted
         from the numerator of this fraction. The adjustment is

                                     - 28 -



         calculated using the fractions as they would be computed as of the
         later of September 30, 1983, or the end of the last Limitation year
         beginning before January 1, 1983. This adjustment also will be made if
         at the end of the last Limitation Year beginning before January 1,
         1984, the sum of the fractions exceeds 1.0 because of accruals or
         additions that were made before the limitations of this Article became
         effective to any plans of the Employer in existence on July 1,1982. For
         purposes of this paragraph, a Master or Prototype Plan with an opinion
         letter issued before January 1, 1983, which is adopted by the Employer
         on or before September 30, 1983, is treated as a plan in existence on
         July 1, 1982.

         Notwithstanding the foregoing, for any Top Heavy Plan Year, 100 percent
         shall be substituted for 125 percent unless the extra minimum
         allocation is made pursuant to Section 4.02. However, for any Plan Year
         in which this Plan is a Super Top Heavy Plan, 100 percent shall be
         substituted for 125 percent in any event.

7.16     Employer - The employer that adopts this plan and all members of a
         controlled group of corporations (as defined in Code Section
         414(b)) as modified by Code Section 415(h), all trades or businesses
         under common control (as defined in Section 414(c) as modified by Code
         Section 415(h)), or all members of an affiliated service group ( as
         defined in code Section 414(m)) of which the adopting Employer is a
         part.

7.17     Excess Amount - The excess of the Participant's Annual Additions for
         the Limitation Year over the Maximum Permissible Amount.

7.18     Highest Average Compensation - The average Compensation for the three
         consecutive years of service with the Employer that produce the highest
         average. A year of service with the Employer is the 12-consecutive
         month period defined in Section 2.55 of the plan.

7.19     Master or Prototype Plan - A plan the form of which is the subject of a
         favorable opinion letter from the Internal Revenue Service.

7.20     Maximum Permissible Amount - The lesser of $ 30,000 (or, beginning
         January 1, 1988, such larger amount determined by the Commissioner for
         the Limitation Year) or 25 percent of the Participant's Compensation
         for the Limitation Year. If a short Limitation Year is created because
         of an amendment changing the Limitation Year to a different twelve
         consecutive month period, the Maximum Permissible Amount will not
         exceed the lesser of (1) $30,000 (or larger permissible limitation)
         multiplied by the following fraction:

                  number of months in the short limitation year
                  ---------------------------------------------
                                       12

         or (2) 25 percent of the Participant's Compensation for the short
         Limitation Year.

                                     - 29 -



7.21     Projected Annual Benefits - The annual retirement benefit (adjusted to
         an actuarially equivalent straight life annuity if such benefit is
         expressed in a form other than a straight life annuity or qualified
         joint and survivor annuity) to which the Participant would be entitled
         under the terms of the Plan assuming:

         (a)      the Participant will continue employment until Normal
                  Retirement Age under the Plan (or current age, if later), and

         (b)      the Participant's Compensation for the current Limitation Year
                  and all other relevant factors used to determine benefits
                  under the Plan will remain constant for all future Limitation
                  Years.

7.22     SPECIAL RULES FOR PLANS ADOPTED BEFORE 1987- Notwithstanding the
         foregoing, the Annual Additions for any Limitations Year beginning
         before 1987 shall not be recomputed to treat all Employee Contributions
         as an Annual Addition. Additionally, if the Plan satisfied the
         applicable requirements of Code Section 415 as in effect for all
         Limitation Years beginning before 1987, an amount shall be subtracted
         from the numerator of the defined contribution fraction (not exceeding
         such numerator) as prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury so that
         the sum of the defined benefit fraction and defined contribution
         fraction computed under Code Section 415(e)(1) does not exceed 1.0 for
         such Limitation Year.

                                  ARTICLE VIII

              REFUND OR REALLOCATION OF EXCESS 401(k) CONTRIBUTIONS

8.01     SPECIFIC DEFINITIONS - For purposes of this Article, the following
         definitions shall be used:

         (a)      " Actual Deferral Percentage" means the ratio (expressed as a
                  percentage) of Salary Savings Contributions, made on behalf of
                  an Eligible Participant to that Participant's compensation for
                  the Plan Year. The Plan Administrator may include 401(k)
                  Employer Contributions and 401(k) Employer Match Contributions
                  made for the Participant in the above described numerator, if
                  such inclusion is made on a uniform nondiscriminatory basis
                  for all Participants; however, 401(k) Employer Match
                  Contributions that are included in the Actual Deferral
                  Percentage of the Participant may not be included in the
                  numerator of the Contribution Percentage of the Participant as
                  defined in Plan Section 9.01(b).

                  For purposes of determining the Actual Deferral Percentage of
                  a Highly Compensated Employee who is either: (1) a Five
                  Percent Owner; or (2) one of the ten most highly compensated
                  employees for the current Plan Year, the Salary Savings
                  Contribution of any Family Member of the Participant shall be
                  included in the numerator, and the Compensation of any such
                  Family Member shall be included in the denominator.
                  Additionally, the 401(k) Employer Contributions and 401(k)
                  Employer Match Contributions made on behalf of each Family
                  Member shall be included in the numerator, if such
                  contributions are being included in the numerators for all
                  Eligible Participants on a uniform nondiscriminatory basis.

                                     - 30 -



                  Additionally, if one or more other plans allowing
                  contributions under Code Section 401(k) are considered with
                  this plan as one for purposes of Code Section 401(a)(4) or
                  410(b), the Actual Deferral Percentages for all Eligible
                  Participants under all such plans shall be determined as if
                  this Plan and all such other plans were one. If any Highly
                  Compensated Employee is also an Eligible Participant in one or
                  more other plans allowing contributions under Code Section
                  401(k), the Actual Deferral Percentage for that Employee shall
                  be determined as if this Plan and all such other plans were
                  one.

         (b)      "Average Actual Deferral Percentage" means the average
                  (expressed as a percentage) of the Actual Deferral Percentages
                  of a group.

         (c)      "Eligible Participant" means a Participant eligible to have
                  Salary savings Contributions made on his behalf.

         (d)      "Excess 401(k) Contributions" means the excess of: (i) the
                  numerator of the Actual Deferral Percentage of a Highly
                  Compensated Employee over (ii) the maximum numerator permitted
                  under Plan Section 8.02, determined by reducing the
                  numerators of Highly Compensated Employees in order of their
                  Actual Deferral Percentage beginning with the highest of such
                  percentages.

         (e)      "Excess Deferral" means: (1) the excess of salary Reduction
                  Contributions for any Participant over $7,000; and (2) any
                  amount identified in plan Section 8.07.

8.02     AVERAGE ACTUAL DEFERRAL PERCENTAGE TEST - The Average Actual Deferral
         percentage for Highly Compensated Employees for each Plan Year and the
         Average Actual Deferral Percentage for Non-Highly Compensated Employees
         for the same Plan Year must satisfy on of the following tests:

         (a)      The Average Actual Deferral percentage for Eligible
                  Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan
                  Year shall not exceed the Average Actual Deferral percentage
                  for Eligible Participants who are Non-Highly Compensated
                  Employees for the Plan Year multiplied by 1.25; or

         (b)      The Average Actual Deferral percentage for Eligible
                  Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan
                  Year shall not exceed the Average Actual Deferral percentage
                  for Eligible Participants who are Non-Highly Compensated
                  Employees for the Plan Year multiplied by 2, provided that the
                  Average Actual Deferral Percentage for Eligible Participants
                  who are Highly Compensated Employees does not exceed the
                  Average Actual Deferral percentage for Eligible Participant
                  who are Non-Highly Compensated Employees by more than two (2)
                  percentage points.

8.03     REFUND OF EXCESS 401(k) CONTRIBUTIONS - Notwithstanding any other
         provisions of this Plan, except Section 8.05 herein, Excess 401(k)
         Contribution and income allocable thereto shall be distributed to

                                     - 31 -



         the affected Participant. The Plan Administrator shall make every
         effort to make all required distributions within 2 1/2 months of the
         end of the affected Plan Year; however, in no event shall such
         distributions be made later than the end of the following Plan Year.
         Distributions made later than 2 1/2 months after the end of the
         affected Plan Year will be subject to tax under Code Section 4979.

8.04     ACCOUNTING FOR EXCESS 401(k) CONTRIBUTIONS - Amounts distributed and
         reallocated under this Article shall be treated as being made from
         Salary Saving Contributions, 401(k) Employer Contributions and 401(k)
         Employer match Contributions as determined by the Plan Administrator on
         a uniform nondiscriminatory basis.

8.05     SPECIAL 401(k) EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTION - Notwithstanding any other
         provisions of this plan except Section 8.09, in lieu of reallocating or
         distributing Excess 401(k) Employer Contributions provided in Section
         8.03, the Employer may make 401(k) Employer Contributions and or 401(k)
         Employer Match Contributions on behalf of Non-Highly Compensated
         Employees that are sufficient to satisfy either of the Average Actual
         Deferral Percentage Tests; any such 401(k) Employer Contribution must
         be allocated among the Non-Highly Compensated Employees in proportion
         to Compensation.

8.06     MAXIMUM SALARY SAVING CONTRIBUTIONS - No Employee shall be permitted to
         have Salary Savings Contributions made under this Plan during any
         calendar year in excess of $7,000 (or such other amount as the
         Secretary of the Treasury may designate). The foregoing limit will not
         apply to Salary Saving Contributions attributable to services performed
         in 1986 and described in Sections 1105(c )(4) or (5) of the Tax Reform
         Act of 1986.

8.07     PARTICIPANT CLAIMS - Participants under other plans described in Code
         Sections 401(k), 401(k) or 403(b) may submit a claim to the plan
         Administrator specifying the amount of their Excess Deferral. Such
         claim shall: (1) be in writing; (2) be submitted no later than March 1
         of the year after the Excess Deferral was made; and (3) state that such
         amount, when added to amounts deferred under other plans described in
         Code Sections 401(k), 408(k) or 403(b), exceeds $7,000 (or such other
         amount as the Secretary of the Treasury may designate).

8.08     DISTRIBUTION OF EXCESS DEFERRAL - Notwithstanding any other provision
         of this plan, Excess Deferrals and income allocable thereto shall be
         distributed to the affected Participant no later than the April 15
         following the calendar year in which such Excess Deferrals were made.

8.09     OPERATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH REGULATIONS - The determination and
         treatment of Actual Deferral Percentages and Excess 401(k)
         Contributions, and the operation of the Average Actual Deferral
         Percentage Test shall be in accordance with such additional
         requirements as may be prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury.

                                     - 32 -



                                   ARTICLE IX

               REFUND OR FORFEITURE OF EXCESS 401(m) CONTRIBUTIONS

9.01     DEFINITION - For purpose of this Article, the following Definitions
         shall be used:

         (a)      "Average Contribution Percentage" means the average (expressed
                  as a percentage) of the Contribution Percentage of a group.

         (b)      "Contribution Percentage" means the ratio (expressed as a
                  percentage) of the: (1) After-Tax Contributions made by an
                  Eligible Participant and (2) the 401(k) and 401(a) Employer
                  Match Contributions made on behalf of the Participant; to (3)
                  the Participant's Compensation for the Plan Year. The Plan
                  Administrator may include 401(k) Employer Contributions for
                  the Participant in the above described numerator, if such
                  inclusion is made on a uniform nondiscriminatory basis for
                  all participants. The Plan Administrator may not include
                  401(k) Employer Match Contributions in the numerator to the
                  extent such Contributions are included in the numerator of the
                  actual Deferral Percentage of the Participant, as defined in
                  Plan Section 8.01(a).

                  For purposes of determining the Contribution Percentage of a
                  Highly Compensated Employee who is either: (1) a Five Percent
                  Owner; or (2) one of the ten most highly compensated employees
                  for the current Plan Year, the After-Tax Contributions of any
                  Family Member of the Participant and 401(k) and 401(a)
                  Employer Match Contributions made on behalf of such Family
                  Members shall be included in the numerator, and the
                  Compensation of any such Family Member shall be included in
                  the denominator. Additionally, the 401(k) Employer
                  Contributions and Salary Savings Contributions made for such
                  Family Member shall be included in the numerator, if such
                  contributions are being included in the numerators of all
                  Eligible Participants on a uniform nondiscriminatory basis.

                  Additionally, if one or more other Plans allowing
                  contributions under Code Section 401(k), after tax employee
                  contributions or matching contributions, are considered with
                  this Plan as one for purpose of Code Section 410(b), the
                  Contribution Percentages for all Eligible Participants under
                  all such plans shall be determined as if this Plan and all
                  such others were one. The Contribution Percentage of Highly
                  Compensated Employees shall be determined as if this Plan and
                  all other Plans allowing contributions under Code Section
                  401(k), after tax employee contributions or matching
                  contributions and in which the Highly Compensated Employee is
                  also an Eligible Participant were one plan.

         (c)      "Eligible Participant" means a Participant eligible to have
                  voluntary After-Tax Contributions or 401(k) or 401(a) Employer
                  Match Contributions made on his behalf.

                                     - 33 -



          (d)    "Excess 401(m) Contributions" means the excess of: (i) the
                 numerator of the Contribution Percentage of Highly Compensated
                 Employee; over (ii) the maximum numerator permitted under Plan
                 Section 9.02 determined by reducing the numerators of Highly
                 Compensated Employees in order of their Contribution
                 Percentages beginning with the highest of such percentages.

9.02     AVERAGE CONTRIBUTION TEST - The Average Contribution Percentage for
         Highly Compensated Employees for each plan Year and the Average
         Contribution Percentage for Non-Highly Compensated Employees for the
         same plan Year must satisfy one of the following tests:

         (a)      The Average Contribution Percentage for Eligible Participants
                  who are highly Compensated Employees for the plan year shall
                  not exceed the Average Contribution Percentage for Eligible
                  Participants who are Non-Highly Compensated Employees for the
                  Plan Year multiplied by 1.25; or

         (b)      The Average Contribution Percentage for Eligible Participants
                  who are highly Compensated Employees for the plan year shall
                  not exceed the Average Contribution Percentage for Eligible
                  Participants who are Non-Highly Compensated Employees for the
                  Plan Year multiplied by 2, provided that the Average
                  Contribution Percentage for Eligible Participants who are
                  highly Compensated Employees does not exceed the Average
                  Contribution Percentage for Eligible Participants who are
                  Non-Highly Compensated Employees by more than two (2)
                  percentage points.

9.03     REFUND AND FORFEITURE OF EXCESS 401(m) CONTRIBUTIONS - Notwithstanding
         any other provision of this plan, except Sections 9.05 and 9.06, Excess
         401(m) Contributions and income allocable thereto treated: (1) as
         After-Tax Contributions, 401(k) Employer match Contributions or 401(k)
         Employer Contributions shall be distributed to the affected Highly
         Compensated Employee; (2) as 401(a) Employer match Contributions shall
         be forfeited and applied or allocated as specified in Adoption
         Agreement Section 5.03, provided, forfeitures arising under this
         Section shall not be allocated to the account of any affected Highly
         Compensated Employee. The Plan Administrator shall make every effort to
         refund and forfeit all Excess 401(m) Contributions within 2 1/2 months
         of the end of the affected Plan Year; however, in no event shall Excess
         401(m) Contributions be refunded or forfeited later than the end of the
         following Plan Year. Distributions made later than 2 1/2 months after
         the end of the affected Plan Year will be subject to tax under Code
         Section 4979.

9.04     ACCOUNTING FOR EXCESS 401(m) CONTRIBUTIONS - Amounts distributed and
         forfeited under this Article shall be treated as being made form
         After-Tax Contributions, 401(k) and 401(a) Employer Match Contributions
         and 401(k) Employer Contributions as determined by the Plan
         Administrator on a uniform nondiscriminatory basis.

                                     - 34 -



9.05     SPECIAL 401(k) EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS - Notwithstanding any other
         provisions of this Plan, except Section 9.08, in lieu of refunding or
         forfeiting Excess 401(m) Contribution as provided in Section 9.03, the
         Employer may make 401(k) Employer Contributions, allocated in
         proportion to Compensation, on behalf of Non-Highly Compensated
         Employees that are sufficient to satisfy either of the Average
         Contribution Tests.

9.06     SPECIAL EMPLOYER MATCH CONTRIBUTIONS - Notwithstanding any other
         provision of this Plan except Section 9.08, in lieu of refunding or
         forfeiting excess 401(m) Contributions as provided in Section 9.03, the
         Employer may make 401(k) or 401(a) Employer Match Contribution on
         behalf of Non-Highly Compensated Employees that are sufficient to
         satisfy either of the Average Contribution Tests.

9.07     ORDER OF DETERMINATIONS - The determinations of Excess 401(m)
         Contribution shall be made after first determining Excess Deferrals and
         then determining Excess 401(k) Contribution.

9.08     OPERATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH REGULATIONS - The determination and
         treatment of Contribution Percentages and Excess 401(m) Contributions,
         and the operation of the Average Contribution Percentages Test shall be
         in accordance with such additional requirement as may be prescribed by
         the Secretary of the Treasury.

                                     ARTICLE X

                             IN-SERVICE WITHDRAWALS

10.01    WITHDRAWALS OF TAX DEDUCTIBLE VOLUNTARY CONTRIBUTIONS AND AFTER-TAX
         CONTRIBUTIONS - A Participant shall have the right at any time to
         request the Plan Administrator for a withdrawal in cash of amounts in
         his tax Deductible Contribution account or After-Tax Contribution
         account.

10.02    WITHDRAWAL FROM 401(k) ACCOUNTS - For Plan Years beginning before 1989,
         a Participant shall have the right at any time to request the Plan
         Administrator for a withdrawal in cash of amounts in his Salary Savings
         Contribution and 401(k) Employer and 401(k) Employer Match Contribution
         accounts for "financial hardship." For Plan Years beginning after 1998,
         a Participant shall have the right at any time to request the Plan
         Administrator for a withdrawal in cash of Salary Savings Contribution
         without interest thereon for "financial hardship". The profit sharing
         Committee shall determined whether an event constitutes a financial
         hardship. Such determination shall be based upon non-discriminatory
         rules and procedures adopted by the Committee, which shall be
         conclusive and binding upon all persons. Such procedures shall specify
         the requirements for requesting and receiving distributions on account
         of hardship, including what forms must be submitted and to whom. All
         determinations regarding financial hardship must be made in accordance
         with any application regulations and the objective criteria set forth
         in Section 10.02B of the Adoption

                                     - 35 -



         Agreement, except as otherwise allowed under any applicable
         regulations. The processing of applications and any distributions of
         amounts under this section shall by made as soon as administratively
         feasible. A distribution based upon financial hardship cannot exceed
         the amount required to meet the immediate financial need created by the
         hardship and not reasonably available from other resources of the
         Participant, except as otherwise allowed under applicable regulations.
         In addition, if permitted by the Adoption Agreement, the Participant
         may request a withdrawal of the amount in his 401(k) and Salary Savings
         Contribution accounts for any reason, at any time after he attains age
         59 1/2.

10.03    RULES FOR IN-SERVICE WITHDRAWALS - The Plan Administrator may impose a
         dollar minimum for partial withdrawals. If the amount in the
         Participant's appropriate Account is less than the minimum, the Plan
         Administrator shall pay the Participant the entire amount then in the
         Participant's Account from which the withdrawal is to be made if a
         withdrawal of the entire amount is otherwise permissible under the
         rules set forth in this Article. If the entire amount cannot be paid
         under such rules, whatever amount is permissible shall be paid.

         Any amount to be withdrawn shall be paid within 90 days following the
         date written request therefor is received by the Plan Administrator.
         All requests must be consented to by the Participant's spouse in a
         Qualified Election as described in Section 12.08(c)(iii), unless the
         withdrawal is from the Participant's Tax Deductible Contribution
         account or an account to which Section 12.08(e) applies.
         Notwithstanding the foregoing, any request for a withdrawal of amounts
         allocated to a group annuity contract shall be subject to any time
         limits, restrictions or penalties that may be provided in the contract.

                                   ARTICLE XI

                                PARTICIPANT LOANS

11.01    GENERAL RULES - If permitted by the Employer in Section 11.01 of the
         Adoption Agreement, loans may be made to Participants from time to time
         by the Trustee when directed by the Plan Administrator upon the written
         request of the Participant.

         Plan loans shall be granted on a uniform nondiscriminatory basis. Such
         loans shall be adequately secured, shall bear a reasonable rate of
         interest and shall provide for periodic repayment over a reasonable
         period of time. No Participant loan shall exceed the value of the
         Participant's vested Accrued Benefit. For all purposes of this Article
         XI, the Participant's Accrued Benefit shall not include amounts
         allocated to his Tax Deductible Contribution Account.

         Notwithstanding the above, loans may not be made to an Owner-Employee
         or a shareholder-employee if the loan is not permissible under the
         applicable provisions of the Internal Revenue Code or the Employee
         Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (ERISA), as amended.

                                     - 36 -



         A "shareholder employee" is an employee of officer of an electing small
         business (Subchapter S) corporation who owns (or is considered as
         owning within the meaning of Code Section 318(a)(1), on any day during
         the taxable year of such corporation, more than five percent of the
         outstanding stock of such corporation.

         Tax Deductible Voluntary Contributions plus earnings thereon, may not
         be used as security for Participant loans.

11.02    LOAN AMOUNTS AND REPAYMENTS -

         (a)      No loan shall be made to the extent such loan when added to
                  the outstanding balance of all other loans to the Participant
                  would exceed the greater of:

                  (i)      $10,000, or if less, the present value of the
                           Participant's nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit; or

                  (ii)     one-half (1/2) of the present value of the
                           nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit of the Participant
                           under the Plan (but not more than $50,000 reduced by
                           the difference between the highest outstanding
                           balance during the previous 365 days and the current
                           outstanding balance).

         (b)      Loans shall provide for periodic repayment, with payment to be
                  no less frequent than quarterly, over a period not to exceed
                  five (5) years; provided, however, that loans used to acquire
                  any dwelling unit which, within a reasonable time, is to be
                  used (determined at the time the loan is made) as a principal
                  residence of the Participant may provide for periodic
                  repayment, with payment to be no less frequent than quarterly
                  over a reasonable period of time that exceeds five (5) years.

         Loans shall not be granted to any Participant that provide for a
         repayment period extending beyond such Participant's Normal Retirement
         Age.

         In the event of default, attachment of the Participant's Accrued
         Benefit will not occur until a distributable event occurs in the Plan;
         all loans will be considered in default on the death of the
         Participant.

         Notwithstanding the foregoing, no loans may be made to a married
         Participant in the absence of a valid spousal consent to such loan in
         accordance with Section 12.08(c)(iii) if the loan is secured by an
         account other than one to which Section 12.08(e) applies. Such consent
         must be given within 90 days of the making of the loan. In addition,
         any request for a withdrawal of amounts allocated to a group annuity
         contract for purposes of providing Plan loans shall be subject to any
         time limits, restrictions or penalties that may be provided in the
         contract.

                                     - 37 -



                                   ARTICLE XII

                          RETIREMENT AND DEATH BENEFITS

12.01    NORMAL RETIREMENT BENEFIT - Each Participant's Accrued Benefit shall
         become 100% vested and nonforfeitable when the Participant attains his
         Normal Retirement Age; provided, however, that each Participant's
         401(k) Employer Match Contribution account, 401(k) Employer
         Contribution account, Salary Savings Contribution account, Rollover
         account, Tax Deductible Contribution account and After-Tax Contribution
         account shall be 100% vested and nonforfeitable at all times.

         Every Participant may terminate his employment with the Employer
         and retire upon the attainment of his Normal Retirement Age. Upon such
         date all amounts credited to such Participant's Accounts shall become
         distributable to him in accordance with this Article.

         The Plan Administrator shall notify the Trustee and Insurer when the
         Normal Retirement Age of each Participant shall occur and shall also
         advise the Trustee and Insurer as to the manner in which retirement
         benefits are to be distributed to a Participant, subject to the
         provisions of this Article. Upon receipt of such notification and
         subject to the other provisions of this Article, the Trustee and
         Insurer shall take such action as may be necessary in order to
         distribute the Participant's Accrued Benefit.

12.02    EARLY RETIREMENT BENEFIT - If there shall be a termination of a
         Participant's employment on or after he attains his Early Retirement
         Age, if nay, (as defined in Section 12.02 of the Adoption Agreement),
         he shall be deemed to have retired early and such Participant shall be
         vested in the amount credited to his Accounts as of the date of his
         early retirement.

12.03    LATE RETIREMENT BENEFIT - If a Participant shall continue in active
         employment following his Normal Retirement Age, he shall continue to
         Participate under the Plan and Trust. Upon actual retirement, such
         Participant shall be entitled to the amount then credited to his
         Accounts.

12.04    DISABILITY BENEFIT - A Participant whose employment shall be terminated
         prior to his Normal Retirement Age as a result of Total and Permanent
         Disability shall be vested in the amount credited to his Accounts as of
         the date of such termination.

12.05    DEATH BENEFIT - If a participant or Former Participant shall die prior
         to the commencement of any benefit otherwise provided under this
         Article XII, his Beneficiary shall be entitled to a death benefit. The
         amount of the death benefit shall be equal to the amount credited to
         his Participant's Accounts as of the date of death, including the death
         proceeds of any Policies allocated to such Accounts.

         If a participant shall die subsequent to the commencement of any
         benefit otherwise provided under this Article XII, the death benefit,
         if any, shall be determined in accordance with the benefit option in
         effect for the participant.

                                     - 38 -



         The Plan Administrator may require such proper proof of death and such
         evidence of the right of any person to receive payment of the value of
         the Account of a deceased Participant or a deceased Former Participant
         as the Plan Administrator deems necessary. The Plan Administrator's
         determination of death and of the right of any person to receive
         payment shall be conclusive and binding on all persons.

12.06    DESIGNATION OF BENEFICIARY - Each Participant shall designate his
         Beneficiary on a form provided by the Plan Administrator and such
         designation may include primary and contingent Beneficiaries; provided,
         however, that if a Participant or Former Participant is married on the
         date of his death, the Participant's then spouse shall be the
         Participant's Beneficiary unless such spouse consented to the
         designation of another Beneficiary in accordance with Section 12.08.
         Notwithstanding the foregoing, Policy proceeds shall be paid to the
         Trustee as beneficiary and the Trustee shall pay over the proceeds to
         the appropriate Plan beneficiary.

12.07    DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS - The Plan Administrator shall direct the
         Trustee to make, or cause the Insurer to make, payment of any benefits
         provided under this Article XII. Unless the Participant elects
         otherwise, distribution of benefits will begin no later than the 60th
         day after the latest of the close of the Plan Year in which:

         (1)      the Participant attains Age 65 ( or Normal Retirement Age, if
                  earlier);

         (2)      occurs the 10th anniversary of the year in which the
                  Participant commenced participation in the Plan; or,

         (3)      the Participant terminates service with the Employer.

         In no event will benefits begin to be distributed prior to the later of
         age 62 or Normal Retirement Age without the consent of the Participant,
         except as indicated below. The consent of the Participant's spouse will
         also be required for any such distribution unless (i) the plan is a
         profit sharing plan described in Subsection 12.08(e) or (ii) the
         benefit is paid in the form of a qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity.

         Neither the consent of the Participant or his or her spouse is required
         if the present value of the Participant's vested Accrued Benefit
         attributable to all Contributions other than Tax Deductible Voluntary
         Contributions is $3,500 or less. In such event the Plan Administrator
         shall pay such benefit to the Participant or his Beneficiary in a lump
         sum and no other settlement option shall be available. However, unless
         the Plan is a plan described in Subsection 12.08(e), no distribution
         shall be made pursuant to the preceding sentence after the first day of
         the first period for which an amount is received as an annuity unless
         the Participant and his or her spouse ( or the Participant's surviving
         spouse) consent in writing to such distribution. Except as provided
         below and in Sections 12.05 and 12.08, a Participant, with spousal
         consent where applicable, shall have the sole right to receive his
         benefit in accordance with one or more of the following ways, and which
         may be paid in cash or in kind, or a combination of them:

                                     - 39 -



         (a)      one sum.

         (b)      an annuity for the life of the Participant.

         (c)      an annuity for the life of the Participant and upon his death
                  100%, 66 2/3% or 50% (whichever is specified when this option
                  is elected) of the annuity amount will be continued to his
                  contingent annuitant. No further annuity benefits are payable
                  after the death of both the Participant and his contingent
                  annuitant.

         (d)      an annuity for the joint lives of the Participant and his
                  joint annuitant which 100%, 66 2/3% or 50% (whichever is
                  specified when this option is elected) of such amount payable
                  as an annuity for life to the survivor. No further benefits
                  are payable after the death of both the Participant and his
                  joint annuitant.

         (e)      an annuity for the life of the Participant with installment
                  payments for a period certain not longer than the life
                  expectancy of the Participant.

         (f)      installment payments for a period certain not longer than the
                  life expectancy of the Participant and his designated
                  beneficiary.

         All optional forms of benefits shall be actuarially equivalent.

         Notwithstanding the above requirements:

         (a)      Minimum Amounts to be Distributed. If the Participant's entire
                  interest is to be distributed in other than a lump-sum, then
                  the amount to be distributed each year must be at least an
                  amount equal to the quotient obtained by dividing the
                  Participant's entire interest by the life expectancy of the
                  Participant or joint and last survivor expectancy of the
                  participant and designated Beneficiary. Life expectancy and
                  joint and last survivor expectancy are computed by the use of
                  the return multiples contained in Section 1.72-9 of the Income
                  Tax Regulations. For purposes of this computation, a
                  Participant's life expectancy may be recalculated no more
                  frequently than annually, however, the life expectancy of a
                  nonspouse Beneficiary may not be recalculated. If the
                  participant's spouse is not the designated Beneficiary, the
                  method of distribution selected must assure that at least 50
                  percent of the present value of the amount available for
                  distribution is paid within the life expectancy of the
                  Participant.

         (b)      Commencement of Benefits.

                     (i)   For Plan Years Beginning Before 1989.

                           (A)      Distributions to Five Percent Owners.
                                    Distribution to a Participant who is a Five
                                    Percent Owner at any time during the five
                                    Plan Year period ending in the calendar year
                                    in which he attains age 70 1/2 must commence
                                    no later than the first day of April
                                    following such calendar year.

                                     - 40 -



                           (B)      Distributions to Non-Five Percent Owners.
                                    Distributions to a Participant other than a
                                    Five Percent Owner must commence no later
                                    than the first day of April following the
                                    calendar year in which the later of
                                    termination of employment or attainment of
                                    age 70 1/2 occurs.

                  (ii)      For Plan Years Beginning After 1988.

                           Distributions to all Participants must commence no
                           later than the first day of April following the
                           calendar year in which the participant attains
                           age 70 1/2, unless the Participant attains age
                           70 1/2 before January 1, 1988 and was never a Five
                           Percent Owner at age 66 1/2 or anytime thereafter.

         (c)      Death Distribution Provisions.

                  Upon the death of the Participant, the following distribution
                  provisions shall take effect:

                  (i)     If the Participant dies after distribution of his or
                           her interest has commenced, the remaining portion of
                           such interest will continue to be distributed at
                           least as rapidly as under the method of distribution
                           being used prior to the Participant's death.

                  (ii)    If the Participant dies before distribution of his or
                           her interest commences, the Participant's entire
                           interest will be distributed no later than 5 years
                           after the Participant's death except to the extent
                           that an election is made to receive distributions in
                           accordance with (A) or (B) below:

                           (A)      if any portion of the Participant's interest
                                    is payable to a designated Beneficiary,
                                    distributions may be made in substantially
                                    equal installments over the life or life
                                    expectancy of the designated Beneficiary
                                    commencing no later than 1 year after the
                                    Participant's death;

                           (B)      if the designated beneficiary is the
                                    Participant's surviving spouse, the date
                                    distributions are required to begin in
                                    accordance with (A) above shall not be
                                    earlier than the date on which the
                                    Participant would have attained age 70 1/2,
                                    and, if the spouse dies before payments
                                    begin, subsequent distributions shall be
                                    made as if the spouse had been the
                                    Participant.

                  (iii)    For purposes of paragraph (ii) above, payments will
                           be calculated by use of the return multiples
                           specified in Section 1.72-9 of the Income Tax
                           Regulations. Life expectancy of a surviving spouse
                           may be recalculated annually, however, in the case of
                           any other designated

                                     - 41 -



                           Beneficiary, such life expectancy will be calculated
                           at the time payment first commences without further
                           recalculation.

                  (iv)     For purpose of this Subsection (c), any amount paid
                           to a child of the Participant will be treated as if
                           it had been paid to the surviving spouse if the
                           amount becomes payable to the surviving spouse when
                           the child reaches the age of majority.

         (d)      Transitional Rule

                  (i)      Notwithstanding the other requirements of this
                           Section 12.07 and subject to the requirements of
                           Section 12.08, Joint and Survivor Annuity
                           Requirements, distribution on behalf of any Employee,
                           including a 5-percent owner, may be made in
                           accordance with all of the following requirements
                           (regardless of when such distribution commences):

                           (A)      The distribution by the trust is one which
                                    would not have disqualified such trust under
                                    Section 401(a)(9) of the Internal Revenue
                                    Code as in effect prior to amendment by the
                                    Deficit Reduction Act of 1984.

                           (B)      The distribution is in accordance with a
                                    method of distribution designated by the
                                    Employee whose interest in the trust is
                                    being distributed or, if the Employee is
                                    deceased, by a Beneficiary of such Employee.

                           (C)      Such designation was in writing, was signed
                                    by the Employee or the Beneficiary, and was
                                    made before January 1, 1984.

                           (D)      The Employee had accrued a benefit under the
                                    plan as of December 31, 1983.

                           (E)      The method of distribution designated by the
                                    Employee or the Beneficiary specifies the
                                    time at which distribution will commence,
                                    the period over which distributions will be
                                    made, and in the case of any distribution
                                    upon the Employee's death, the Beneficiaries
                                    of the Employee Listed in order of priority.

                  (ii)     A distribution upon death will not be covered by this
                           transitional rule unless the information in the
                           designation contains the required information
                           described above with respect to the distributions to
                           be made upon the death of the Employee.

                  (iii)    For any distribution which commenced before January
                           1, 1984, but continues after December 31, 1983, the
                           Employee, or the Beneficiary, to whom such
                           distribution is being made, will be presumed to have
                           designated the method of

                                     - 42 -



                           distribution under which the distribution is being
                           made if the method of distribution was specified in
                           writing and the distribution satisfies the
                           requirements in paragraphs (i)(A) and (E) above.

                  (iv)     If a designation is revoked, any subsequent
                           distribution must satisfy the requirements of Section
                           401(a)(9) of the Code, as amended. Any changes in
                           the designation will be considered to be a revocation
                           of the designation. However, the mere substitution or
                           addition of another Beneficiary (one not named in the
                           designation) under the designation will not be
                           considered to be a revocation of the designation, so
                           long as such substitution or addition does not alter
                           the period over which distributions are to be made
                           under the designation, directly or indirectly (for
                           example, by altering the relevant measuring life).

12.08    JOINT AND SURVIVOR ANNUITY REQUIREMENTS - The provisions of this
         Section shall take precedence over any conflicting provision in this
         Plan.

         Except as provided with respect to certain profit sharing plans
         described in Subsection (e), the provisions of this Section 12.08 shall
         apply to any Participant who is credited with at least one Hour of
         Service with the Employer on or after August 23, 1984, and such other
         Participants as provided in Subsection (f).

         (a)      Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity.

                  Unless an optional form of benefit is selected pursuant to a
                  qualified election within the 90-day period ending on the date
                  benefit payments would commence, a Participant's vested
                  Account balance will be paid in the form of a Qualified Joint
                  and Survivor Annuity, as described in Section 2.38.

         (b)      Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity.

                  Unless an optional form of benefit has been selected within
                  the election period pursuant to a qualified election, if a
                  Participant dies before benefits have commenced, then the
                  Participant's vested Account balance shall be applied toward
                  the purchase of an annuity for the life of the surviving
                  spouse.

         (c)      Definitions.

                  (i)      Election period: The period which begins on the
                           first day of the Plan Year in which the Participant
                           attains age 35 and ends on the date of the
                           Participant's death. If a Participant separates from
                           service prior to the first day of the Plan Year in
                           which age 35 is attained, with respect to the Account
                           balance as of the date of separation, the election
                           period shall begin on the date of separation.

                                     - 43 -



                  (ii)     Earliest retirement age: The earliest date on which,
                           under the Plan, the Participant could elect to
                           receive retirement benefits.

                  (iii)    Qualified election: A Waiver of a Qualified Joint and
                           Survivor Annuity or a qualified preretirement
                           survivor annuity. The waiver must be in writing and
                           must be consented to by the Participant's spouse, if
                           any. The spouse's consent to a waiver must be
                           witnessed by a Plan representative or notary public
                           and must be limited to a specific benefit for a
                           specific alternate beneficiary. Notwithstanding this
                           consent requirement, if the Participant establishes
                           to the satisfaction of a Plan representative that
                           such written consent may not be obtained because
                           there is no spouse or the spouse cannot be located, a
                           waiver will be deemed a qualified election. Any
                           consent necessary under this provision will not be
                           valid with respect to any other spouse. Additionally,
                           a revocation of a prior waiver may be made by a
                           Participant without the consent of the spouse at any
                           time before the commencement of benefits. The number
                           of revocations shall not be limited. Any new waiver
                           or change of beneficiary will require a new spousal
                           consent.

                  (iv)     Spouse (surviving spouse): The spouse or surviving
                           spouse of the Participant, provided that a former
                           spouse will be treated as the spouse or surviving
                           spouse to the extent provided under a qualified
                           domestic relations order as described in Section
                           414(p) of the Internal Revenue Code.

         (d)      Notice Requirements.

                  (i)      In the case of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity
                           as described in Subsection (a), the Plan
                           Administrator shall provide each Participant within a
                           reasonable period prior to the commencement of
                           benefits a written explanation of: (i) the terms and
                           conditions of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity;
                           (ii) the Participant's right to make and the effect
                           of an election to waive the Qualified Joint and
                           Survivor Annuity form of benefit; (iii) the rights of
                           a Participant's spouse; and (iv) the right to make,
                           and the effect of, a revocation of a previous
                           election to waive the Qualified Joint and Survivor
                           Annuity.

                  (ii)     In the case of a qualified preretirement survivor
                           annuity as described in Subsection (b), the Plan
                           Administrator shall provide each Participant a
                           written explanation of the qualified preretirement
                           survivor annuity in such terms and in such manner as
                           would be comparable to the explanation provided for
                           meeting the requirements of paragraph (d)(i)
                           applicable to a Qualified joint and Survivor Annuity
                           within whichever of the periods listed below ends
                           last:

                                     - 44 -



                           (A)      the period beginning with the first day of
                                    the Plan Year in which the Participant
                                    attains age 32 and ending with the close of
                                    the Plan Year preceding the Plan Year in
                                    which the Participant attains age 35;

                           (B)      a reasonable period (as determined under any
                                    applicable regulations) after which the
                                    Employee becomes a Participant;

                           (C)      a reasonable period (as determined under any
                                    applicable regulations) ending after
                                    Subparagraph (iii) below ceases to apply;

                           (D)      a reasonable period (as determined under any
                                    applicable regulations) after the
                                    Termination of Employment of a Participant
                                    before his attainment of age 35.

                  (iii)    Notwithstanding the other requirements of this
                           Subsection (d), the respective notices prescribed by
                           this Section need not be given to a Participant if
                           his Plan "fully subsidizes" the costs of a Qualified
                           joint and Survivor Annuity or qualified preretirement
                           survivor annuity. For purposes of this paragraph
                           (iii), a Plan fully subsidizes the costs of a benefit
                           if under the Plan the failure to waive such benefit
                           by a Participant would not result in a decrease in
                           any Plan benefit with respect to such Participant and
                           would not result in increased contributions from the
                           Participant.

         (e)      Special Rule for Profit-Sharing Plans.

                  (i)      This section applies to a profit sharing plan if the
                           following two conditions are met: (A) the Participant
                           cannot or does not elect payments in the form of a
                           life annuity, and (B) on the death of the
                           Participant, the Participant's vested account balance
                           will be paid to the Participant's surviving spouse,
                           but if there is no surviving spouse, or, if the
                           surviving spouse has already consented in a manner
                           conforming to a qualified election, then to the
                           Participant's designated Beneficiary. However, this
                           Subsection (e) shall not be operative with respect to
                           the Participant if it is determined that this profit
                           sharing plan is a direct or indirect transferee of a
                           defined benefit plan, money purchase pension plan
                           (including a target benefit plan), stock bonus, or
                           profit sharing plan which would otherwise provide for
                           a life annuity form of payment to the Participant. If
                           this Subsection (e) is operative, then except to the
                           extent otherwise provided in Subsection (f), the
                           other provisions of this Section 12.08 shall be
                           inoperative.

                                     - 45 -



         (f)      Transitional Rules.

                  (i)      Any living Participant not receiving benefits on
                           August 23, 1984, who would otherwise not receive the
                           benefits prescribed by the previous Subsections of
                           this Section 12.08 must be given the opportunity to
                           elect to have the prior sections of this Section
                           12.08 apply if such Participant is credited with at
                           least one Hour of Service under this Plan or a
                           predecessor Plan in a Plan Year beginning on or after
                           January 1, 1976, and such Participant had at least 10
                           years of vesting service when he or she separated
                           from service.

                  (ii)     Any living Participant not receiving benefits on
                           August 23, 1984, who was credited with at least one
                           Hour of Service under this plan or a predecessor plan
                           on or after September 2, 1974, and who is not
                           otherwise credited with any service in a Plan Year
                           beginning on or after January 1, 1976, must be given
                           the opportunity to have his or her benefits paid in
                           accordance with paragraph (f)(iv) below.

                  (iii)    The respective opportunities to elect (as described
                           in paragraphs (f)(i) and (ii) above) must be afforded
                           to the appropriate Participants during the period
                           commencing on August 23, 1984, and ending on the date
                           benefits would otherwise commence to said
                           Participants.

                  (iv)     Any Participant who has elected pursuant to paragraph
                           (f)(ii) and any Participant who does not elect under
                           paragraph (f)(i) or who meets the requirements of
                           paragraph (f)(i) except that such Participant does
                           not have at least 10 years of vesting service when he
                           or she separates from service, shall have his or her
                           benefits distributed in accordance with all of the
                           following requirements if benefits would have been
                           payable in the form of a life annuity:

                           (A)      Automatic joint and survivor annuity. If
                                    benefits in the form of a life annuity
                                    become payable to a married Participant who:

                                    (1)      begins to receive payments under
                                             the Plan on or after Normal
                                             Retirement Age; or

                                    (2)      dies on or after Normal Retirement
                                             Age while still working for the
                                             Employer; or

                                    (3)      begins to receive payments on or
                                             after the Qualified Early
                                             Retirement Age; or

                                    (4)      separates from service on or after
                                             attaining Normal Retirement Age (or
                                             the Qualified Early Retirement Age)
                                             and after satisfying the

                                     - 46 -



                                             eligibility requirements for the
                                             payment of benefits under the Plan
                                             and thereafter dies before
                                             beginning to receive such benefits;

                                    then such benefits will be received under
                                    this plan in the form of Qualified Joint and
                                    Survivor Annuity, unless the Participant has
                                    elected otherwise during the election
                                    period. The election period must begin at
                                    least 6 months before the Participant
                                    attains Qualified Early Retirement Age and
                                    end not more than 90 days before the
                                    commencement of benefits. Any election
                                    hereunder will be in writing and may be
                                    changed by the Participant at any time.

                           (B)      Election of early survivor annuity. A
                                    Participant who is employed after attaining
                                    the Qualified Early Retirement Age will be
                                    given the opportunity to elect, during the
                                    election period, to have a survivor annuity
                                    payable on death. If the Participant elects
                                    the survivor annuity, payments under such
                                    annuity must not be less than the payments
                                    which would have been made to the spouse
                                    under the Qualified Joint and Survivor
                                    Annuity if the Participant had retired on
                                    the day before his or death. Any election
                                    under this provision will be in writing and
                                    may be changed by the Participant at any
                                    time. The election period begins on the
                                    later of (1) the 90th day before the
                                    Participant attains the Qualified Early
                                    Retirement Age, or (2) the date on which
                                    participation begins, and ends on the date
                                    the Participant terminates employment.

                           (C)      For purposes of this paragraph (f)(iv):

                                    (1)      Qualified Early Retirement Age is
                                             the latest of:

                                             (i)      the earliest date, under
                                                      the Plan, on which the
                                                      Participant may elect to
                                                      receive retirement
                                                      benefits,

                                             (ii)     the first day of the 120th
                                                      month beginning before the
                                                      Participant reaches Normal
                                                      Retirement Age, or

                                             (iii)    the date the Participant
                                                      begins participation.

                                    (2)      Qualified joint and survivor
                                             annuity is an annuity for the life
                                             of the Participant with a survivor
                                             annuity for the life of the spouse
                                             as described in Section 2.38.

                                     - 47 -



12.09    DISTRIBUTION TO A MINOR PARTICIPANT OR BENEFICIARY - In the event a
         distribution is to be made to a minor, then the Plan Administrator may,
         in the Administrator's sole discretion, direct that such distribution
         be paid to the legal guardian of the minor, or if none, to a parent of
         such minor or a responsible adult with whom the minor maintains his
         residence, or to the custodian for such minor under the Uniform Gift to
         Minors Act, if such is permitted by the laws of the state in which said
         minor resides. Such a payment to the legal guardian or parent of a
         minor or to such a custodian shall fully discharge the Trustee,
         Employer, and Plan from further liability on account thereof.

12.10    LOCATION OF PARTICIPANT OR BENEFICIARY UNKNOWN - In the event that all,
         or any portion, of the distribution payable to a Participant or his
         Beneficiary hereunder shall, at the expiration of five years after it
         shall become payable, remain unpaid solely by reason of the inability
         of the Plan Administrator, after sending a registered letter, return
         receipt requested, to the payee's last known address, and after further
         diligent effort, to ascertain the whereabouts of such Participant or
         his Beneficiary, the amount so distributable shall be forfeited and
         allocated in accordance with the terms of this Plan. In the event a
         Participant or Beneficiary is located subsequent to his benefit being
         forfeited, such benefit shall be restored.

                                  ARTICLE XIII

                     BENEFITS UPON TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT

13.01    GENERAL - Upon a Participant's termination of employment, for any
         reason other than death, disability, Normal, Early or Late Retirement,
         the interests and rights of any Participant shall be limited to those
         contained in this Article XIII.

         (a)      Fully Vested and Nonforfeitable Portion of a Participant's
                  Accrued Benefit. Each Participant's 401(k) Employer and Match
                  accounts, Salary Savings account, Rollover account, Tax
                  Deductible Contribution account and After-Tax Contribution
                  account shall be fully vested and nonforfeitable at all times.

         (b)      Vested Employer Contributions. Each Participant's 401(a)
                  Employer and Match accounts shall be vested to the extent
                  specified in Section 13.01 of the Adoption Agreement, and the
                  remainder, if any, shall be forfeited in accordance with Plan
                  Sections 13.03 and 13.04 and applied as specified in the
                  Adoption Agreement pursuant to Section 5.03.

         13.02    FORFEITURES; DISTRIBUTION OF VESTED AMOUNTS - If a Participant
                  terminates employment, and the present value of the
                  Participant's vested Accrued Benefit attributable to all
                  Contributions other than Tax Deductible Voluntary
                  Contributions is not greater than $3,500, the Participant will
                  receive a lump sum distribution of the present value of the
                  entire vested portion of such Accrued Benefit and the
                  nonvested portion will be forfeited and applied in accordance
                  with Section 13.03. However, unless the Plan is a profit
                  sharing plan described in

                                     - 48 -



         Subsection 12.08(e), no distribution shall be made pursuant to the
         preceding sentence after the first day of the first period for which an
         amount is received an annuity unless the Participant and his of her
         spouse (or the Participant's surviving spouse) consent in writing to
         such distribution.

         If a Participant terminates employment, and the present value of the
         Participant's vested Accrued Benefit attributable to both Employer and
         Employee Contributions and plan transfers (other than Tax Deductible
         Voluntary Contributions) exceeds $3,500, the payment of such vested
         benefit shall be deferred to the earliest of the Participant's death,
         Total and Permanent Disability of attainment of Normal Retirement Age,
         at which time such vested benefit shall be payable in accordance with
         Article XII. Notwithstanding the foregoing, such a Participant may
         elect to have payments commence at any time after the date specified in
         Section 13.02(1) of the Adoption Agreement. Partial distributions of
         vested benefits will not be permitted. Unless the Plan is a profit
         sharing plan described in Subsection 12.08(e), the Participant's spouse
         (or surviving spouse) must consent to any distribution of vested
         benefits. The Participant may request any form of distribution
         permissible under Article XII, including the distribution of a
         nontransferable annuity contract. The benefit payable as a result of
         any election pursuant to this paragraph will be the benefit which can
         be provided by the current value of the Participant's vested Accrued
         Benefit. If the provisions of this paragraph become operative, the
         nonvested portion of the Participant's Accrued Benefit shall be
         forfeited when the Participant incurs five consecutive One Year Breaks
         in Service or, if earlier, when the Participant or his spouse (or
         surviving spouse) receives a distribution of his vested Accrued
         Benefit. Any such forfeitures shall be applied in accordance with
         Section 13.03.

13.03    APPLICATION OF FORFEITURES - The nonvested portion of the Accrued
         Benefit of any terminated Participant will be used to reduce Employer
         Contributions for the Plan Year following the Plan Year in which the
         forfeiture occurs (or, if the Employer so specifies in Section 5.03 of
         the Adoption Agreement, such nonvested amounts shall be allocated in
         the same manner as Employer Contributions at the end of the Plan Year
         in which the forfeiture occurs).

13.04    RESUMPTION OF SERVICE: RESTORATION OF BENEFITS UPON REEMPLOYMENT -

         (a)      A Participant who terminate service and who subsequently
                  resumes employment with the Employer will again become a
                  Participant on the entry date determined in accordance with
                  Section 3.02 of the Plan.

         (b)      If a Former Participant is subsequently reemployed, the
                  following rule shall also be applicable:

                  (i)      If any Former Participant shall be reemployed be the
                           Employer before incurring five consecutive One Year
                           Breaks in Service, and such Former Participant had
                           received a distribution of his vested Accrued Benefit
                           prior to his reemployment, his forfeited Account
                           balance shall be

                                     - 49 -



                           reinstated if he repays the full amount attributable
                           to Employer Contributions which was distributed to
                           him. Such repayment must be made by the Former
                           Participant before the date on which the individual
                           incurs five consecutive One Year Breaks in Service
                           following the date of distribution. In the event the
                           Former Participant does repay the full amount
                           distributed to him, the forfeited portion of the
                           Participant's Account must be restored in full,
                           unadjusted be any gains of losses occurring
                           subsequent to the date of distribution.

                  (ii)     If any Former Participant who has not received a
                           distribution of his vested Accrued Benefit is rehired
                           before incurring five consecutive One Year Breaks in
                           Service, the amount of any prior forfeiture shall be
                           restored in full, unadjusted by any gains or losses
                           occurring subsequent to the date of forfeiture.

                  (iii)    Restorations of forfeitures will be made, in the case
                           of (i) above, as of the date that the Plan
                           Administrator is notified that the required repayment
                           has been received by the Trustee and, in the case of
                           (ii) above, as of the date the Plan Administrator is
                           notified by the Employer that the Participant has
                           resumed service with the Employer. Any forfeiture
                           amount that must be restored to a Participant's
                           Account will be taken from any forfeitures that have
                           not yet been applied and, if the amount of
                           forfeitures available for this purpose is
                           insufficient, the Employer will make a timely
                           supplemental contribution of an amount sufficient to
                           enable the Trustee to restore the forfeiture amount
                           to the Participant's Account.

                  (iv)     If a Former Participant resumes Service after
                           incurring five consecutive One Year Breaks in
                           Service, forfeited amounts will not be restored under
                           any circumstances, but unless the Rule of Parity has
                           been elected in Section 13.01(3)(d) of the Adoption
                           Agreement and such Rule applies, both pre-break and
                           post-break service will count for the purposes of
                           vesting the employer-derived account balance that
                           accrued after such Breaks.

                           If a Former Participant resumes service before
                           incurring five consecutive One Year Breaks in
                           Service, both the pre-break and post-break service
                           will count in vesting both any restored pre-break and
                           past-break employer-derived Account balance.

13.05    SERVICE WITH AFFILIATES - As indicated in Plan Section 2.22, in
         determining a participant's vesting percentage and in determining for
         purposes of this Article whether an Employee has terminated his
         employment or has a One Year Break in Service, Hours of Service
         completed with a member of a Control Group shall be deemed to be Hours
         of Service completed with the Employer.

                                     - 50 -



13.06    EARLY RETIREMENT ELECTION - Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the
         contrary, a Participant who satisfied the Service requirement for early
         retirement specified in Section 12.02 of the Adoption Agreement and
         terminated employment with a right to a benefit deferred to his Normal
         Retirement Age may elect to receive an immediate early retirement
         benefit at any time on and after the date he attains Early Retirement
         Age (as specified in Section 12.02 of the Adoption Agreement) and prior
         to this Normal Retirement Age. A Participant eligible to make an
         election under this Section may request any optional benefit permitted
         under Section 12.07.

         The monthly benefit payable as a result of any election pursuant to
         this Section will be the monthly benefit which can be provided by the
         current value of the Participant's Accounts.

13.07    AMENDMENT TO VESTING SCHEDULE - No amendment to the Vesting Schedule
         shall deprive a Participant of his nonforfeitable rights to benefits
         accrued to the date of the amendment. Further, if the Vesting Schedule
         of the Plan is amended, or the Plan is amended in any way that directly
         or indirectly affects the computation of a Participant's nonforfeitable
         percentage, certain Participants may elect, within a reasonable period
         after the adoption of the amendment, to have their nonforfeitable
         percentage computed under the Plan without regard to such amendment.
         For Plan Years beginning before 1989, such certain Participants are
         those with at least 5 Years of Service with the Employer; for Plan
         Years beginning after 1988, such certain Participants are those with at
         least 3 Years of Service with the Employer. The period during which the
         election may be made shall commence with the date the amendment is
         adopted and shall end on the latest of:

         (1)      60 days after the amendment is adopted;

         (2)      60 days after the amendment becomes effective; or

         (3)      60 days after the Participant is issued written notice of the
                  amendment by the Employer of Plan Administrator.

                                   ARTICLE XIV

                         PLAN FIDUCIARY RESPONSIBILITIES

14.01    PLAN FIDUCIARIES - The Plan Fiduciaries shall be:

         (a)      the Employer;

         (b)      the Trustee of the Plan;

         (c)      the Plan Administrator;

         (d)      the Profit Sharing Committee;

         and such other person or persons as may be designated as a Fiduciary by
         the Employer in accordance with the further provisions of this Article.

                                     - 51 -



14.02    GENERAL FIDUCIARY DUTIES - Each Plan Fiduciary shall discharge his
         duties solely in the interest of the Participants and their
         beneficiaries and act:

         (a)      for the exclusive purpose of providing benefits to
                  Participants and their beneficiaries and defraying reasonable
                  expenses of administering the Plan;

         (b)      with the care, skill, prudence and diligence under the
                  circumstances then prevailing that a prudent person acting in
                  a like capacity and familiar with such matters would use in
                  the conduct of an enterprise of a like character and with like
                  aims;

         (c)      by diversifying the investments of the Plan so as to minimize
                  the risk of large losses, unless under the circumstances it is
                  clearly prudent not to do so, if the Fiduciary has the
                  responsibility to invest plan assets; and

         (d)      in accordance with the documents and instruments governing the
                  Plan insofar as such documents and instruments are consistent
                  with the provisions of current laws and regulations.

         Each Plan Fiduciary shall perform the duties specifically assigned to
         him. No Plan Fiduciary shall have any responsibility for the
         performance or non-performance of any duties not specifically allocated
         to him.

14.03    POWERS, DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE EMPLOYER -

         (a)      The Employer shall be empowered to appoint and remove the
                  Trustee, the Plan Administrator and the Profit Sharing
                  Committee from time to time as it deems necessary for the
                  proper administration of the Plan, to assure that the Plan is
                  being operated for the exclusive benefit of the Participants
                  and their beneficiaries in accordance with the terms of this
                  Agreements, the Internal Revenue Code, and the Employee
                  Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (ERISA), as amended.

         (b)      The Employer shall establish a "funding policy and method,"
                  i.e., it shall determine whether the Plan has a short run need
                  for liquidity (e.g., to pay benefits) or whether liquidity is
                  a long run goal and investment growth (and stability of same)
                  is a more current need, or shall appoint a qualified person to
                  do so. The Employer or its delegate shall communicate such
                  needs and goals to the Trustee, who shall coordinate such Plan
                  needs with its investment policy. The communication of such
                  "funding policy and method" shall not, however, constitute a
                  directive to the Trustee as to the Investment of the Trust
                  Fund. Such "funding policy and method" shall be consistent
                  with the objectives of this Plan and with the requirements of
                  Title I of ERISA.

         (c)      The Employer may in its discretion appoint an Investment
                  Manager to manage all or a designated portion of the assets of
                  the Plan. In such event, the Trustee shall follow the
                  directives of the

                                     - 52 -



                  Investment Manager in investing the assets of the Plan managed
                  by the Investment Manager. While there is an Investment
                  Manager, the Employer shall have no obligation under this Plan
                  with regard to the performance or non-performance of the
                  duties delegated to the Investment Manager.

         (d)      The Employer shall periodically, but not less frequently than
                  annually, review the performance of any Fiduciary or other
                  person to whom duties have been delegated or allocated by it
                  under the provisions of this Plan or pursuant to procedures
                  established hereunder. This requirement may be satisfied by
                  formal periodic review by the Employer or by a qualified
                  person specifically designated by the Employer, through
                  day-to-day conduct and evaluation, or through other
                  appropriate ways.

14.04    POWERS, DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE TRUSTEE -The specific
         powers, duties and responsibilities of the Trustee are set forth in
         Article XV. In general the Trustee shall:

         (a)      invest plan assets, subject to direction from the Employer,
                  from any duly appointed Investment Manager or from
                  Participants if the Plan permits participants to direct the
                  Investment of their Accounts in life insurance policies;

         (b)      maintain adequate records of receipts, disbursements and other
                  transactions involving the plan; and

         (c)      prepare such reports, statements, tax returns and other forms
                  as may be required under the Trust or applicable laws and
                  regulations.

14.05    POWERS, DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE PLAN ADMINISTRATOR - The
         Employer may appoint one or more Plan Administrators. Any person,
         including, but not limited to, the directors, shareholders, officers
         and Employees shall be eligible to serve as the Administrator. Any
         person so appointed shall signify his acceptance by filing written
         acceptance with the Employer. An Administrator may resign by delivering
         his written resignation to the Employer or be removed by the Employer
         by delivery of written notice of removal.

         The Employer, upon the resignation or removal of an Administrator, may
         designate in writing a successor the this position. If the Employer
         does not appoint an Administrator, the Employer will function as the
         Plan Administrator. The Insurer may not be appointed as the Plan
         Administrator.

         The specific powers and responsibilities of the Plan Administrator are
         to:

         (a)      administer the Plan on a day-to-day basis in accordance with
                  the provisions of this Plan and all other pertinent documents;

         (b)      retain and maintain Plan records including Participant census
                  data, participation dates, compensation records, and such
                  other records as may be necessary or desirable for proper Plan
                  administration;

                                     - 53 -



         (c)      prepare and arrange for delivery to Participants such
                  summaries, descriptions, announcements and reports as are
                  required to be given to Participants under applicable laws and
                  regulations;

         (d)      file with the U.S. Department of Labor, the Internal Revenue
                  Service and other regulatory agencies on a timely basis all
                  required reports, forms and other documents; and

         (e)      prepare and furnish to the Trustee sufficient records and data
                  to enable the Trustee to properly perform its obligations
                  under the Trust.

14.06    POWERS, DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE PROFIT SHARING COMMITTEE -
         The Employer may appoint a Profit Sharing Committee consisting of three
         or more members, one of whom shall be designated by the Employer as
         chairman. Each member of the Committee and its chairman shall serve at
         the pleasure of the Employer.

         If a Committee is not appointed, the duties and responsibilities set
         forth in this Section and in Article XIX shall be those of the Plan
         Administrator.

         If the Employer appoints a Profit Sharing Committee, the Committee
         shall:

         (a)      interpret and construe the Plan;

         (b)      determine questions of eligibility and of rights of
                  Participants and their beneficiaries;

         (c)      provide guidelines for the Plan Administrator, as required for
                  the orderly and uniform administration of the plan; and

         (d)      exercise overall control of the operation and administration
                  of the Plan in matters not allocated to some other Fiduciary
                  either by the terms of this Plan or by delegation from the
                  Employer.

14.07    APPOINTMENT OF ADVISORS - The Trustee, the Plan Administrator and the
         Profit Sharing Committee, with the consent of the Employer, may appoint
         counsel, specialists, advisors and such other persons as they deem
         necessary or desirable in connection with the administration of this
         Plan.

14.08    INFORMATION FROM EMPLOYER - To enable the Plan Administrator to perform
         his functions, the Employer shall supply full and timely information to
         the Plan Administrator on all matters relating to the Compensation of
         all Participants, their Hours of Service, their Years of Service, their
         retirement, death, disability, or termination of employment, and such
         other pertinent facts as the Administrator may require; and the
         Administrator shall advise the Trustee and the Profit Sharing Committee
         of such of the foregoing facts as may be pertinent to their duties
         under the Plan. All Fiduciaries may rely upon such information as is
         supplied by the Employer and shall have no duty or responsibility to
         verify such information.

                                     - 54 -



14.09    PAYMENT OF EXPENSES - All expenses of administration may be paid out of
         the Trust Fund unless paid by the Employer. Such expenses shall include
         any expenses incident to the functioning of the Plan Administrator, the
         Trustee and the Profit Sharing Committee, including, but not limited
         to, fees of accountants, counsel, and other specialists, and other
         costs of administering the Plan. Until paid, the expenses shall
         constitute a liability of the Trust Fund. However, the Employer may
         reimburse the Trust for any administration expense incurred pursuant to
         the above. Any administration expense paid to the Trust as a
         reimbursement shall not be considered as an Employer contribution.

14.10    ALLOCATION AND DELEGATION OF PLAN ADMINISTRATOR AND TRUSTEE
         RESPONSIBILITIES - If more than one person is appointed as Plan
         Administrator or Trustee, the responsibilities of each Administrator
         and Trustee may be specified by the Employer and accepted in writing by
         each Fiduciary. In the event that no such delegation is made by the
         Employer, the Plan Administrators and trustees may allocate their
         responsibilities among themselves, in which event they shall notify the
         Employer in writing of such action and indicate their specific
         responsibilities. The Employer and other Fiduciaries thereafter shall
         accept and rely upon any documents executed by the appropriate
         Fiduciary until such time as the Employer revokes any such allocation
         or designation.

14.11    MAJORITY ACTIONS - Except where there has been an allocation and
         delegation of Fiduciary responsibilities pursuant to Section 14.10, if
         there shall be more than one Plan Administrator or Trustee, They shall
         act by majority vote, but may authorize one or more of them to sign all
         papers on their behalf. The Profit Sharing Committee shall act by
         majority vote of all members.

         All actions, determinations, interpretations and decisions of Plan
         Fiduciaries with respect to any matter within their jurisdiction will
         be conclusive and binding an all persons. Any person may rely
         conclusively upon any action if certified by the appropriate Fiduciary.

14.12    RECORDS AND REPORTS - Each Fiduciary shall keep a record of all actions
         taken and shall keep all other books of account, records, and other
         data that may be necessary for proper administration of the Plan. The
         Plan Administrator shall be responsible for supplying all information
         and reports to the Internal Revenue Service, Department of Labor,
         Participants, beneficiaries and others as required by law.

                                   ARTICLE XV

                       TRUSTEE AND TRUST FUND INVESTMENTS

15.01    IN GENERAL - Subject to the direction of the Employer or any duly
         appointed Investment Manager in accordance with Section 15.05 (or
         subject to the direction of Participants if the Plan permits
         Participants to direct the purchase of life insurance Policies), the
         Trustee shall receive all contributions to the Trust and shall hold,

                                     - 55 -



         invest, manage, and control the whole or any part of the assets in
         accordance with the provisions of the Trust. The Trustee, in signing
         the Trust, accepts and agrees to carry out all of the provisions of the
         Trust.

15.02    APPOINTMENT, RESIGNATION AND REMOVAL OF TRUSTEE - The Employer shall
         select an individual or individuals or institution to serve as Trustee.

         The Employer may remove a Trustee by delivering to such Trustee a
         written notice of removal. A Trustee may resign as Trustee upon giving
         written notice to the Employer. Such removal or resignation shall
         become effective upon the date specified in such written notice, which
         date shall not be less than thirty (30) days subsequent to the delivery
         of such written notice. In the event of such removal or resignation, a
         successor Trustee shall be appointed by the Employer. Such successor
         Trustee, upon accepting the appointment by an instrument in writing
         delivered to the Employer, shall become vested with all rights, power,
         duties, privileges and immunities as Trustee as if he, they, or it had
         originally been designated as Trustee of the Trust. Upon such
         appointment and acceptance, the replaced Trustee shall execute any
         instruments necessary to transfer to the successor Trustee all assets
         held under the Trust.

15.03    POWERS OF TRUSTEE - The Trustee shall have all of the power necessary
         for carrying out the purposes of this Trust, and without limiting the
         powers and authority of the Trustee, the Trustee shall have the right
         at any time and from time to time with respect to any or all of the
         property which shall at any time or times form part of the principal or
         income of the Trust:

         (a)      To sell, grant options to purchase, exchange or alter assets
                  of the Trust Fund or any of them; to enter into any contract
                  without personal liability thereon;

         (b)      To invest and reinvest all funds from time to time available
                  for investment or reinvestment in any kind of income-producing
                  property, real or personal, as the Trustee shall deem proper
                  and for the best interests of the Trust;

         (c)      To cause any of the investments to be registered in its name
                  or in the name of its nominee; any corporation or its transfer
                  agent may presume conclusively that such nominee is the actual
                  owner of any investment submitted for transfer;

         (d)      To delegate powers, discretionary or otherwise, for any
                  purpose to one or more nominees or proxies with or without
                  power of substitution and to make assignments to, and deposits
                  with, committees, trustees, agents, depositaries and other
                  representatives; to retain any investment received in exchange
                  in any reorganization or recapitalization;

         (e)      To settle, compromise, contest or abandon claims or demands in
                  favor of or against the Trust Fund;

                                     - 56 -



         (f)      To borrow money, assume indebtedness, extend mortgages and
                  encumber by mortgage or pledge;

         (g)      To vote and exercise all stockholder's or other rights with
                  respect to any share of stock or security held by the
                  Trustees;

         (h)      To determine the market value of any investment of the Trust
                  Fund for any purpose on the basis of such quotations,
                  evidence, date or information as the Trustee may deem
                  pertinent and reliable without any limitation whatever;

         (i)      To collect principal and income due or payable to the Trust
                  and to give a receipt therefore;

         (j)      To take any and all further action necessary or advisable in
                  order to carry out the provisions and purpose of the Trust.

15.04    INVESTMENT OF TRUST FUND - In order to provide retirement benefits for
         Participants, the Trustee may invest Plan assets in a group annuity
         contract or in life insurance Policies issued by the Insurer. The
         Insurer shall only issue group annuity contracts and in life insurance
         Policies which conform to the terms of the Plan. Notwithstanding the
         foregoing, in no event may amounts allocated to a Participant's Tax
         Deductible Contribution Account be invested in Policies of life
         insurance.

         In addition to the above, the Trustee shall have power to invest all or
         part of the Trust Fund in such funds including any common trust fund or
         funds, whether operated by the Trustee as a part of its trust or
         banking operations or by any bank or trust company, stocks, bonds,
         mutual funds or other securities, contracts, savings bank accounts,
         savings certificates, or other investments of any and every nature
         permissible under applicable laws and regulations.

15.05    EMPLOYER OR INVESTMENT MANAGER MAY DIRECT INVESTMENT PROGRAM - The
         Employer, at its discretion, shall have full authority to direct the
         Trustee in the investments of the Trust Fund or the Employer may
         appoint an Investment Manager to so direct the Trustee. Any such
         direction shall be in writing bearing an authorized signature, and may
         be of a continuing nature or otherwise.

15.06    PARTICIPANT DIRECTED INVESTMENTS - If so specified in Section 17.01 of
         the Adoption Agreement, each Participant may direct the Trustee to
         invest amounts allocated to his Accounts in Policies of life insurance.
         Provided, however, that amounts allocated to a Participant's Tax
         Deductible Contribution Account may not be invested in such Policies.
         Any such investment shall be subject to the restrictions on payment of
         life insurance premiums described in Section 2.36 and shall also be
         subject to the rules and requirements of Article XVII. Neither the
         Trustee nor any other person, including the Plan Administrator, shall
         be under any duty to question any such direction of the Participant or
         to make any suggestions to the Participant in connection therewith, and
         the Trustee shall comply as promptly as practicable with directions
         given by the Participant hereunder. Any

                                     - 57 -



         such direction may be of a continuing nature or otherwise and may be
         revoked by the Participant at any time in such form as the Trustee may
         require. The Trustee shall not be responsible or liable for any loss or
         expense which may arise from or result from compliance with any
         directions from the Participant nor shall the Trustee be responsible
         for, or liable for, any loss or expense which may result from the
         Trustee's refusal or failure to comply with any directions from the
         Participant. The Trustee may refuse to comply with any direction from
         the Participant in the event the Trustee, in its sole and absolute
         discretion, deems such directions improper by virtue of applicable law.
         Any costs and expenses related to compliance with the Participant's
         directions shall be borne by the appropriate Account of the
         Participant.

15.07    RELIANCE ON INSTRUCTIONS - The Trustee may rely on any order, request,
         or other paper believed by the Trustee to be genuine and to be signed
         or presented by the proper party or parties and may rely upon the Plan
         Administrator for the mailing addresses of Participants and Employees.

15.08    BANK ACCOUNTS - The Trustee shall have the right to maintain one or
         more bank accounts for funds belonging to the Trust and to make
         deposits in and withdrawals therefrom.

15.09    VOTING AND OTHER ACTION - The Trustee shall deliver or cause to be
         delivered to the Plan Administrator, all notices, prospectuses,
         financial statements, proxies and proxy soliciting materials relating
         to investment company shares, stocks, securities and other such
         investments held by the Trustee as part of the Trust Fund.

15.10    RECORDS AND ACCOUNTING - The Trustee shall keep accurate and detailed
         records of all receipts, investments, disbursements and other
         transactions required to be performed under the Trust. No later than
         sixty days after the close of each Plan year (or after the Trustee's
         resignation), the Trustee shall file with the Employer a written report
         or reports which shall indicate the receipts, disbursements and other
         transactions effected by it during such year (or period ending with
         such resignation) and the assets and liabilities of the Trust at its
         close. Such report or reports shall be open to inspection by the
         Employer for a period of sixty days immediately following the date on
         which it is filed with the Employer.

15.11    RETURNS AND REPORTS - The Plan Administrator shall furnish to the
         Trustee, and the Trustee shall furnish to the Plan Administrator, such
         information relevant to the Trust as may be required under the Internal
         Revenue Code and Regulations and by the Federal Department of Labor.
         The Trustee shall keep such records and file with the Internal Revenue
         Service such returns and other information concerning the Trust as may
         be required of it under the Internal Revenue Code and Regulations
         issued or forms adopted thereunder.

15.12    FEES TAXES AND EXPENSES - The Trustee shall pay out of the Trust Fund
         all real and personal taxes and other taxes of any and all kinds levied
         or assessed under existing or future laws against the Trust Fund. The
         Trustee shall be paid such reasonable compensation as shall from time

                                     - 58 -



         to time be agreed upon by the Employer and the Trustee. Such
         compensation and all expenses of administration of the Trust, including
         counsel fees, shall be withdrawn by the Trustee out of the Trust Fund
         unless paid by the Employer. Provided, however, compensation shall not
         be provided for any Trustee who is employed on a full-time basis by the
         Employer.

                                   ARTICLE XVI

                                   THE INSURER

16.01    INSURER NOT A PARTY TO THE TRUST - the Insurer shall be protected in
         treating the Trustee as absolute owner of any group annuity contract or
         life insurance Policy issued to the Trustee and may rely on directions
         received from the Trustee. The Insurer shall not be required to take or
         permit any action contrary to the provisions of any group annuity
         contract or life insurance Policy issued hereunder, or be bound to
         allow any benefit or privilege to any Plan Participant covered by the
         contract which is not provided for in such contract or Policy.

         The Insurer shall deal with and accept the signature of the Trustee in
         connection with any changes or actions under its group annuity contract
         or Policy and shall have no liability to inquire as to the Trustee's
         authority nor to determine that the Trustee has obtained any necessary
         direction, signature, or consents. Any sums paid out by the Insurer
         under any of the terms of any group annuity contract or life insurance
         Policy to the Trustee or in accordance with his direction or to any
         other person or persons to whom payment should be made shall be a
         complete and full discharge of liability of such payment, and the
         Insurer shall have no obligations as to the disposition of any funds to
         be paid.

         The Insurer shall be fully protected in accepting premiums on any group
         annuity contract or life insurance Policy it may issue under this Trust
         and shall have no responsibility to make any inquiry as to the
         Trustee's authority to make such payment.

         The Insurer shall be fully protected at all times in dealing with the
         person or corporation who is Trustee according to the latest
         notification received by the Insurer at its Home Office.

         No amendment to this Trust shall, regardless of its provisions, deprive
         the Insurer of any of its exemptions and immunities hereunder.

                                  ARTICLE XVII

                             LIFE INSURANCE POLICIES

17.01    GENERAL RULES - If and to the extent permitted by Section 17.01 of the
         Adoption Agreement, at the request and direction of a Participant the
         Trustee shall invest in life insurance Policies, subject to the
         following:

                                     - 59 -



         (a)      each Policy shall be issued by the Insurer to the Trustee only
                  and shall provide for premiums payable in accordance with the
                  terms of the Policy. Purchase of Policies in accordance with
                  this Section 17.01 shall constitute an investment of amounts
                  allocated to the appropriate Account of the Participant, and
                  each such Account shall be reduced by the amount paid for such
                  Policies,

         (b)      as provided in Section 12.06, the Trustee shall be designated
                  as beneficiary of any Policy issued hereunder, and upon the
                  death of the Participant the Trustee shall pay or apply the
                  Policy proceeds for the benefit of the appropriate Plan
                  Beneficiary,

         (c)      each Policy shall be a Policy between the Insurer and Trustee
                  and shall reserve to the Trustee all rights, options and
                  benefits,

         (d)      each life insurance Policy shall provide a full or increasing
                  death benefit,

         (e)      each Policy shall provide settlement options (including lump
                  sum cash payment in the event of the surrender or maturity of
                  such Policy) subject, however, to Section 12.07,

         (f)      any dividend payable while a Policy is on a premium paying
                  basis shall be applied or accumulated as indicated on the
                  Policy application for the benefit of the Participant on whose
                  life the Policy was issued,

         (g)      all classes of life insurance Policies purchased hereunder
                  shall be alike or substantially alike as to settlement option
                  provisions, cash values, and as to other Policy provisions,
                  subject, however, to the provisions of Sections 17.01(h),
                  17.01(i) and 17.01(j),

         (h)      if an eligible Employee is determined to be insurable by the
                  Insurer at its standard rates, a Policy shall be obtained upon
                  his life, if available from the Insurer, which provides a life
                  insurance death benefit prior to retirement to which the
                  eligible Employee is entitled,

         (i)      if an eligible Employee is not insurable at the standard rates
                  of such Insurer, if permitted under the Policy being issued,
                  the Policy shall provide for a reduced but increasing death
                  benefit as determined by the Insurer (usually called
                  increasing or graded death benefit),

         (j)      if an eligible Employee is not insurable at the standard rates
                  of the Insurer, each Employee may elect to pay any excess
                  premium that may be required in order to obtain a Policy
                  providing for full death benefits described in Section
                  17.01(h), if the Insurer shall agree to issue such a Policy,.

         (k)      the Insurer shall only issue Policies which conform to the
                  terms of the Plan,

                                     - 60 -



         (1)      in no event may amounts allocated to a Participant's Tax
                  Deductible Contribution Account be invested in Policies of
                  life insurance.

17.02    PROCEDURE FOLLOWED TO OBTAIN POLICIES - The Trustee shall apply to the
         Insurer for Policies on the lives of Participants with completed
         applications as may be required by the Insurer, such Policies to have
         benefits which are purchasable by a premium equal to the portion of the
         contribution allocated for that purpose.

17.03    KEY MAN INSURANCE - The Trustee shall have the power, which shall be
         exercised upon direction of the Employer or any duly appointed
         Investment Manager, to invest in life insurance Policies on the lives
         of key Employees of the Employer, payable on death to the Trust as
         beneficiary. Such Policies shall be vested exclusively in the Trustee
         for the benefit of the Trust, and death proceeds received under any
         such Policy shall be considered to be an additional Employer
         Contribution.

17.04    SUPPLEMENTARY POLICY BENEFITS - Subject to the limitations of Section
         4.04 (Voluntary After-Tax Contribution), the Trustee upon the request
         of any Participant upon whose life a Policy of life insurance is in
         existence may apply for supplementary agreements to such Policy
         providing for family income, additional death benefits, reducing or
         level term insurance benefits, or waiver of premiums or waiver of
         premiums and monthly income during total and permanent disability in
         accordance with the rules and practices of the Insurer. The premiums
         for such benefits shall be paid by the Participant through his Employer
         to the Trustee who shall pay the premium to the Insurer. The death
         benefit payable under the supplementary agreement shall be payable to
         the beneficiary or beneficiaries designated by the Participant through
         the Trustee and in the manner requested in such designation, subject to
         the terms of such supplementary agreement and to the rules and
         practices of the Insurer. The Trustee shall continue to have title and
         control of all Policies subject to this Plan in manner provided for
         herein. If such supplementary agreements shall be entered into, the
         Trustee and each Participant who requests and receives such
         supplementary agreement shall enter into a letter agreement generally
         explaining the rights and duties of said Participant with respect to
         said supplementary agreement, one copy of which shall be filed with the
         Trustee, the Participant and the Employer.

         Any payments made by a Participant under this Section 17.04 or Section
         17.01(j) shall be considered as After-Tax Contributions and will be
         subject to the limitations of Section 4.04.

                                  ARTICLE XVIII

                   TRANSFER OF ASSETS, ROLLOVER CONTRIBUTIONS

18.01    TRANSFER FROM OTHER QUALIFIED PLANS - With the consent of the Plan
         Administrator, the Trustee may accept funds and property transferred
         from other pension, profit sharing or stock bonus plans qualified under

                                     - 61 -



         Code Section 401(a) or Rollover Contributions, provided that the plan
         from which such funds and property are transferred permits the transfer
         to be made.

         In the event of a transfer to this Plan, the Trustee shall maintain a
         100% vested and nonforfeitable account for the amount transferred and
         its share of the Trust Fund's accretions or losses, to be known as the
         Participant's Rollover Account.

         "Rollover Contribution" means any rollover amount or rollover
         contribution described in Code Section 402(a)(5), 403(a)(4), 408(d) or
         409(b)(3)(c).

         An Employee who makes a contribution to the Plan described in this
         Section shall become a Plan Participant on the date the Trustee accepts
         the contribution. However, no 401(k) or Regular Employer contributions
         will be made on behalf of such Employee nor will the Employee be
         eligible to enter into a salary reduction agreement, to share in Plan
         forfeitures or to make Voluntary After-Tax Contributions until the
         Employee satisfies the Plan eligibility requirements set forth in
         Adoption Agreement Section 3.02.

18.02    PARTICIPANT TRANSFER TO OTHER QUALIFIED PLANS - Upon the request of a
         Participant upon his termination of employment, the Trustee at the
         direction of the Plan Administrator shall transfer the vested portion
         of his Accrued Benefit, if any, to another pension, profit sharing or
         stock bonus plan maintained by such Participant's employer and meeting
         the requirements of Code Section 401(a), provided that the plan to
         which such transfer is to be made permits the transfer.

                                   ARTICLE XIX

                                CLAIMS PROCEDURE

19.01    CLAIMS FIDUCIARY - The Profit Sharing Plan Committee will act as Claims
         Fiduciary except to the extent that the Board of Directors of the
         Employer has allocated the function to someone else.

19.02    CLAIMS FOR BENEFITS - Claims for benefits under the Plan must be made
         in writing to the Plan Administrator. For the purpose of this
         procedure, "claim" means a request for a Plan benefit by a Participant
         or a Beneficiary of a Participant. If the basis of the claim includes
         documentation not a part of the records of the Plan or of the Employer,
         all such documentation must be included with the
         claim.

19.03    NOTICE OF DENIAL OF CLAIM - If a claim if wholly or partially denied,
         the Plan Administrator shall notify the claimant of the denial of the
         claim within a reasonable period of time. Such notice of denial (i)
         shall be in writing, (ii) shall be written in a manner calculated to be
         understood by the claimant, and (iii) shall contain (a) the specific
         reason or reasons for denial of the claim, (b) a specific reference to
         the pertinent Plan provisions upon which the denial is based, (c) a
         description of any additional material or information necessary for the
         claimant to perfect the claim, along with the explanation why such

                                     - 62 -



         material or information is necessary, and (d) an explanation of the
         Plan's claim review procedure. Unless special circumstances require an
         extension of time for processing the claim, the Plan Administrator
         shall notify the claimant of the claim denial no later than 90 days
         after the Administrator's receipt of the claim. If such an extension is
         required, written notice of the extension shall be furnished to the
         claimant prior to the termination of the initial 90-day period. In no
         event shall such extension exceed a period of 90 days from the end of
         such initial period. The extension notice shall indicate the special
         circumstances requiring the extension of time and the date by which the
         Plan Administrator expects to render the final decision.

19.04    REQUEST FOR REVIEW OF DENIAL OF CLAIM - Within 120 days of the receipt
         by the claimant of the written notice of denial of the claim or if the
         claim has not been granted within a reasonable period of time, the
         claimant or his duly authorized representative may file a written
         request with the Claims Fiduciary to conduct a full and fair review of
         the denial of the claimant's claim for benefit. In connection with the
         claimant's appeal of the denial of his benefit, the claimant or his
         duly authorized representative may review pertinent documents and may
         submit issues and comments in writing.

19.05    DECISION ON REVIEW OF DENIAL OF CLAIM - The Claims Fiduciary shall
         deliver to the claimant a written decision on the claim promptly, but
         not later than 60 days after the receipt of the claimant's request for
         review, except that if there are special circumstances which require an
         extension of time for processing, the aforesaid 60-day period may be
         extended to 120 days by written notice delivered to the claimant prior
         to the expiration of the initial 60-day period. Such decision shall (i)
         be written in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant,
         (ii) include specific reasons for the decision, and (iii) contain
         specific references to the pertinent plan provisions upon which the
         decision is based.

                                   ARTICLE XX

                            AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

20.01    AMENDMENT OF PLAN - The right is reserved to the employer to amend its
         plan at any time and from time to time and all parties or any person
         claiming any interest hereunder shall be bound thereby; except no
         person having an already vested interest in such plan shall be deprived
         of any interest already existing nor have such interest adversely
         affected. No such amendment shall have the effect of vesting in the
         Employer any right, title or interest to any Policy, group annuity
         contract or funds held under the Trust. The decision of the Employer
         shall be binding upon the Participants and all other persons and
         parties interested, as to whether or not any amendment does deprive a
         Participant or any other person or adversely affects such interest. The
         consent of the Trustee shall not be necessary to any Plan amendment
         unless in his opinion his duties or liabilities have been increased. No
         amendment to the Adoption Agreement shall be made or shall be valid if
         it would result in causing the Employer's Plan to become disqualified
         under the controlling provisions of the Internal Revenue

                                     - 63 -



         Code or any its applicable Regulations or applicable and controlling
         rulings of the Secretary of the Treasury or his delegate, or under
         final decisions of any Federal Court. Participants shall be notified of
         any Plan amendments. No such amendment shall affect any other Employer
         who had adopted this Plan.

         No amendment to the Plan shall decrease a Participant's Account balance
         or eliminate an optional form of distribution. Furthermore, no
         amendment to the Plan shall have the affect of decreasing a
         Participant's vested interest determined without regard to such
         amendment as of the later of the date such amendment is adopted or the
         date it becomes effective.

         An adopting Employer may amend the Plan by adding overriding plan
         language to the Adoption Agreement where such language is necessary to
         satisfy Sections 415 or 416 of the Internal Revenue Code because of the
         required aggregation of multiple plans under these Sections.

         Except for (i) changes to the choice of options in the Adoption
         Agreement or (ii) amendments stated in the Adoption Agreement which
         allow the plan to satisfy Section 415 of the Internal revenue Code or
         to avoid duplication of minimums under section 416 of the Code because
         of the required aggregation of multiple plans, if the adopting Employer
         amends the Plan or nonelective portions of the Adoption Agreement, it
         will no longer participate in the master or prototype plan, but will be
         considered to have an individually designed plan.

         In the case of any merger, consolidation with or transfer of assets or
         liabilities by the Employer to another Plan, each Participant in
         the Plan on the date of the transaction shall have a benefit in the
         surviving Plan (determined as if such Plan were terminated immediately
         after the transaction) at least equal to the benefit to which he would
         have been entitled to receive immediately prior to the transaction if
         the Plan had then terminated. However, this provision shall not be
         construed to be a termination or discontinuance of Plan or to be a
         guarantee of a specific level of benefits from this Plan.

20.02    AMENDMENT OF PROTOTYPE PLAN AND ADOPTION AGREEMENT - Subject to Section
         20.01, State Mutual Life Assurance Company of America may amend this
         Prototype Plan and Trust and Adoption Agreement, and, if amended, shall
         mail or deliver to each adopting Employer who has registered with State
         Mutual a copy of such amendment as it has been approved by the Internal
         Revenue Service. Each employer and Trustee shall deemed to have
         consented to any such amendment by its original execution of the
         Adoption Agreement for this Plan and Trust unless the State Mutual Life
         Assurance Company of America is otherwise advised in writing by the
         Employer.

20.03    EMPLOYER MAY DISCONTINUE PLAN - The Employer reserves the right at any
         time to reduce its annual payments, to partially terminate the Plan or
         to terminate the Plan in its entirety. Any such termination or partial
         termination of such Plan shall become effective immediately upon
         receipt by the Trustee of a written notice from the Employer of such
         action.

                                     - 64 -



         In the event of the liquidation of the Employer or the bona fide sale
         of the controlling interest thereof, such Employer or its successors or
         assigns shall not be obligated to continue this Plan.

         In the event of termination of the Plan there shall be a 100% vesting
         and nonforfeitability of all rights and benefits under this Trust and
         Plan of all affected Participants irrespective of their length of
         participation under the Plan. However, the Trust shall remain in
         existence, and all of the provisions of the Trust shall remain in force
         which are necessary in the sole opinion of the Trustees, other than the
         provisions relating to Employer contributions. All of the assets on
         hand on the date of termination or discontinuance of contributions
         shall be held, administered and distributed by the Trustees in the
         manner provided in the Plan, except that a participant shall have a
         100% vested and nonforfeitable interest in his Accrued Benefit, subject
         to Section 20.05.

         Subject to Section 20.05, in the event of Plan termination any other
         remaining assets of the Trust Fund shall also be vested in Participants
         on a pro rata basis based on their respective account balances (other
         than their Tax Deductible Voluntary Contributions and Rollover
         accounts) in relation to the aggregate of all such account balances.

         In the event of a partial termination of Plan, this section will only
         apply to those Participants who are affected by such partial
         termination of Plan.

         In the event that the Employer shall decide to terminate completely the
         Plan and Trust, they shall be terminated as of a date to be specified
         in a notice to be delivered to the Trustees. Upon termination of the
         Plan and Trust, after payment of all expenses and proportional
         adjustment of Participants' accounts to reflect such expenses, fund
         profits or losses and reallocations to the date of termination, each
         Participant shall be entitled to receive any amounts then credited to
         his accounts. The Trustee may make payment of such amounts in cash, in
         assets of the fund, or in the form of an immediate or deferred annuity,
         whichever the Plan Administrator may direct.

20.04    DISCONTINUANCE OF CONTRIBUTIONS - In the event that the Employer shall
         completely discontinue its contributions, the account of each affected
         Participant shall be fully vested and nonforfeitable. After a
         discontinuance of contributions, Plan benefits shall be payable to
         Participants or their Beneficiary upon death, disability, retirement,
         termination of employment or termination of Plan in accordance with the
         provisions of the Plan applicable upon the occurrence of any such
         event.

20.05    RETURN OF EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS UNDER SPECIAL CIRCUMSTANCES -
         Notwithstanding any provisions of this Plan and Trust to the
         contrary:

         (a)      Any contributions made by the Employer because of a mistake of
                  fact must be returned to the Employer within one year of the
                  contributions.

                                     - 65 -



         (b)      In the event that the Commissioner of Internal Revenue
                  determines that the Plan is not initially qualified under the
                  Internal Revenue Code, any contribution made incident to that
                  initial qualification by the Employer must be returned to the
                  Employer within one year after date the initial qualification
                  is denied, but only if the application for the qualification
                  is made by the time prescribed by law for filing the
                  Employer's return for the taxable year in which the Plan is
                  adopted, or such later date as the Secretary of the Treasury
                  may prescribe.

                                  ARTICLE XXI

                                 MISCELLANEOUS

21.01    PROTECTION OF EMPLOYEE INTEREST - To the extent permitted by law, none
         of the benefits, proceeds, payments, or amounts held or paid by the
         Trustee or Insurer under the terms of this Trust shall be subject to
         the claims of creditors of Participants or beneficiaries of this Trust.
         Wherever possible, any Policy, group annuity contract or certificate
         providing for the payment or retirement benefits to the Plan
         Participants shall contain a provision which shall substantially
         provide that such proceeds shall be free from claims of creditors of
         the annuitant, payee or beneficiary under such Policy, contract or
         certificate to the extent permitted by the law of the state having
         jurisdiction over the proceeds of such contract or certificate.

         If any Participant shall attempt to alienate or assign his interest
         provided by the Trust, the Trustee shall take such steps as it deems
         necessary to preserve such interest for the benefit of the Participant
         or his Beneficiary.

         This provision does not preclude the Trustee from complying with a
         qualified domestic relations order, as defined in Code Section 414(p)
         or any domestic relations order entered before January 1, 1985.

21.02    MEANING OF WORDS USED IN PLAN AND TRUST - Wherever any words are used
         herein in the masculine gender, they shall be construed as though they
         were also used in the feminine or neuter gender in all cases where they
         would so apply. Wherever any words are used herein in the singular
         form, they shall be construed as though they were also used in the
         plural form in all cases where they would so apply.

         Titles used herein are for general information only and this Plan and
         Trust is not to be construed by reference thereto.

                                     - 66 -

EX-5

                                                                       Exhibit 5



                                 June 30, 2003


Securities and Exchange Commission
450 Fifth Street, N:W.
Judiciary Square
Washington, DC 20549

               Re. First BanCorp. Form S-8 Registration Statement

Ladies and Gentlemen:

     We are counsel to First BanCorp. (the "Company") and have acted as counsel
to the Company in connection with the filing by the Company on or about June 30,
2003 of its registration statement on Form S-8 (the "Registration Statement")
under the Securities Act of 1933 (the "Act") and the rules and regulations
promulgated thereunder (the "Rules and Regulations"). The Registration Statement
relates to two hundred and fifty thousand (250,000) shares of the common stock,
par value $1 per share of the Company (the "Company Stock"), which may be
allocated to the accounts of eligible employees participating in the FirstBank
401(k) Retirement Plan for Residents of Puerto Rico (the "Plan") of FirstBank
Puerto Rico, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, and interests therein.

     This opinion, given as of the date hereof, is based upon facts and
conditions presently known and laws and regulations presently in effect, and is
being delivered pursuant to Item 601 of Regulation S-K under the Act as required
by Item 8 of the Registration Statement.


     As counsel of the Company and in rendering this opinion we have examined
the Plan documents and other related written documentation as we have deemed
necessary or appropriate to provide a basis for the opinion set forth below. In
our examination, we have assumed the conformity to original documents submitted
to us as photostatic copies, the






Securities and Exchange Commission
June 30, 2003
Page 2

genuineness of all signatures and the taking of all appropriate or required
corporate action in relation with the Plan.

     On the basis of the foregoing, we are of the opinion that the provisions of
the written documents constituting the Plan are in compliance with the
requirements of Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974,
as amended, pertaining to such provisions.

     We are members of the bar of the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico and the
opinion set forth herein is limited to matters governed by the Federal laws of
the United States of America. This opinion is being furnished to you solely for
your benefit in connection with the filing of the Registration Statement
pursuant to the Act and the Rules and Regulations and is not to be used,
circulated, quoted, relied upon or otherwise referred to for any other purpose,
without our prior written consent.

     We hereby consent to the use of this opinion as an exhibit to the
Registration Statement and to the reference to this opinion under the caption
"Legal Opinions" therein. This consent is not to be construed as an admission
that we are within the category of persons whose consent is required under
Section 7(a) of the Act or the Rules and Regulations.

                                       Very truly yours,

                                       Fiddler, Gonzalez & Rodriguez, P.S.C.

EX-23.1

                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.1

                    [PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP LETTERHEAD]



                       CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS


We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in this Registration
Statement on Form S-8 of First BanCorp relating to the FirstBank 401(K)
Retirement Plan for Residents of Puerto Rico (the "Registration Statement") of
our report dated March 7, 2003 relating to the financial statements of First
BanCorp, which appears in the 2002 Annual Report to Shareholders of First
BanCorp, which is incorporated by reference in First BanCorp's Annual Report on
Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002.

We also consent to the incorporation by reference in this Registration Statement
of our report dated June 20, 2003 relating to the financial statements of the
FirstBank 401(K) Retirement Plan for Residents of Puerto Rico, which appears in
the Annual Report of First BanCorp. on Form 11-K for the year ended December 31,
2002.


/s/ PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP



PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP

San Juan, Puerto Rico

June 26, 2003